Compliance Just Got Easier: Stay ahead of regulatory changes with instant notifications on updates that matter.
['Water Programs']
['Safe Drinking Water']
2021-12-27T06:00:00Z
JOIN TODAY TO CONTINUE READING THIS ARTICLE & OTHER INDUSTRY NEWS!
You'll also get exclusive access to:
A database of easy-to-understand regulationsAsk unlimited questions to our expertsPre-led discussions forumsAnd more
TRY IT FREE TODAY
Already have an account? Log in now.
NewsSafe Drinking WaterWater ProgramsEnvironmental Protection Agency (EPA)RulemakingFinal RuleEnvironmentalCWA ComplianceEnglishFocus AreaUSA
86 FR 73131 Revisions to the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) for Public Water Systems and Announcement of Public Meetings
2021-12-27T06:00:00Z
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
40 CFR Part 141
[EPA-HQ-OW-2020-0530; FRL-6791-03-OW]
RIN 2040-AF89
Revisions to the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) for Public Water Systems and Announcement of Public Meetings
AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
ACTION: Final rule and notice of public meetings.
SUMMARY: The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is finalizing a Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA) rule that requires certain public water systems (PWSs) to collect national occurrence data for 29 per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAS) and lithium. Subject to the availability of appropriations, EPA will include all systems serving 3,300 or more people and a representative sample of 800 systems serving 25 to 3,299 people. If EPA does not receive the appropriations needed for monitoring all of these systems in a given year, EPA will reduce the number of systems serving 25 to 10,000 people that will be asked to perform monitoring. This final rule is a key action to ensure science-based decision-making and prioritize protection of disadvantaged communities in accordance with EPA's PFAS Strategic Roadmap. EPA is also announcing plans for public webinars to discuss implementation of the fifth Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5).
DATES: This final rule is effective on January 26, 2022. The incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in this final rule is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as of January 26, 2022.
ADDRESSES: EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OW-2020-0530. All documents in the docket are listed on the https://www.regulations.gov website. Although listed in the index, some information is not publicly available, e.g., CBI or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Certain other material, such as copyrighted material, is not placed on the internet and will be publicly available only in hard copy form. Publicly available docket materials are available electronically through https://www.regulations.gov.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Brenda D. Bowden, Standards and Risk Management Division (SRMD), Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water (OGWDW) (MS 140), Environmental Protection Agency, 26 West Martin Luther King Drive, Cincinnati, Ohio 45268; telephone number: (513) 569-7961; email address: bowden.brenda@epa.gov; or Melissa Simic, SRMD, OGWDW (MS 140), Environmental Protection Agency, 26 West Martin Luther King Drive, Cincinnati, Ohio 45268; telephone number: (513) 569-7864; email address: simic.melissa@epa.gov. For general information, visit the Ground Water and Drinking Water web page at: https://www.epa.gov/ground-water-and-drinking-water.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Table of Contents
I. Summary Information
A. Purpose of the Regulatory Action
1. What action is EPA taking?
2. Does this action apply to me?
3. What is EPA's authority for taking this action?
4. What is the applicability date?
B. Summary of the Regulatory Action
C. Economic Analysis
1. What is the estimated cost of this action?
2. What are the benefits of this action?
II. Public Participation
A. What meetings have been held in preparation for UCMR 5?
B. How do I participate in the upcoming meetings?
1. Meeting Participation
2. Meeting Materials
III. General Information
A. How are CCL, UCMR, Regulatory Determination process, and NCOD interrelated?
B. What are the Consumer Confidence Reporting and Public Notice Reporting requirements for public water systems that are subject to UCMR?
C. What is the UCMR 5 timeline?
D. What is the role of “States” in UCMR?
E. How did EPA consider Children's Environmental Health?
F. How did EPA address Environmental Justice?
G. How did EPA coordinate with Indian Tribal Governments?
H. How are laboratories approved for UCMR 5 analyses?
1. Request To Participate
2. Registration
3. Application Package
4. EPA's Review of Application Package
5. Proficiency Testing
6. Written EPA Approval
I. What documents are being incorporated by reference?
1. Methods From the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
2. Alternative Methods From American Public Health Association—Standard Methods (SM)
3. Methods From ASTM International
IV. Description of Final Rule and Summary of Responses to Public Comments
A. What contaminants must be monitored under UCMR 5?
1. This Final Rule
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
a. Aggregate PFAS Measure
b. Legionella Pneumophila
c. Haloacetonitriles
d. 1,2,3-Trichloropropane
B. What is the UCMR 5 sampling design?
1. This Final Rule
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
C. What is the sampling frequency and timing?
1. This Final Rule
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
D. Where are the sampling locations and what is representative monitoring?
1. This Final Rule
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
E. How long do laboratories and PWSs have to report data?
1. This Final Rule
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
F. What are the reporting requirements for UCMR 5?
1. This Final Rule
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
a. Data Elements
b. Reporting State Data
G. What are the UCMR 5 Minimum Reporting Levels (MRLs) and how were they determined?
1. This Final Rule
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
H. What are the requirements for laboratory analysis of field reagent blank samples?
1. This Final Rule
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
I. How will EPA support risk communication for UCMR 5 results?
V. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews
A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review and Executive Order 13563: Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review
B. Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA)
C. Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA)
D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA)
E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism
F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation and Coordination With Indian Tribal Governments
G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of Children From Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks
H. Executive Order 13211: Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution or Use
I. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA)
J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions To Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations
K. Congressional Review Act (CRA)
VI. References
Abbreviations and Acronyms
μg/L Microgram per Liter
11Cl-PF3OUdS 11-chloroeicosafluoro-3-oxaundecane-1-sulfonic Acid
4:2 FTS 1H, 1H, 2H, 2H-perfluorohexane Sulfonic Acid
6:2 FTS 1H, 1H, 2H, 2H-perfluorooctane Sulfonic Acid
8:2 FTS 1H, 1H, 2H, 2H-perfluorodecane Sulfonic Acid
9Cl-PF3ONS 9-chlorohexadecafluoro-3-oxanone-1-sulfonic Acid
ADONA 4,8-dioxa-3H-perfluorononanoic Acid
AES Atomic Emission Spectrometry
ASDWA Association of State Drinking Water Administrators
ASTM ASTM International
AWIA America's Water Infrastructure Act of 2018
CASRN Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number
CBI Confidential Business Information
CCL Contaminant Candidate List
CCR Consumer Confidence Report
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CRA Congressional Review Act
CWS Community Water System
DBP Disinfection Byproduct
DWSRF Drinking Water State Revolving Fund
EPA United States Environmental Protection Agency
EPTDS Entry Point to the Distribution System
FR Federal Register
FRB Field Reagent Blank
GW Ground Water
GWRMP Ground Water Representative Monitoring Plan
HFPO-DA Hexafluoropropylene Oxide Dimer Acid (GenX)
HRL Health Reference Level
ICP Inductively Coupled Plasma
ICR Information Collection Request
IDC Initial Demonstration of Capability
LCMRL Lowest Concentration Minimum Reporting Level
LC/MS/MS Liquid Chromatography/Tandem Mass Spectrometry
MDBP Microbial and Disinfection Byproduct
MRL Minimum Reporting Level
NAICS North American Industry Classification System
NCOD National Contaminant Occurrence Database
NDAA National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2020
NEtFOSAA N-ethyl Perfluorooctanesulfonamidoacetic Acid
NFDHA Nonafluoro‐3,6‐dioxaheptanoic Acid
ng/L Nanogram per Liter
NMeFOSAA N-methyl Perfluorooctanesulfonamidoacetic Acid
NPDWR National Primary Drinking Water Regulation
NTNCWS Non-transient Non-community Water System
NTTAA National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act
NTWC National Tribal Water Council
OGWDW Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water
OMB Office of Management and Budget
PFAS Per- and Polyfluoroalkyl Substances
PFBA Perfluorobutanoic Acid
PFBS Perfluorobutanesulfonic Acid
PFDA Perfluorodecanoic Acid
PFDoA Perfluorododecanoic Acid
PFEESA Perfluoro (2‐ethoxyethane) Sulfonic Acid
PFHpA Perfluoroheptanoic Acid
PFHpS Perfluoroheptanesulfonic Acid
PFHxA Perfluorohexanoic Acid
PFHxS Perfluorohexanesulfonic Acid
PFMBA Perfluoro‐4‐methoxybutanoic Acid
PFMPA Perfluoro‐3‐methoxypropanoic Acid
PFNA Perfluorononanoic Acid
PFOA Perfluorooctanoic Acid
PFOS Perfluorooctanesulfonic Acid
PFPeA Perfluoropentanoic Acid
PFPeS Perfluoropentanesulfonic Acid
PFTA Perfluorotetradecanoic Acid
PFTrDA Perfluorotridecanoic Acid
PFUnA Perfluoroundecanoic Acid
PN Public Notice
PRA Paperwork Reduction Act
PT Proficiency Testing
PWS Public Water System
QC Quality Control
RFA Regulatory Flexibility Act
SBA Small Business Administration
SBREFA Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act
SDWA Safe Drinking Water Act
SDWARS Safe Drinking Water Accession and Review System
SDWIS/Fed Safe Drinking Water Information System Federal Reporting Services
SM Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater
SOP Standard Operating Procedure
SPE Solid Phase Extraction
SRMD Standards and Risk Management Division
SW Surface Water
SWTR Surface Water Treatment Rule
TNCWS Transient Non-community Water System
TOF Total Organic Fluorine
TOP Total Oxidizable Precursors
UCMR Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule
UMRA Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
U.S. United States
USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency
I. Summary Information
A. Purpose of the Regulatory Action
1. What action is EPA taking?
This final rule requires certain public water systems (PWSs), described in section I.A.2 of this preamble, to collect national occurrence data for 29 PFAS and lithium. PFAS and lithium are not currently subject to national primary drinking water regulations, and EPA is requiring collection of data under UCMR 5 to inform EPA regulatory determinations and risk-management decisions. Consistent with EPA's PFAS Strategic Roadmap, UCMR 5 will provide new data critically needed to improve EPA's understanding of the frequency that 29 PFAS (and lithium) are found in the nation's drinking water systems and at what levels. This data will ensure science-based decision-making and help prioritize protection of disadvantaged communities.
2. Does this action apply to me?
This final rule applies to PWSs described in this section. PWSs are systems that provide water for human consumption through pipes, or constructed conveyances, to at least 15 service connections or that regularly serve an average of at least 25 individuals daily at least 60 days out of the year. A community water system (CWS) is a PWS that has at least 15 service connections used by year-round residents or regularly serves at least 25 year-round residents. A non-transient non-community water system (NTNCWS) is a PWS that is not a CWS and that regularly serves at least 25 of the same people over 6 months per year. Under this final rule, all large CWSs and NTNCWSs serving more than 10,000 people are required to monitor. In addition, small CWSs and NTNCWSs serving between 3,300 and 10,000 people are required to monitor (subject to available EPA appropriations and EPA notification of such requirement) as are the PWSs included in a nationally representative sample of CWSs and NTNCWSs serving between 25 and 3,299 people (see “Selection of Nationally Representative Public Water Systems for the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule: 2021 Update” for a description of the statistical approach for EPA's selection of the nationally representative sample (USEPA, 2021a), available in the UCMR 5 public docket). EPA expects to clarify the monitoring responsibilities for affected small systems by approximately July 1 of each year preceding sample collection, based on the availability of appropriations each year.
As in previous UCMRs, transient non-community water systems (TNCWSs) ( i.e., non-community water systems that do not regularly serve at least 25 of the same people over 6 months per year) are not required to monitor under UCMR 5. EPA leads UCMR 5 monitoring as a direct-implementation program. States, Territories, and Tribes with primary enforcement responsibility (primacy) to administer the regulatory program for PWSs under SDWA (hereinafter collectively referred to in this document as “states”), can participate in the implementation of UCMR 5 through voluntary Partnership Agreements (see discussion of Partnership Agreements in Section III.D of this preamble). Under Partnership Agreements, states can choose to be involved in various aspects of UCMR 5 monitoring for PWSs they oversee; however, the PWS remains responsible for compliance with the final rule. Potentially regulated categories and entities are identified in the following table.
| Category | Examples of potentially regulated entities | NAICS * |
|---|---|---|
| * NAICS = North American Industry Classification System. | ||
| State, local, & Tribal governments | State, local, and Tribal governments that analyze water samples on behalf of PWSs required to conduct such analysis; State, local, and Tribal governments that directly operate CWSs and NTNCWSs required to monitor | 924110 |
| Industry | Private operators of CWSs and NTNCWSs required to monitor | 221310 |
| Municipalities | Municipal operators of CWSs and NTNCWSs required to monitor | 924110 |
This table is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide for readers regarding entities likely to be regulated by this action. This table lists the types of entities that EPA is aware could potentially be regulated by this action. Other types of entities not listed in the table could also be regulated. To determine whether your entity is regulated by this action, you should carefully examine the definition of PWS found in Title 40 in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) at 40 CFR 141.2 and 141.3, and the applicability criteria found in 40 CFR 141.40(a)(1) and (2). If you have questions regarding the applicability of this action to a particular entity, please consult the contacts listed in the preceding FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT section of this preamble.
3. What is EPA's authority for taking this action?
As part of EPA's responsibilities under SDWA, the agency implements section 1445(a)(2), Monitoring Program for Unregulated Contaminants. This section, as amended in 1996, requires that once every five years, beginning in August 1999, EPA issue a list of not more than 30 unregulated contaminants to be monitored by PWSs. SDWA requires that EPA enter the monitoring data into the agency's publicly available National Contaminant Occurrence Database (NCOD) at https://www.epa.gov/sdwa/national-contaminant-occurrence-database-ncod.
EPA must vary the frequency and schedule for monitoring based on the number of people served, the source of supply, and the contaminants likely to be found. EPA is using SDWA Section 1445(a)(2) authority as the basis for monitoring the unregulated contaminants under this final rule.
Section 2021 of America's Water Infrastructure Act of 2018 (AWIA) (Pub. L. 115-270) amended SDWA and specifies that, subject to the availability of EPA appropriations for such purpose and sufficient laboratory capacity, EPA's UCMR program must require all PWSs serving between 3,300 and 10,000 people to monitor for the contaminants in a particular UCMR cycle, and ensure that only a nationally representative sample of systems serving between 25 and 3,299 people are required to monitor for those contaminants. EPA has developed this final rule anticipating that necessary appropriations will become available; however, to date, Congress has not appropriated additional funding ( i.e., funding in addition to the $2.0 million that EPA has historically set aside each year from the Drinking Water State Revolving Fund, using SDWA authority, to support UCMR monitoring at small systems) to cover monitoring expenses for all PWSs serving between 3,300 and 10,000 people. Provisions in the final rule enable the agency to adjust the number of these systems that must monitor based upon available appropriations.
AWIA did not amend the original SDWA requirements for large PWSs. Therefore, PWSs serving a population larger than 10,000 people continue to be responsible for participating in UCMR.
Section 7311 of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2020 (NDAA) (Pub. L. 116-92) amended SDWA and specifies that EPA shall include all PFAS in UCMR 5 for which a drinking water method has been validated by the Administrator and that are not subject to a national primary drinking water regulation.
4. What is the applicability date?
The applicability date represents an internal milestone used by EPA to determine if a PWS is included in the UCMR program and whether it will be treated as small ( i.e., serving 25 to 10,000 people) or large ( i.e., serving more than 10,000 people). It does not represent a date by which respondents need to take any action. The determination of whether a PWS is required to monitor under UCMR 5 is based on the type of system ( e.g., CWS, NTNCWS, etc.) and its retail population served, as indicated by the Safe Drinking Water Information System Federal Reporting Services (SDWIS/Fed) inventory on February 1, 2021. SDWIS/Fed can be accessed at https://www.epa.gov/ground-water-and-drinking-water/safe-drinking-water-information-system-sdwis-federal-reporting. Examining water system type and population served as of February 1, 2021 allowed EPA to develop a draft list of PWSs tentatively subject to UCMR 5 and share that list with the states during 2021 for their review. This advance planning and review then allowed EPA to load state-reviewed PWS information into EPA's reporting system so that those PWSs can be promptly notified upon publication of this final rule. If a PWS receives such notification and believes it has been erroneously included in UCMR 5 based on an incorrect retail population, the system should contact their state authority to verify its population served as of the applicability date. If an error impacting rule applicability is identified, the state or the PWS may contact EPA to address the error. The 5-year UCMR 5 cycle spans January 2022 through December 2026, with preparations in 2022, sample collection between January 1, 2023, and December 31, 2025, and completion of data reporting in 2026. By approximately July 1 of the year prior to each year's sample collection ( i.e., by July 1, 2022 for 2023 sampling; by July 1, 2023 for 2024 sampling; and by July 1, 2024 for 2025 sampling) EPA expects to determine whether it has received necessary appropriations to support its plan to monitor at all systems serving between 3,300 and 10,000 people and at a representative group of 800 smaller systems. As EPA finalizes its small-system plan for each sample collection year, the agency will notify the small PWSs accordingly.
B. Summary of the Regulatory Action
EPA is requiring certain PWSs to collect occurrence data for 29 PFAS and lithium. This document addresses key aspects of UCMR 5, including the following: Analytical methods to measure the contaminants; laboratory approval; monitoring timeframe; sampling locations; data elements ( i.e., information required to be collected along with the occurrence data); data reporting timeframes; monitoring cost; public participation; conforming and editorial changes, such as those necessary to remove requirements solely related to UCMR 4; and EPA responses to public comments on the proposed rule. This document also discusses the implication for UCMR 5 of the AWIA Section 2021(a) requirement that EPA collect monitoring data from all systems serving more than 3,300 people “subject to the availability of appropriations.”
Regardless of whether EPA is able to carry out the small-system monitoring as planned, or instead reduces the scope of that monitoring, the small-system data collection, coupled with data collection from all systems serving more than 10,000 people under this action, will provide scientifically valid data on the national occurrence of 29 PFAS and lithium in drinking water. The UCMR data are the primary source of national occurrence data that EPA uses to inform regulatory and other risk management decisions for drinking water contaminant candidates.
EPA is required under SDWA Section 1445(a)(2)(C)(ii) to pay the “reasonable cost of such testing and laboratory analysis” for all applicable PWSs serving 25 to 10,000 people. Consistent with AWIA, EPA will require monitoring at as many systems serving 3,300 to 10,000 people as appropriations support (see Section IV.B of this preamble for more information on the agency's sampling design).
The agency received several public comments expressing concern that significant laboratory capacity will be needed to support the full scope envisioned for UCMR 5 PFAS monitoring. EPA anticipates that sufficient laboratory capacity will exist to support the expanded UCMR 5 scope. EPA's experience over the first four cycles of UCMR implementation has been that laboratory capacity quickly grows to meet UCMR demand. EPA also notes that the number of laboratories successfully participating in the early stages of the UCMR 5 laboratory approval program is a good indicator that there will be a robust national network of laboratories experienced in PFAS drinking water analysis.
By early 2022, EPA will notify all small CWSs and NTNCWSs serving between 3,300 and 10,000 people of their anticipated requirement to monitor, which EPA expects to confirm and schedule by July 1 preceding each collection year based on the availability of appropriations. The nationally representative sample of smaller PWSs described in Section I.A of this preamble will be similarly notified and advised of their schedules.
This final rule addresses the requirements of the NDAA by including all 29 PFAS that are within the scope of EPA Methods 533 and 537.1. Both of these methods have been validated by EPA for drinking water analysis.
C. Economic Analysis
1. What is the estimated cost of this action?
EPA estimates the total average national cost of this action would be $21 million per year over the 5-year effective period of the final rule (2022-2026) assuming EPA collects information from all systems serving between 3,300 and 10,000 people. All of these costs are associated with paperwork burden under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA). EPA discusses the expected costs as well as documents the assumptions and data sources used in the preparation of this estimate in the “Information Collection Request for the Final Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5)” (USEPA, 2021b). Costs are incurred by large PWSs (for sampling and analysis); small PWSs (for sampling); state regulatory agencies ( i.e., those who volunteer to assist EPA with oversight and implementation support); and EPA (for regulatory support and oversight activities, and analytical and shipping costs for samples from small PWSs). These costs are also summarized in Exhibit 1 of this preamble. EPA's estimates are based on executing the full monitoring plan for small systems ( i.e., including all systems serving 3,300 to 10,000 people and a representative group of 800 smaller systems). As such, those estimates represent an upper bound. If EPA does not receive the necessary appropriations in one or more of the collections years—and thus collects data from fewer small systems—the actual costs would be lower than those estimated here.
EPA received several comments on the cost of monitoring. EPA has accounted for the cost/burden associated with all of the PWS activities as part of the comprehensive cost/burden estimates. In order to provide the most accurate and updated cost estimate, EPA re-examined labor burden estimates for states, EPA, and PWS activities and updated costs of laboratory services for sample analysis, based on consultations with national drinking water laboratories, when developing this final rule.
The costs for a particular UCMR cycle are heavily influenced by the selection of contaminants and associated analytical methods. EPA identified three EPA-developed analytical methods (and, in the case of lithium, multiple optional alternative methods) to analyze samples for UCMR 5 contaminants. EPA's estimate of the UCMR 5 analytical cost is $740 per sample set ( i.e., $740 to analyze a set of samples from one sample point and one sample event for the 30 UCMR 5 contaminants).
Exhibit 1 of this preamble details the EPA-estimated annual average national costs (accounting for labor and non-labor expenses). Laboratory analysis and sample shipping account for approximately 65 percent of the estimated total national cost for the implementation of UCMR 5. EPA estimated laboratory costs based on consultations with multiple commercial drinking water testing laboratories. EPA's cost estimates for the laboratory methods include shipping and analysis.
EPA expects that states will incur modest labor costs associated with voluntary assistance with the implementation of UCMR 5. EPA estimated state costs using the relevant assumptions from the State Resource Model developed by the Association of State Drinking Water Administrators (ASDWA) (ASDWA, 2013) to help states forecast resource needs. Model estimates were adjusted to account for actual levels of state participation under UCMR 4. State assistance with EPA's implementation of UCMR 5 is voluntary; thus, the level of effort is expected to vary among states and will depend on their individual agreements with EPA.
EPA assumes that one-third of the systems will collect samples during each of the three sample-collection years from January 2023 through December 2025.
| Entity | Average annual cost (million) (2022-2026) 2 |
|---|---|
| 1 Based on the scope of small-system monitoring described in AWIA. | |
| 2 Totals may not equal the sum of components due to rounding. | |
| 3 Labor costs pertain to PWSs, states, and EPA. Costs include activities such as reading the final rule, notifying systems selected to participate, sample collection, data review, reporting, and record keeping. | |
| 4 Non-labor costs will be incurred primarily by EPA and by large and very large PWSs. They include the cost of shipping samples to laboratories for testing and the cost of the laboratory analyses. | |
| 5 For a typical UCMR program that involves the expanded scope prescribed by AWIA, EPA estimates an average annual cost to the agency of $17M/year (over a 5-year cycle) ($2M/year for the representative sample of 800 PWSs serving between 25 and 3,299 people and $15M/year for all PWSs serving between 3,300 and 10,000 people). The projected cost to EPA for UCMR 5 implementation is lower than for a typical UCMR program because of lower sample analysis expenses. Those lower expenses are a result of analytical method efficiencies ( i.e., being able to monitor for 30 chemicals with only three analytical methods). | |
| Small PWSs (25-10,000), including labor 3 only (non-labor costs 4 paid for by EPA) | $0.3 |
| Large PWSs (10,001-100,000), including labor and non-labor costs | 7.0 |
| Very Large PWSs (100,001 and greater), including labor and non-labor costs | 2.2 |
| States, including labor costs related to implementation coordination | 0.8 |
| EPA, including labor for implementation and non-labor for small system testing | 5 10.5 |
| Average Annual National Total | 20.8 |
Additional details regarding EPA's cost assumptions and estimates can be found in the Information Collection Request (ICR) (USEPA, 2021b), ICR Number 2040-0304, which presents estimated cost and labor hours for the 5-year UCMR 5 period of 2022-2026. Copies of the ICR may be obtained from the EPA public docket for this final rule under Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OW-2020-0530.
2. What are the benefits of this action?
The public benefits from the information about whether or not unregulated contaminants are present in their drinking water. If contaminants are not found, consumer confidence in their drinking water should improve. If contaminants are found, related health effects may be avoided when subsequent actions, such as regulations, are implemented, reducing or eliminating those contaminants.
II. Public Participation
A. What meetings have been held in preparation for UCMR 5?
EPA held three public meetings on UCMR 5 over the period of 2018 through 2021. EPA held a meeting focused on drinking water methods for unregulated contaminants on June 6, 2018, in Cincinnati, Ohio. Representatives from state agencies, laboratories, PWSs, environmental organizations, and drinking water associations joined the meeting via webinar and in person. Meeting topics included an overview of regulatory process elements (including the Contaminant Candidate List (CCL), UCMR, and Regulatory Determination), and drinking water methods under development (see USEPA, 2018 for presentation materials). EPA held a second meeting on July 16, 2019, in Cincinnati, Ohio. Representatives from State agencies, Tribes, laboratories, PWSs, environmental organizations, and drinking water associations participated in the meeting via webinar and in person. Meeting topics included the impacts of AWIA, analytical methods and contaminants being considered by EPA, potential sampling design, and other possible aspects of the UCMR 5 approach (see USEPA, 2019a for meeting materials). EPA held two identical virtual meetings on April 6 and 7, 2021, during the public comment period for the proposed rule (see USEPA, 2021c for presentation materials). Topics included the proposed UCMR 5 monitoring requirements, analyte selection and rationale, analytical methods, the laboratory approval process, and ground water representative monitoring plans (GWRMPs). Representatives of state agencies, laboratories, PWSs, environmental organizations, and drinking water associations participated in the meeting via webinar. In Section II.B of this preamble, the agency is announcing additional meetings to be held in 2022, which will assist with implementation.
B. How do I participate in the upcoming meetings?
EPA will hold multiple virtual meetings during 2022 to discuss UCMR 5 implementation planning, data reporting using Safe Drinking Water Accession and Review System (SDWARS), and best practices for sample collection. Dates and times of the upcoming meetings will be posted on EPA's website at https://www.epa.gov/dwucmr/unregulated-contaminant-monitoring-rule-ucmr-meetings-and-materials. EPA anticipates hosting the meetings focused on implementation planning in spring 2022, and the SDWARS and sample-collection meetings in fall 2022. Stakeholders who have participated in past UCMR meetings and/or those who register to use SDWARS will receive notification of these events. Other interested stakeholders are also welcome to participate.
1. Meeting Participation
Those who wish to participate in the public meetings, via webinar, can find information on how to register at https://www.epa.gov/dwucmr/unregulated-contaminant-monitoring-rule-ucmr-meetings-and-materials. The number of webinar connections available for the meetings are limited and will be available on a first-come, first-served basis. If stakeholder interest results in exceeding the maximum number of available connections for participants in upcoming webinar offerings, EPA may schedule additional webinars, with dates and times posted on EPA's Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Program Meetings and Materials web page at https://www.epa.gov/dwucmr/unregulated-contaminant-monitoring-rule-ucmr-meetings-and-materials.
2. Meeting Materials
EPA expects to send meeting materials by email to all registered participants prior to the meeting. The materials will be posted on EPA's website at https://www.epa.gov/dwucmr/unregulated-contaminant- monitoring-rule-ucmr-meetings-and-materials for people who do not participate in the webinar.
III. General Information
A. How are CCL, UCMR, Regulatory Determination process, and NCOD interrelated?
Under the 1996 amendments to SDWA, Congress established a multi-step, risk-based approach for determining which contaminants would become subject to drinking water standards. Under the first step, EPA is required to publish a CCL every five years that identifies contaminants that are not subject to any proposed or promulgated drinking water regulations, are known or anticipated to occur in PWSs, and may require future regulation under SDWA. EPA published the draft CCL 5 in the Federal Register on July 19, 2021 (86 FR 37948, July 19, 2021 (USEPA, 2021d)). Under the second step, EPA must require, every five years, monitoring of unregulated contaminants as described in this action. The third step requires EPA to determine, every five years, whether or not to regulate at least five contaminants from the CCL. Under Section 1412(b)(1)(A) of SDWA, EPA regulates a contaminant in drinking water if the Administrator determines that:
(1) The contaminant may have an adverse effect on the health of persons;
(2) The contaminant is known to occur or there is substantial likelihood that the contaminant will occur in PWSs with a frequency and at levels of public health concern; and
(3) In the sole judgment of the Administrator, regulation of such contaminant presents a meaningful opportunity for health risk reduction for persons served by PWSs.
For the contaminants that meet all three criteria, SDWA requires EPA to publish national primary drinking water regulations (NPDWRs). Information on the CCL and the regulatory determination process can be found at: https://www.epa.gov/ccl.
The data collected through the UCMR program are made available to the public through the National Contaminant Occurrence Database (NCOD) for drinking water. EPA developed the NCOD to satisfy requirements in SDWA Section 1445(g), to assemble and maintain a drinking water contaminant occurrence database for both regulated and unregulated contaminants in drinking water systems. NCOD houses data on unregulated contaminant occurrence; data from EPA's “Six-Year Review” of national drinking water regulations; and ambient and/or source water data. Section 1445(g)(3) of SDWA requires that EPA maintain UCMR data in the NCOD and use the data when evaluating the frequency and level of occurrence of contaminants in drinking water at a level of public health concern. UCMR results can be viewed by the public via NCOD ( https://www.epa.gov/sdwa/national-contaminant-occurrence-database-ncod ) or via the UCMR web page at: https://www.epa.gov/dwucmr.
B. What are the Consumer Confidence Reporting and Public Notice Reporting requirements for public water systems that are subject to UCMR?
In addition to reporting UCMR monitoring data to EPA, PWSs are responsible for presenting and addressing UCMR results in their annual Consumer Confidence Reports (CCRs) (40 CFR 141.153) and must address Public Notice (PN) requirements associated with UCMR (40 CFR 141.207). More details about the CCR and PN requirements can be viewed by the public at: https://www.epa.gov/ccr and https://www.epa.gov/dwreginfo/public-notification-rule, respectively.
C. What is the UCMR 5 timeline?
This final rule identifies a UCMR 5 sampling period of 2023 to 2025. Prior to 2023 EPA will coordinate laboratory approval, tentatively select representative small systems (USEPA, 2021a), organize Partnership Agreements, develop State Monitoring Plans (see Section III.D of this preamble), establish monitoring schedules and inventory, and conduct outreach and training. Exhibit 2 of this preamble illustrates the major activities that EPA expects will take place in preparation for and during the implementation of UCMR 5.
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P

BILLING CODE 6560-50-C
D. What is the role of “States” in UCMR?
UCMR is a direct implementation rule ( i.e., EPA has primary responsibility for its implementation) and state participation is voluntary. Under the previous UCMR cycles, specific activities that individual states agreed to carry out or assist with were identified and established exclusively through Partnership Agreements. Through Partnership Agreements, states can help EPA implement UCMR and help ensure that the UCMR data are of the highest quality possible to best support the agency decision making. Under UCMR 5, EPA will continue to use the Partnership Agreement process to determine and document the following: The process for review and revision of the State Monitoring Plans; replacing and updating PWS information, including inventory ( i.e., PWS identification codes (PWSID), facility identification code along with associated facility types and water source type, etc.); review of proposed GWRMPs; notification and instructions for systems; and compliance assistance. EPA recognizes that states often have the best information about their PWSs and encourages them to partner in the UCMR 5 program.
E. How did EPA consider Children's Environmental Health?
By monitoring for unregulated contaminants that may pose health risks via drinking water, UCMR furthers the protection of public health for all citizens, including children. Children consume more water per unit of body weight compared to adults. Moreover, formula-fed infants drink a large amount of water compared to their body weight; thus, children's exposure to contaminants in drinking water may present a disproportionate health risk (USEPA, 2011). The objective of UCMR 5 is to collect nationally representative drinking water occurrence data on unregulated contaminants for future regulatory consideration. Information on the prioritization process, as well as contaminant-specific information ( e.g., source, use, production, release, persistence, mobility, health effects, and occurrence), that EPA used to select the analyte list, is contained in “Information Compendium for Contaminants for the Final Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5)” (USEPA, 2021e), available in the UCMR 5 public docket.
Since this is a final rule to monitor for contaminants and not to reduce their presence in drinking water to an acceptable level, the rule does not concern environmental health or safety risks presenting a disproportionate risk to children that would be addressed by this action (See Section V.G Executive Order 13045 of this preamble). Therefore, Executive Order 13045 does not apply to UCMR. However, EPA's Policy on Evaluating Health Risks to Children, which ensures that the health of infants and children is explicitly considered in the agency's decision making, is applicable, see: https://www.epa.gov/children/epas-policy-evaluating-risk-children.
EPA considered children's health risks during the development of UCMR 5. This included considering public comments about candidate contaminant priorities. Many commenters supported the agency's inclusion of PFAS and lithium in UCMR 5. Some commenters requested that EPA consider children and infant health risks in its risk communication for UCMR 5.
Using quantitation data from multiple laboratories, EPA establishes statistically-based UCMR reporting levels the agency considers feasible for the national network of approved drinking water laboratories. EPA generally sets the reporting levels as low as is technologically practical for measurement by that national network of laboratories, even if that level is well below concentrations that are currently associated with known or suspected health effects. In doing so, EPA positions itself to better address contaminant risk information in the future, including that associated with unique risks to children.
F. How did EPA address Environmental Justice (EJ)?
EPA has concluded that this action is not subject to Executive Order 12898 because it does not establish an environmental health or safety standard (see Section V.J Executive Order 12898 of this preamble). EPA Administrator Regan issued a directive to all EPA staff to incorporate environmental justice (EJ) into the agency's work, including regulatory activities, such as integrating EJ considerations into the regulatory development processes and considering regulatory options to maximize benefits to communities that “continue to suffer from disproportionately high pollution levels and the resulting adverse health and environmental impacts.” In keeping with this directive, and consistent with AWIA, EPA will, subject to the availability of sufficient appropriations, expand UCMR 5 to include all PWSs serving between 3,300 and 10,000 people as described in Sections I.A.4 and IV.B of this preamble. If there are sufficient appropriations, the expansion in the number of participating PWSs will provide a more comprehensive assessment of contaminant occurrence data from small and rural communities, including disadvantaged communities.
By developing a national characterization of unregulated contaminants that may pose health risks via drinking water from PWSs, UCMR furthers the protection of public health for all citizens. If EPA receives the needed appropriations, the expansion in monitoring scope reflected in UCMR 5 ( i.e., including all PWSs serving 3,300 to 10,000 people) will better support state and regional analyses and determination of potential EJ-related issues that need to be addressed. EPA structured the UCMR 5 rulemaking process to allow for meaningful involvement and transparency. EPA organized public meetings and webinars to share information regarding the development and implementation of UCMR 5; consulted with Tribal governments; and convened a workgroup that included representatives from several states. EPA will support stakeholder interest in UCMR 5 results by making them publicly available, as described in Section III.A of this preamble, and by developing additional risk-communication materials to help individuals and communities understand the significance of contaminant occurrence.
EPA received multiple comments on environmental justice considerations. Commenters expressed support for the continued collection of U.S. Postal Service Zip Codes for each PWS's service area and requested that EPA provide multilingual UCMR materials. EPA will continue to collect Zip Codes for UCMR 5, as collected under UCMR 3 and UCMR 4, to support potential assessments of whether or not certain communities are disproportionately impacted by particular drinking water contaminants. EPA also intends to develop the sampling instructions, fact sheets, and data summaries in both English and Spanish.
G. How did EPA coordinate with Indian Tribal Governments?
EPA has concluded that this action has Tribal implications. However, it will neither impose substantial direct compliance costs on federally recognized Tribal governments, nor preempt Tribal law. (See section V.F Executive Order 13175 of this preamble).
EPA consulted with Tribal officials under the EPA Policy on Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribes early in the process of developing this action to ensure meaningful and timely input into its development. EPA initiated the Tribal consultation and coordination process before proposing the rule by mailing a “Notification of Consultation and Coordination” letter on June 26, 2019, to the Tribal leadership of the then 573 federally recognized Tribes. The letter invited Tribal leaders and representatives of Tribal governments to participate in an August 6, 2019, UCMR 5 Tribal consultation and coordination informational meeting. Presentation topics included an overview of the UCMR program, potential approaches to monitoring and implementation for UCMR 5, and the UCMR 5 contaminants and analytical methods under consideration. After the presentation, EPA provided an opportunity for input and questions on the action. Eight representatives from five Tribes attended the August meeting. Tribal representatives asked clarifying questions regarding program costs to PWSs and changes in PWS participation per AWIA. EPA addressed the questions during the meeting. Following the meeting, EPA received and addressed one additional clarifying question from a Tribal representative during the Tribal consultation process. No other Tribal representatives submitted written comments during the UCMR 5 consultation comment period that ended September 1, 2019.
Prior to the August 2019 meeting, EPA provided additional opportunities for Tribal officials to provide meaningful and timely input into the development of the proposed rule. On July 10, 2019, EPA participated in a monthly conference call with the National Tribal Water Council (NTWC). EPA shared a brief summary of UCMR statutory requirements with the Council and highlighted the upcoming official Tribal meeting. EPA also invited Tribal leaders and representatives to participate in a public meeting, held on July 16, 2019, to discuss the development of the proposed rule. Representatives from six Tribes participated in the public meeting. Following the publication of the proposal, EPA advised the Indian Health Services of the 60-day public comment period to assist with facilitating additional Tribal comments on the proposed rule. EPA received no public comments from Tribal officials.
A complete summary of the consultation, titled, “Summary of the Tribal Coordination and Consultation Process for the Fifth Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) Proposal,” is provided in the UCMR 5 public docket listed in the ADDRESSES section of this preamble.
H. How are laboratories approved for UCMR 5 analyses?
Consistent with prior UCMRs, this action maintains the requirement that PWSs use laboratories approved by EPA to analyze UCMR 5 samples. Interested laboratories are encouraged to apply for EPA approval as early as possible. The UCMR 5 laboratory approval process, which began with the publication of the UCMR 5 proposal, is designed to assess whether laboratories possess the required equipment and can meet laboratory-performance and data-reporting criteria described in this action.
EPA expects demand for laboratory support to increase significantly based on the greater number of PWSs expected to participate in UCMR 5. EPA anticipates that the number of participating small water systems will increase from the typical 800 to approximately 6,000 (see Exhibit 5 in Section IV.B of this preamble). In preparation for this increase, EPA will solicit proposals and award contracts to laboratories to support small system monitoring prior to the end of the proficiency testing (PT) program. As in previous UCMR programs, EPA expects that laboratories awarded contracts by EPA will be required to first be approved to perform all methods. The requirements for the laboratory approval process are described in steps 1 through 6 of the following paragraphs.
EPA will require laboratories seeking approval to: (1) Provide EPA with data documenting an initial demonstration of capability (IDC) as outlined in each method; (2) verify successful performance at or below the minimum reporting levels (MRLs) as specified in this action; (3) provide information about laboratory standard operating procedures (SOPs); and (4) participate in two EPA PT studies for the analytes of interest. Audits of laboratories may be conducted by EPA prior to and/or following approval, and maintaining approval is contingent on timely and accurate reporting. The “UCMR 5 Laboratory Approval Manual” (USEPA, 2021f), available in the UCMR 5 public docket, provides more specific guidance on EPA laboratory approval program and the specific method acceptance criteria. EPA has included sample-collection procedures that are specific to the methods in the “UCMR 5 Laboratory Manual,” and will address these procedures in our outreach to the PWSs that will be collecting samples.
The UCMR 5 laboratory approval program will provide an assessment of the ability of laboratories to perform analyses using the methods listed in 40 CFR 141.40(a)(3), Table 1 of this preamble. Laboratory participation in the program is voluntary. However, as in the previous UCMRs, EPA will require PWSs to exclusively use laboratories that have been approved under the program. EPA will post a list of approved UCMR 5 laboratories to https://www.epa.gov/dwucmr and will bring this to the attention of the PWSs in our outreach.
1. Request To Participate
Laboratories interested in the UCMR 5 laboratory approval program first email EPA at: UCMR_Lab_Approval@epa.gov to request registration materials. EPA began accepting requests beginning with the publication of the proposal in the Federal Register .
2. Registration
Laboratory applicants provide registration information that includes laboratory name, mailing address, shipping address, contact name, phone number, email address, and a list of the UCMR 5 methods for which the laboratory is seeking approval. This registration step provides EPA with the necessary contact information and ensures that each laboratory receives a customized application package.
3. Application Package
Laboratory applicants will complete and return a customized application package that includes the following: IDC data, including precision, accuracy, and results of MRL studies; information regarding analytical equipment and other materials; proof of current drinking water laboratory certification (for select compliance monitoring methods); method-specific SOPs; and example chromatograms for each method under review.
As a condition of receiving and maintaining approval, the laboratory must promptly post UCMR 5 monitoring results and quality control data that meet method criteria (on behalf of its PWS clients) to EPA's UCMR electronic data reporting system, SDWARS.
Based on the January 1, 2023 start for UCMR 5 sample collection, the deadline for a laboratory to submit the necessary registration and application information is August 1, 2022.
4. EPA's Review of Application Package
EPA will review the application packages and, if necessary, request follow-up information. Laboratories that successfully complete the application process become eligible to participate in the UCMR 5 PT program.
5. Proficiency Testing
A PT sample is a synthetic sample containing a concentration of an analyte or mixture of analytes that is known to EPA, but unknown to the laboratory. To be approved, a laboratory must meet specific acceptance criteria for the analysis of a UCMR 5 PT sample(s) for each analyte in each method, for which the laboratory is seeking approval. EPA offered three PT studies between publication of the proposed rule and final rule, and anticipates offering at least two additional studies. Interested laboratories must participate in and report data for at least two PT studies. This allows EPA to collect a robust dataset for PT results, and provides laboratories with extra analytical experience using UCMR 5 methods. Laboratories must pass a PT for every analyte in the method to be approved for that method and may participate in multiple PT studies in order to produce passing results for each analyte. EPA has taken this approach in UCMR 5, recognizing that EPA Method 533 contains 25 analytes. EPA does not expect to conduct additional PT studies after the start of PWS monitoring; however, EPA expects to conduct laboratory audits (remote and/or on-site) throughout the implementation of UCMR 5 on an as needed and/or random basis. Initial laboratory approval is contingent on successful completion of PT studies, which includes properly uploading the PT results to SDWARS. Continued laboratory approval is contingent on successful completion of the audit process and satisfactorily meeting all the other stated conditions.
6. Written EPA Approval
For laboratories that have already successfully completed steps 1 through 5, EPA sent the laboratory a notification letter listing the methods for which approval was “pending” ( i.e., pending promulgation of this final rule). Because no changes have been made to the final rule that impact the laboratory approval program, laboratories that received pending-approval letters will be notified of full approval without further action on their part. Approval actions for additional laboratories that successfully complete steps 1 through 5 will also be documented by EPA in writing.
I. What documents are being incorporated by reference?
The following methods are being incorporated by reference into this section for UCMR 5 monitoring. All method material is available for inspection electronically at https://www.regulations.gov (Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OW-2020-0530), or from the sources listed for each method. The methods that may be used to support monitoring under this final rule are as follows:
1. Methods From the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
The following methods are available at EPA's Docket No. EPA-HQ-OW-2020-0530.
(i) EPA Method 200.7 “Determination of Metals and Trace Elements in Water and Wastes by Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry,” Revision 4.4, 1994. Available at https://www.epa.gov/esam/method-2007-determination-metals-and-trace-elements-water-and-wastes-inductively-coupled-plasma. This is an EPA method for the analysis of metals and trace elements in water by ICP-AES and may be used to measure lithium during UCMR 5. See also the discussion of non-EPA alternative methods for lithium in this section.
(ii) EPA Method 533 “Determination of Per- and Polyfluoroalkyl Substances in Drinking Water by Isotope Dilution Anion Exchange Solid Phase Extraction and Liquid Chromatography/Tandem Mass Spectrometry,” November 2019, EPA 815-B-19-020. Available at https://www.epa.gov/dwanalyticalmethods/analytical-methods-developed-epa-analysis-unregulated-contaminants. This is an EPA method for the analysis PFAS in drinking water using SPE and LC/MS/MS and is to be used to measure 25 PFAS during UCMR 5 (11Cl-PF3OUdS, 8:2 FTS, 4:2 FTS, 6:2 FTS, ADONA, 9Cl-PF3ONS, HFPO-DA (GenX), NFDHA, PFEESA, PFMPA, PFMBA, PFBS, PFBA, PFDA, PFDoA, PFHpS, PFHpA, PFHxS, PFHxA, PFNA, PFOS, PFOA, PFPeS, PFPeA, and PFUnA).
(iii) EPA Method 537.1 “Determination of Selected Per- and Polyfluorinated Alkyl Substances in Drinking Water by Solid Phase Extraction and Liquid Chromatography/Tandem Mass Spectrometry (LC/MS/MS),” Version 2.0, March 2020, EPA/600/R-20/006. Available at https://www.epa.gov/dwanalyticalmethods/analytical-methods-developed-epa-analysis-unregulated-contaminants. This is an EPA method for the analysis of PFAS in drinking water using SPE and LC/MS/MS and is to be used to measure four PFAS during UCMR 5 (NEtFOSAA, NMeFOSAA, PFTA, and PFTrDA).
2. Alternative Methods From American Public Health Association—Standard Methods (SM)
The following methods are from American Public Health—Standard Methods (SM), 800 I Street NW, Washington, DC 20001-3710.
(i) “Standard Methods for the Examination of Water & Wastewater,” 23rd edition (2017).
(a) SM 3120 B, “Metals by Plasma Emission Spectroscopy (2017): Inductively Coupled Plasma (ICP) Method.” This is a Standard Method for the analysis of metals in water and wastewater by emission spectroscopy using ICP and may be used for the analysis of lithium.
(ii) “Standard Methods Online,” approved 1999. Available for purchase at https://www.standardmethods.org.
(a) SM 3120 B, “Metals by Plasma Emission Spectroscopy: Inductively Coupled Plasma (ICP) Method, Standard Methods Online,” revised December 14, 2020. This is a Standard Method for the analysis of metals in water and wastewater by emission spectroscopy using ICP and may be used for the analysis of lithium.
3. Methods From ASTM International
The following methods are from ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
(i) ASTM D1976-20, “Standard Test Method for Elements in Water by Inductively-Coupled Plasma Atomic Emission Spectroscopy,” approved May 1, 2020. Available for purchase at https://www.astm.org/Standards/D1976.htm. This is an ASTM method for the analysis of elements in water by ICP-AES and may be used to measure lithium.
IV. Description of Final Rule and Summary of Responses to Public Comments
EPA published “Revisions to the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) for Public Water Systems and Announcement of Public Meeting;” Proposed Rule, on March 11, 2021 (86 FR 13846, (USEPA, 2021g)). The UCMR 5 proposal identified three EPA analytical methods, and multiple alternative methods, to support water system monitoring for 30 UCMR 5 contaminants (29 PFAS and lithium) and detailed other potential changes relative to UCMR 4. Among the other changes reflected in the UCMR 5 proposal were the following: Requirement for water systems serving 3,300 to 10,000 people to monitor per AWIA requirements “subject to the availability of appropriations”; provisions for sampling frequency, timing, and locations; submission timeframe for GWRMPs; data reporting timeframes; and reporting requirements.
EPA received 75 sets of comments from 72 public commenters, including other federal agencies, state and local governments, utilities and utility stakeholder organizations, laboratories, academia, non-governmental organizations, and other interested stakeholders. After considering the comments, EPA developed the final UCMR 5 as described in Exhibit 3 of this preamble. Except as noted, the UCMR 5 final rule approach is consistent with the proposed rule. A track-changes version of the rule language, comparing UCMR 4 to UCMR 5, (“Revisions to 40 CFR 141.35 and 141.40” (USEPA, 2021h)), is included in the electronic docket listed in the ADDRESSES section of this preamble.
This section summarizes key aspects of this final rule and the associated comments received in response to the proposed rule. EPA has compiled all public comments and EPA's responses in the “Response to Comments on the Fifth Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) Proposal,” (USEPA, 2021i), which can be found in the electronic docket listed in the ADDRESSES section of this preamble.
| Number | Title | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| CFR rule section | Description of section | Corresponding preamble section | |
| Number | Title | ||
| 40 CFR 141.40(a)(3) | Contaminants in UCMR 5 | Maintains proposed list of 29 PFAS and lithium for monitoring | IV.A |
| 40 CFR 141.35(d), 40 CFR 141.40(a)(2)(ii), and 40 CFR 141.40(a)(4)(ii) | Scope of UCMR 5 applicability | Revises the scope of UCMR 5 to reflect that small CWSs and NTNCWSs serving 25 to 10,000 people will monitor (consistent with AWIA), if they are notified by the agency | IV.B |
| 40 CFR 141.40(a)(i)(B) | Sampling frequency and timing | Maintains proposed sample frequency (four sample events for SW, two sample events for GW) | IV.C |
| 40 CFR 141.35(c)(3) | Sampling locations and Ground Water Representative Monitoring Plans (GWRMPs) | Maintains proposed flexibility for PWSs to submit a GWRMP proposal to EPA | IV.D |
| 40 CFR 141.35(c)(6)(ii) and 40 CFR 141.40(a)(5)(vi) | Reporting timeframe | Maintains proposed timeframe (“within 90 days from the sample collection date”) for laboratories to post and approve analytical results in EPA's electronic data reporting system (for review by the PWS). Maintains proposed timeframe (“30 days from when the laboratory posts the data to EPA's electronic data reporting system”) for PWSs to review, approve, and submit data to the state and EPA | IV.E |
| 40 CFR 141.35(e) | Reporting requirements | Removes one proposed data element, maintains 27 proposed data elements, and clarifies the use of state data | IV.F |
| 40 CFR 141.40(a)(3) | Minimum reporting levels (MRL) | Maintains proposed MRLs for contaminants | IV.G |
A. What contaminants must be monitored under UCMR 5?
1. This Final Rule
EPA is maintaining the proposed list of UCMR 5 contaminants and the methods associated with analyzing those contaminants (see Exhibit 4 of this preamble). Further information on the prioritization process, as well as contaminant-specific information ( e.g., source, use, production, release, persistence, mobility, health effects, and occurrence), that EPA used to select the analyte list, is contained in “Information Compendium for Contaminants for the Final Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5)” (USEPA, 2021e). This Information Compendium can be found in the electronic docket listed in the ADDRESSES section of this preamble.
| 1 EPA Method 533 (Solid phase extraction (SPE) liquid chromatography/tandem mass spectrometry (LC/MS/MS)) (USEPA, 2019b). | |
| 2 EPA Method 537.1 Version 2.0 (Solid phase extraction (SPE) liquid chromatography/tandem mass spectrometry (LC/MS/MS)) (USEPA, 2020). | |
| 3 EPA Method 200.7 (Inductively coupled plasma-atomic emission spectrometry (ICP-AES)) (USEPA, 1994). | |
| 4 Standard Methods (SM) 3120 B (SM, 2017) or SM 3120 B-99 (SM Online, 1999). | |
| 5 ASTM International (ASTM) D1976-20 (ASTM, 2020). | |
| Twenty-five Per- and Polyfluoroalkyl Substances (PFAS) using EPA Method 533 (SPE LC/MS/MS): | |
| 11-chloroeicosafluoro-3-oxaundecane-1-sulfonic acid (11Cl-PF3OUdS) | perfluorodecanoic acid (PFDA). |
| 1H, 1H, 2H, 2H-perfluorodecane sulfonic acid (8:2 FTS) | perfluorododecanoic acid (PFDoA). |
| 1H, 1H, 2H, 2H-perfluorohexane sulfonic acid (4:2 FTS) | perfluoroheptanesulfonic acid (PFHpS). |
| 1H, 1H, 2H, 2H-perfluorooctane sulfonic acid (6:2 FTS) | perfluoroheptanoic acid (PFHpA). |
| 4,8-dioxa-3H-perfluorononanoic acid (ADONA) | perfluorohexanesulfonic acid (PFHxS). |
| 9-chlorohexadecafluoro-3-oxanone-1-sulfonic acid (9Cl-PF3ONS) | perfluorohexanoic acid (PFHxA). |
| hexafluoropropylene oxide dimer acid (HFPO-DA) (GenX) | perfluorononanoic acid (PFNA). |
| nonafluoro‐3,6‐dioxaheptanoic acid (NFDHA) | perfluorooctanesulfonic acid (PFOS). |
| perfluoro (2‐ethoxyethane) sulfonic acid (PFEESA) | perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA). |
| perfluoro‐3‐methoxypropanoic acid (PFMPA) | perfluoropentanesulfonic acid (PFPeS). |
| perfluoro‐4‐methoxybutanoic acid (PFMBA) | perfluoropentanoic acid (PFPeA). |
| perfluorobutanesulfonic acid (PFBS) | perfluoroundecanoic acid (PFUnA). |
| perfluorobutanoic acid (PFBA) | |
| Four Per- and Polyfluoroalkyl Substances (PFAS) using EPA Method 537.1 (SPE LC/MS/MS): | |
| n-ethyl perfluorooctanesulfonamidoacetic acid (NEtFOSAA) | perfluorotetradecanoic acid (PFTA). |
| n-methyl perfluorooctanesulfonamidoacetic acid (NMeFOSAA) | perfluorotridecanoic acid (PFTrDA). |
| One Metal/Pharmaceutical using EPA Method 200.7 (ICP-AES) or alternate SM or ASTM: | |
| lithium | |
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
Those who expressed an opinion about the proposed UCMR 5 analytes were supportive of EPA's inclusion of the 29 PFAS and lithium. Commenters expressed mixed opinions on the consideration of additional contaminants, particularly “aggregate PFAS,” Legionella pneumophilia, haloacetonitriles, and 1,2,3-trichloropropane. The major comments and EPA responses regarding these contaminants are summarized in the discussion that follows.
a. Aggregate PFAS Measure
EPA received multiple comments encouraging the agency to validate and include a total organic fluorine (TOF) and/or total oxidizable precursors (TOP) technique in UCMR 5 as a screening tool to determine “total PFAS.” EPA also received comments expressing concern for the limitations of the analytical methodologies, including a lack of sensitivity and specificity for PFAS using TOF.
EPA has not identified a complete, validated, peer-reviewed aggregate PFAS method with the appropriate specificity and sensitivity to support UCMR 5 monitoring. EPA's Office of Water and Office of Research and Development are currently developing and evaluating methodologies for broader PFAS analysis in drinking water, however, the measurement approaches are subject to significant technical challenges. The sensitivity of TOF is currently in the low μg/L range, as opposed to the low ng/L range of interest required for PFAS analysis in drinking water. TOF is also not specific to PFAS. TOP, while focusing on PFAS, is limited to measuring compounds that can be detected by LC/MS/MS and the technique requires two LC/MS/MS analyses; one before oxidation and one after oxidation. EPA is evaluating the TOP approach to understand the degree to which certain precursors are oxidized, and subsequently measurable by LC/MS/MS, as well as the degree to which PFAS that were measured in the pre-oxidation sample are still measured post-oxidation.
EPA is also monitoring progress by commercial laboratories and academia. In 2020 and 2021, EPA contacted commercial laboratories that advertised TOF capability, and these laboratories indicated that they had not yet commercialized the TOF method (see Appendix 4 in “Response to Comments on the Fifth Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) Proposal,” (USEPA, 2021i), which can be found in the electronic docket listed in the ADDRESSES section of this preamble). TOP has been more widely commercialized but is often used as an exploratory tool to estimate precursors.
In summary, there are still analytical challenges leading to uncertainties in the results using the TOF and TOP techniques. More research and method refinement are needed before a peer-reviewed validated method that meets UCMR quality control needs is available to address PFAS more broadly.
b. Legionella Pneumophila
Some comments supported EPA's proposal to not include Legionella pneumophila in UCMR 5, while others encouraged EPA to add it. EPA has decided not to include Legionella pneumophila in the final UCMR 5.
Under EPA's Surface Water Treatment Rule (SWTR), EPA established NPDWRs for Giardia, viruses, Legionella, turbidity and heterotrophic bacteria and set maximum contaminant level goals of zero for Giardia lamblia, viruses and Legionella pneumophila (54 FR 27486, June 29, 1989 (USEPA, 1989)). EPA is currently examining opportunities to enhance protection against Legionella pneumophila through revisions to the suite of Microbial and Disinfection Byproduct (MDBP) rules. In addition to the SWTR, the MDBP suite includes the Stage 1 and Stage 2 Disinfectants and Disinfection Byproduct Rules; the Interim Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule; and the Long Term 1 Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule.
As stated in the conclusions from EPA's third “Six-Year Review of Drinking Water Standards” (82 FR 3518, January 11, 2017 (USEPA, 2017)), “EPA identified the following NPDWRs under the SWTR as candidates for revision, because of the opportunity to further reduce residual risk from pathogens (including opportunistic pathogens such as Legionella ) beyond the risk addressed by the current SWTR.” In accordance with the dates in the Settlement Agreement between EPA and Waterkeeper Alliance ( Waterkeeper Alliance, Inc. v. U.S. EPA, No. 1:19-cv-00899-LJL (S.D.N.Y. Jun. 1, 2020)), the agency anticipates signing a proposal for revisions to the MDBP rules and a final action on the proposal by July 31, 2024 and September 30, 2027, respectively. EPA has concluded that UCMR 5 data collection for Legionella pneumophila would not be completed in time to meaningfully inform MDBP revision and that UCMR 5 data for Legionella pneumophila would soon lack significance because it would not reflect conditions in water systems after any regulatory revisions become effective (because water quality would be expected to change as a result of PWSs complying with such regulatory revisions).
EPA estimates that Legionella pneumophila monitoring under UCMR 5 would have added $10.5 million in new expenses for large PWSs, $20 million in new expenses for the agency for small system monitoring, and $0.5 million in new expenses for small PWSs and states over the 5-year UCMR period. Because the data would not be available in time to inform MDBP regulatory revisions and because MDBP revisions could change the presence of Legionella pneumophila in drinking water distribution systems ( Legionella occurrence may change, for example, if the required minimum disinfectant residual concentration is higher following MDBP revisions), EPA concluded that the expense of this monitoring is not warranted given the limited utility of the data.
c. Haloacetonitriles
Some commenters agreed with EPA's rationale for not including the four unregulated haloacetonitrile disinfection byproducts (DBPs) in UCMR 5, while others encouraged EPA to include them. EPA has decided not to include haloacetonitrile DBPs in the final UCMR 5.
As was the case with Legionella pneumophila, EPA has concluded that UCMR 5 data collection for haloacetonitriles would not be completed in time to meaningfully inform MDBP revision and that UCMR 5 data would not reflect conditions in water systems after any regulatory revisions become effective (haloacetonitrile occurrence may change, for example, if the required minimum disinfectant residual concentration is higher following MDBP revisions).
As with Legionella pneumophila, inclusion of haloacetonitriles in UCMR 5 would introduce significant monitoring and reporting complexity and cost compared to the sampling design for PFAS and lithium. If haloacetonitriles were to be added to UCMR 5, most of the additional expenses would be borne by large PWSs (for analysis of their samples) and EPA (for analysis of samples from small PWSs). EPA estimates this would result in $13 million in new expenses for large PWSs, $19 million in new expenses for the agency, and $0.5 million in new expenses for small PWSs and states over the 5-year UCMR period.
Because the data would not be available in time to inform MDBP regulatory revisions and because MDBP revisions could change the presence of haloacetonitriles in drinking water distribution systems, EPA concluded that the expense of this monitoring is not warranted given the limited utility of the data.
d. 1,2,3-Trichloropropane
EPA received some comments that support the agency's proposed decision to not include 1,2,3-trichloropropane (1,2,3-TCP) monitoring in UCMR 5, and others recommending that 1,2,3-TCP be included. EPA concluded that appropriate analytical methods are not currently available to support additional UCMR data collection ( i.e., above and beyond the data collection under UCMR 3 (USEPA, 2019c)).
Several commenters suggested that EPA consider analytical methods to monitor for 1,2,3-trichloropropane at lower levels. They suggested, for example, that the agency use California method SRL-524M (California DHS, 2002), which is prescribed by the state for compliance monitoring at 0.005 μg/L (5 ng/L). EPA has reviewed SRL 524M and determined that the associated quality control (QC) and IDC criteria do not meet the EPA's needs for drinking water analysis. See also EPA's “Response to Comments on the Fifth Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) Proposal,” (USEPA, 2021i), which can be found in the electronic docket listed in the ADDRESSES section of this preamble.
Occurrence data collected during UCMR 3 (77 FR 26072, May 2, 2012 (USEPA, 2012)) for 1,2,3-trichloropropane may be found at https://www.epa.gov/dwucmr/occurrence-data-unregulated-contaminant-monitoring-rule#3.
B. What is the UCMR 5 sampling design?
1. This Final Rule
EPA has utilized up to three different tiers of contaminant monitoring, associated with three different “lists” of contaminants, in past UCMRs. EPA designed the monitoring tiers to reflect the availability and complexity of analytical methods, laboratory capacity, sampling frequency, and cost. The Assessment Monitoring tier is the largest in scope and is used to collect data to determine the national occurrence of “List 1” contaminants for the purpose of estimating national population exposure. Assessment Monitoring has been used in the four previous UCMRs to collect occurrence data from all systems serving more than 10,000 people and a representative sample of 800 smaller systems. Consistent with AWIA, the Assessment Monitoring approach was redesigned for UCMR 5 and reflects the plan, subject to additional appropriations being made available for this purpose, that would require all systems serving 3,300 or more people and a representative sample of systems serving 25 to 3,299 people to perform monitoring (USEPA, 2021a). The population-weighted sampling design for the nationally representative sample of small systems (used in previous UCMR cycles to select 800 systems serving 25 to 10,000 people and used in UCMR 5 to select 800 systems serving 25 to 3,299 people) calls for the sample to be stratified by water source type (ground water or surface water), service size category, and state (where each state is allocated a minimum of two systems in its State Monitoring Plan). The allowable margin of error at the 99 percent confidence level is ±1 percent for an expected contaminant occurrence of 1 percent at the national level. Assessment Monitoring is the primary tier used for contaminants and generally relies on analytical methods that use more common techniques that are expected to be widely available. EPA has used an Assessment Monitoring tier for 72 contaminants and contaminant groups over the course of UCMR 1 through UCMR 4. The agency is exclusively requiring Assessment Monitoring in UCMR 5. This monitoring approach yields the most complete set of occurrence data to support EPA's decision making.
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
Many commenters expressed support for the increase in small system Assessment Monitoring, with no opposition to the inclusion of all PWSs serving 3,300 to 10,000 people in UCMR 5. The U.S. Small Business Administration asked that EPA clarify small-system responsibilities in the event of inadequate EPA funding to fully support the envisioned monitoring.
Recognizing the uncertainty in funding from year-to-year, the agency will implement a “monitor if notified” approach for PWSs serving 25 to 10,000 people. In 2022, EPA will notify the approximately 6,000 small PWSs tentatively selected for the expanded UCMR 5 (all PWSs serving 3,300 to 10,000 people and a statistically-based, nationally representative set of 800 PWSs serving 25 to 3,299 people) of their anticipated UCMR 5 monitoring requirements; that initial notification will specify that monitoring is conditioned on EPA having sufficient funds and will be confirmed in a second notification. Upon receiving appropriations for a particular year, EPA will determine the number of small PWSs whose monitoring is covered by the appropriations, and notify the included small PWSs of their upcoming requirements at least six months prior to their scheduled monitoring. EPA has made minor edits to 40 CFR 141.35 and 40 CFR 141.40 for consistency with this approach.
Additionally, to ensure that EPA has access to a nationally representative set of small-system data, even in the absence of sufficient appropriations to support the planned monitoring by small systems, a statistically-based nationally representative set of 800 PWSs will also be selected from among the PWSs serving 25 to 10,000 people. An updated description of the statistical approach for the nationally representative samples for UCMR 5 is available in the docket as “Selection of Nationally Representative Public Water Systems for the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule: 2021 Update” (USEPA 2021a).
To minimize the impact of the final rule on small systems (those serving 25 to 10,000 people), EPA pays for their sample kit preparation, sample shipping fees, and sample analysis. Large systems (those serving more than 10,000 people) pay for all costs associated with their monitoring. Exhibit 5 of this preamble shows a summary of the estimated number of PWSs subject to monitoring.
| List 1 chemicals | ||
|---|---|---|
| 1 EPA pays for all analytical costs associated with monitoring at small systems. | ||
| 2 Counts for small PWSs serving 3,300-10,000 people are approximate. | ||
| 3 Large system counts are approximate. | ||
| 4 In the absence of appropriations to support monitoring at all PWSs serving 3,300 to 10,000 people, EPA could instead include as few as 400 PWSs serving 25 to 3,299 people and 400 PWSs serving 3,300 to 10,000 people (for a representative sample of 800 PWSs serving 25 to 10,000 people). | ||
| System size (number of people served) | National sample: Assessment monitoring design | Total number of systems per size category |
| List 1 chemicals | ||
| Small Systems 1 (25-3,299) | 800 randomly selected systems (CWSs and NTNCWSs) | 4 800 |
| Small Systems 1 2 (3,300-10,000) | All systems (CWSs and NTNCWSs) subject to the availability of appropriations | 4 5,147 |
| Large Systems 3 (10,001 and over) | All systems (CWSs and NTNCWSs) | 4,364 |
| Total | 10,311 | |
C. What is the sampling frequency and timing?
1. This Final Rule
This final rule maintains the proposed sampling frequency and timeframe for Assessment Monitoring. On a per-system basis, the anticipated number of samples collected by each system is consistent with sample collection during prior UCMR cycles (although, as described elsewhere in this document, the number of water systems expected to participate in UCMR 5 is significantly greater under this final rule per AWIA). Water systems will be required to collect samples based on the typical UCMR sampling frequency and timeframe as follows: For surface water, ground water under the direct influence of surface water, and mixed locations, sampling will take place for four consecutive quarters over the course of 12 months (total of 4 sampling events). Sampling events will occur three months apart. For example, if the first sample is taken in January, the second will then occur anytime in April, the third will occur anytime in July, and the fourth will occur anytime in October. For ground water locations, sampling will take place twice over the course of 12 months (total of 2 sampling events). Sampling events will occur five to seven months apart. For example, if the first sample is taken in April, the second sample will then occur anytime in September, October, or November.
EPA, in conjunction with the states, will initially determine schedules (year and months of monitoring) for large water systems. Thereafter, large PWSs will have an opportunity to modify this initial schedule for planning purposes or other reasons ( e.g., to spread costs over multiple years, if a sampling location will be closed during the scheduled month of monitoring, etc.). EPA will schedule and coordinate small system monitoring (for PWSs serving 3,300 to 10,000 people and for the nationally representative sample of smaller PWSs) by working closely with partnering states. State Monitoring Plans provide an opportunity for states to review and revise the initial sampling schedules developed by EPA (see discussion of State Monitoring Plans in Section III.D of this preamble).
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
EPA received two comments recommending that the agency reduce the sampling frequency for both ground water (GW) and surface water (SW) systems, including a suggestion that UCMR 5 require only one sample per system. EPA concluded that less frequent data collection would affect the integrity of the data and result in insufficient data to fulfill the needs envisioned by the 1996 SDWA Amendments, particularly with regard to supporting the Administrator's regulatory determinations and drinking water regulation development. Maintaining the proposed sampling frequency allows the resulting contaminant data to be analyzed for temporal variability, in addition to between-system variability. These analyses are not possible with a single-sample structure. When making regulatory determinations, EPA evaluates the number of systems (and populations) with means or single measured values above health levels of concern, as both values provide important information.
EPA acknowledges that based on UCMR 3 (77 FR 26072, May 2, 2012 (USEPA, 2012)) data, the correlation between results from multiple sample events can be high; however, the approach suggested by commenters would yield less accurate data for several reasons. EPA's assessment of sampling frequency using UCMR 3 and UCMR 4 data (see Appendix 2 in “Response to Comments on the Fifth Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) Proposal,” (USEPA, 2021i), which can be found in the electronic docket listed in the ADDRESSES section of this preamble) shows that for both SW and GW systems, there are numerous cases where occurrence is notably different between sample events. Focusing first on UCMR 3 results for PWS with SW sources, the number of sample points at which PFOS was measured at or above the MRL was 108 percent greater when considering multiple sample events, versus only considering the first sample event. There were multiple occasions where the results from the first sample event were below the health-based reference concentration while subsequent results were above it. Looking at UCMR 3 results for PWSs with GW sources, PFOS was measured at or above the MRL at 26 percent more sample points in the second sample event relative to the first. Similar to the UCMR 3 results for SW systems, there were multiple occasions where the second result from a GW system exceeded the reference concentration while the first result did not.
Some commenters suggested that between-system variability is much greater for PFAS than within-system variability. While it may be less than between-system variability, within-system variability can still be important. Shifting to a single sample prevents reasonable assessments of within-system variability and limits the ability to observe between-system variability estimates. This would then drastically reduce the ability to characterize uncertainty.
Additionally, although the provisions of AWIA could include the addition of approximately 5,200 more PWSs to UCMR 5 relative to earlier cycles and thus capture more spatial variation in the resulting dataset, it is important to note that spatial variation is different than temporal or seasonal variation. Capturing more of one does not diminish the influence of the others on national occurrence data and reducing the frequency of sampling eliminates the possibility of analyzing the resulting data for temporal variation. In addition, statistical means based on two measurements have considerably less error than a single measurement per system, and provide a more robust dataset for future regulatory decisions. Having more than one sample event also greatly reduces the chance of underestimating the true proportion of occurrence of the contaminant in drinking water ( i.e., exposure).
Regarding monitoring frequency and burden, EPA notes that the agency allows large GW systems the opportunity to reduce monitoring burden by using approved representative entry points (40 CFR 141.35(c)(3)) as described in Section IV.D of this preamble. Representative monitoring plans will result in fewer samples and thus time and cost savings to the PWS. Consecutive systems with multiple connections from a particular wholesaler are also permitted to choose one entry point as representative, thus reducing burden.
D. Where are the sampling locations and what is representative monitoring?
1. This Final Rule
Consistent with past UCMR cycles, sample collection for UCMR 5 contaminants will take place at the entry point to the distribution system (EPTDS). As during past UCMRs and as described in 40 CFR 141.35(c)(3) of this preamble, this final rule will allow large ground water systems (or large surface water systems with ground water sources) that have multiple ground water EPTDSs to request approval to sample at representative monitoring locations rather than at each ground water EPTDS. GWRMPs approved under prior UCMRs may be used for UCMR 5, presuming no significant changes in the configuration of the ground water EPTDSs since the prior approval. Water systems that intend to use a previously approved plan must send EPA a copy of the approval documents received under prior UCMRs from their state (if reviewed by the state) or EPA.
Relative to the rules for prior UCMR cycles, this final rule provides greater flexibility to PWSs in submitting GWRMPs to EPA. Plans must be submitted to EPA six months prior to the PWS's scheduled sample collection, instead of by a specified date; those PWSs scheduled to collect samples in 2024 or 2025 will have significant additional time to develop and propose representative plans. PWSs, particularly those scheduled for sample collection in 2023, are encouraged to submit proposals for a new GWRMP by December 31, 2022, to allow time for review by EPA and, as appropriate, the state. EPA will work closely with the states to coordinate the review of GWRMPs in those cases where such review is part of the state's Partnership Agreement. Changes to inventory data in SDWARS that impact a PWS's representative plan before or during the UCMR sampling period must be reported within 30 days of the change. EPA will collaborate with small systems (particularly those with many ground water locations) to develop a GWRMP when warranted, recognizing that EPA pays for the analysis of samples from small systems.
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
EPA received multiple comments regarding GWRMPs and representative sampling for wholesale systems and consecutive connections. Generally, commenters supported the continued use of GWRMPS and the use of previously approved monitoring plans. An additional supporting document, titled, “Instructions for Preparing a Ground Water Representative Monitoring Plan for the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule,” (USEPA, 2021j) has been placed in the electronic docket listed in the ADDRESSES section of this preamble.
Several commenters recommended that EPA not require monitoring by consecutive systems that purchase 100 percent of their water from wholesale systems that are already subject to UCMR 5 monitoring. They requested that EPA instead require wholesalers to identify the PWSIDs of consecutive systems receiving water from the wholesaler, and that EPA rely on wholesaler monitoring in lieu of monitoring by the consecutive systems. EPA has decided to require monitoring by consecutive systems to conduct monitoring in accordance with UCMR 5. Previous UCMR data demonstrate that wholesalers and purchasers can have different analytical results (see Appendix 3 in “Response to Comments on the Fifth Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) Proposal,” (USEPA, 2021i), which can be found in the electronic docket listed in the ADDRESSES section of this preamble). For example, pairing the results from wholesaler to consecutive connections for 190 manganese results from UCMR 4 (81 FR 92666, December 20, 2016 (USEPA, 2016)), one-third of the results are higher at the wholesaler and one-third of the results are higher at the consecutive connection, with one-third of all results being comparable [±0.4 μg/L]. The agency therefore elected to maintain the proposed approach in which all eligible consecutive systems must monitor, irrespective of monitoring being conducted by the wholesale system from which they purchase drinking water.
E. How long do laboratories and PWSs have to report data?
1. This Final Rule
EPA is maintaining the revised reporting timeframes for laboratories and PWSs as proposed. For UCMR 5, laboratories have 90 days (versus 120 days in prior UCMR cycles) from the sample collection date to post and approve analytical results in SDWARS for PWS review. Large PWSs have 30 days (versus 60 days in prior UCMR cycles) to review and approve the analytical results posted to SDWARS. As with the UCMR 4 requirements, data will be considered approved and available for state and EPA review if the PWS takes no action within their allotted review period.
In the proposed rule for UCMR 5, EPA noted that multiple states have expressed an interest in earlier access to UCMR data (see Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OW-2020-0530). EPA believes that the shorter timeframes for posting and approving data are feasible and reasonable based on our experience with UCMR reporting to date.
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
Commenters generally agreed with the revised timeframes for laboratories to post and approve analytical results in SDWARS. The 90-day laboratory timeframe makes UCMR results more readily available to interested stakeholders and states. Some commenters supported the timely reporting of data by laboratories to ensure that PWSs have adequate time to reconcile QC issues, especially those that may require a PWS to resample. Some expressed concerns that the revised timeframe could be challenging for laboratories. Some suggested that the shorter timeframe be conditioned on consistent functionality and availability of SDWARS.
Commenters generally agreed with the changes in the timeframes for large PWSs to review and approve analytical results posted to SDWARS, though several requested that EPA maintain the 60-day review period.
EPA has observed that many laboratories are routinely posting data to SDWARS within 90 days of sample collection and that many large PWSs are approving and submitting data within 30 days of their laboratory posting the data. Judging by reporting for 2020 monitoring under UCMR 4 (81 FR 92666, December 20, 2016 (USEPA, 2016)), more than 75 percent of laboratories posted and approved data within 90 days, and more than 85 percent of large PWSs who chose to act on their data, did so within 30 days of the laboratory posting it. During UCMR 3 and UCMR 4, less than half of large PWSs chose to actively review and approve their data, as opposed to letting the results default to “approved” status after the review period. The many large PWSs that have routinely chosen to not review and approve their data will not be impacted by the revised timeframe for PWS data review for UCMR 5. See also Appendix 5 in “Response to Comments on the Fifth Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) Proposal,” (USEPA, 2021i), which can be found in the electronic docket listed in the ADDRESSES section of this preamble.
EPA does not anticipate functionality or availability issues with SDWARS during UCMR 5 but is prepared to make case-by-case exceptions for reporting timeframes should significant issues occur with the reporting system.
F. What are the reporting requirements for UCMR 5?
1. This Final Rule
Today's final rule removes 1 of the proposed data elements (“Direct Potable Reuse Water Information”) and maintains the 27 others described in the proposed rule. EPA has updated some of the data-element definitions for clarity and consistency in the reporting requirements. Please see Table 1 of 40 CFR 141.35(e) of this preamble for the complete list of data elements, definitions and drop-down options that will be provided in the data reporting system.
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
a. Data Elements
EPA received multiple comments on the proposed contaminant-specific data elements, with some commenters questioning the quality, reliability, and utility of some of the data that would be provided to the agency per the proposed data element requirements. Several commenters requested that EPA include rationale explaining the intended use of such data. EPA has updated the data elements for clarity ( e.g., clarifying treatment types, and abbreviations for them; adding the treatment option “NMT = not modified after testing”) and has provided additional rationale (including describing how the information could impact regulatory decision making and risk-management strategies) in the “Response to Comments on the Fifth Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) Proposal,” (USEPA, 2021i), available in the UCMR 5 public docket (see the ADDRESSES section of this preamble). EPA acknowledges the data collected will have some limitations but believes that the collection of the information is still valuable. In addition, EPA notes the modest burden associated with the collection.
b. Reporting State Data
EPA received several comments suggesting that PWSs be permitted to submit occurrence data collected under state-based monitoring, in lieu of conducting UCMR 5 monitoring, to reduce the monitoring burden. In those cases where the monitoring required by a state is aligned with the requirements of UCMR 5, PWSs may be able to conduct PFAS monitoring that meets the needs of their state and UCMR 5, with the understanding that UCMR 5 requirements must be met. This includes the requirement that PFAS samples be analyzed by a UCMR 5-approved laboratory using EPA Method 533 and Method 537.1. EPA offers flexibility for PWSs to reschedule their UCMR 5 monitoring, and PWSs may do so to coordinate it with their state-required monitoring. PWSs wishing to conduct “dual purpose” monitoring ( i.e., concurrently meeting the state and UCMR 5 needs) may contact their state or EPA, as appropriate, if there are questions about whether the state and UCMR 5 requirements are being met.
G. What are the UCMR 5 Minimum Reporting Levels (MRLs) and how were they determined?
1. This Final Rule
EPA is maintaining the proposed minimum reporting levels for the UCMR 5 contaminants. EPA establishes MRLs to ensure consistency in the quality of the information reported to the agency. As defined in 40 CFR 141.40(a)(5)(iii) of this preamble, the MRL is the minimum quantitation level that, with 95 percent confidence, can be achieved by capable analysts at 75 percent or more of the laboratories using a specified analytical method. More detailed explanation of the MRL calculation is in the “Technical Basis for the Lowest Concentration Minimum Reporting Level (LCMRL) Calculator” (USEPA, 2010), available at ( https://www.epa.gov/dwanalyticalmethods/lowest-concentration-minimum-reporting-level-lcmrl-calculator ).
EPA requires each laboratory interested in supporting UCMR analyses to demonstrate that they can reliably make quality measurements at or below the established MRL to ensure that high quality results are being reported by participating laboratories. EPA established the proposed MRLs in 40 CFR 141.40(a)(3), Table 1 of this preamble, for each analyte/method by obtaining data from at least three laboratories that performed “lowest concentration minimum reporting level” (LCMRL) studies. The results from these laboratory LCMRL studies can be found in the “UCMR 5 Laboratory Approval Manual” (USEPA, 2021f), available in the electronic docket (see the ADDRESSES section of this preamble).
The multiple laboratory LCMRLs were then processed through a statistical routine to derive an MRL that, with 95 percent confidence, is predicted to be attainable by 75 percent of laboratories using the prescribed method. EPA considers these to be the lowest reporting levels that can practically and consistently be achieved on a national basis (recognizing that individual laboratories may be able to measure at lower levels).
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
Some commenters recommended that EPA establish lower MRLs for the 29 PFAS in UCMR 5. MRLs used for the UCMR program are based on calculations that account for the ability of laboratories to report accurate and precise measurements with a specific statistical confidence. Based on the results from multiple laboratories that participated in MRL-setting studies, EPA concluded that the proposed MRLs represent the lowest feasible levels for a national MRL measure. Sensitivity ( i.e., quantitation limit) may improve with time, experience, and instrumentation advances.
H. What are the requirements for laboratory analysis of field reagent blank samples?
1. This Final Rule
EPA initially proposed that laboratories analyze all field reagent blank (FRB) samples, along with the corresponding field samples, to reduce the possibility of invalidating a positive field sample result ( i.e., a field sample result at or above the MRL) because of FRB hold times being exceeded.
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
EPA did not receive any comments expressing concerns with the laboratory approval process; however, the agency did receive a comment on the FRB sample analysis criteria, suggesting that the agency not require analysis of every FRB sample. EPA Method 537.1 and Method 533, used for PFAS analysis, require collection of a corresponding FRB sample from each unique sampling location for each sampling event. The methods require that the FRB be analyzed if there is a positive result for a PFAS analyte in a corresponding field sample. Based on further consideration, EPA is now providing laboratories with discretion as to whether they analyze every FRB sample proactively or only those associated with positive field sample results. This is with the understanding that laboratories must analyze field samples promptly enough such that the corresponding FRB analyses, if needed, may be completed within the prescribed hold time. Compliance with the method hold-time requirements, and other provisions of the methods, is a condition of maintaining laboratory approval. EPA is studying the possibility of extending the FRB hold times for EPA Method 537.1 and Method 533, and will communicate the results of the studies with the approved laboratories.
I. How will EPA support risk communication for UCMR 5 results?
EPA received comments requesting that the agency develop and provide risk communication materials to support interpretation and characterization of UCMR 5 results. EPA intends to publish a “reference concentration” summary document with available EPA health values; provide a template for PWSs to consider using in communicating with their customers about the detection of PFAS in drinking water; and provide other supporting material as risk-related information becomes available.
V. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews
Additional information about these statutes and Executive Orders can be found at http://www2.epa.gov/laws-regulations/laws-and-executive-orders.
A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review and Executive Order 13563: Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review
This action is a significant regulatory action that was submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review. Any changes made in response to OMB recommendations have been documented in the docket. A full analysis of potential costs associated with this action, the “Information Collection Request for the Final Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5),” (USEPA, 2021b) ICR Number 2040-0304, is also available in the docket (Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OW-2020-0530). A summary of the ICR can be found in Section I.C of this preamble.
B. Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA)
The information collection activities in this final rule have been submitted for approval to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the PRA. The Information Collection Request (ICR) document (USEPA, 2021b) that EPA prepared has been assigned EPA ICR number ICR 2683.02. You can find a copy of the ICR in the docket for this final rule, and it is briefly summarized here. The information collection requirements are not enforceable until OMB approves them.
The information that EPA will collect under this final rule fulfills the statutory requirements of Section1445(a)(2) of SDWA, as amended in 1996, 2018, and 2019. The data will describe the source of the water, location, and test results for samples taken from public water systems (PWSs) as described in 40 CFR 141.35(e). The information collected will support EPA's decisions as to whether or not to regulate particular contaminants under SDWA. Reporting is mandatory. The data are not subject to confidentiality protection.
The 5-year UCMR 5 period spans 2022-2026. UCMR 5 sample collection begins in 2023 and continues through 2025. Since ICRs cannot be approved by OMB for a period longer than three years pursuant to 5 CFR 1320.10, the primary analysis in the ICR only covers the first three years of the UCMR 5 period ( i.e., 2022-2024). Prior to expiration of the initial UCMR 5 ICR, EPA will seek to extend the ICR and thus receive approval to collect information under the PRA in the remaining two years of the UCMR 5 period (2025-2026).
EPA received several comments regarding cost and burden of the proposed rule. Those comments recommended that EPA provide more accurate cost estimates. EPA's response is detailed more fully in the “Response to Comments on the Fifth Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) Proposal,” (USEPA, 2021i), which can be found in the electronic docket listed in the ADDRESSES section of this preamble.
EPA has reviewed and, as appropriate, revised the cost and burden figures for UCMR 5; this includes using updated unit cost estimates for sample analysis. The annual burden and cost estimates described in this section are based on the implementation assumptions described in Section III of this preamble, among them the inclusion of all systems serving 3,300 to 10,000 people and a representative sample of smaller systems. As such, those estimates represent an upper bound. If EPA does not receive the necessary appropriations in one or more of the collections years—and thus collects data from fewer small systems—the actual costs would be lower than those estimated here. In general, burden hours were calculated by:
1. Determining the activities that PWSs and states would complete to comply with UCMR activity;
2. Estimating the number of hours per activity;
3. Estimating the number of respondents per activity; and
4. Multiplying the hours per activity by the number of respondents for that activity.
Respondents/affected entities: The respondents/affected entities are small PWSs (those serving 25 to 10,000 people); large PWSs (those serving 10,001 to 100,000 people); very large PWSs (those serving more than 100,000 people); and states.
Respondent's obligation to respond: Mandatory (40 CFR 141.35).
Estimated number of respondents: Respondents to UCMR 5 include 5,947 small PWSs, 4,364 large PWSs, and the 56 primacy agencies (50 States, one Tribal nation, and five Territories) for a total of 10,367 respondents.
Frequency of response: The frequency of response varies across respondents and years. Across the initial 3-year ICR period for UCMR 5, small PWSs will sample an average of 2.8 times per PWS ( i.e., number of responses per PWS); large PWSs will sample and report an average of 3.2 times per PWS; and very large PWSs will sample and report an average of 3.7 times per PWS.
Total estimated burden: 48,469 hours (per year). Burden is defined at 5 CFR 1320.3(b).
Total estimated cost: $9,404,007 annualized capital or operation & maintenance costs.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. The OMB control numbers for the EPA's regulations in 40 CFR are listed in 40 CFR part 9. When OMB approves this ICR, the agency will announce that approval in the Federal Register and publish a technical amendment to 40 CFR part 9 to display the OMB control number for the approved information collection activities contained in this final rule.
C. Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA)
For purposes of assessing the impacts of this final rule on small entities, EPA considered small entities to be PWSs serving 25 to 10,000 people. As required by the RFA, EPA proposed using this alternative definition in the Federal Register (63 FR 7606, February 13, 1998 (USEPA, 1998a)), sought public comment, consulted with the Small Business Administration (SBA) Office of Advocacy, and finalized the alternative definition in the Consumer Confidence Reports rulemaking (63 FR 44512, August 19, 1998 (USEPA, 1998b)). As stated in that document, the alternative definition applies to this regulation.
| 1 In the absence of appropriations to support monitoring at all PWSs serving 3,300 to 10,000 people, EPA could instead include as few as 400 PWSs serving 25 to 3,299 people and 400 PWSs serving 3,300 to 10,000 people (for a representative sample of 800 PWSs serving 25 to 10,000 people). | |||
| 2 PWS counts were adjusted to display as whole numbers in each size category. | |||
| System size (number of people served) | Publicly-owned | Privately-owned | Total 2 |
| Ground Water | |||
| 500 and under | 42 | 126 | 168 |
| 501 to 3,300 | 320 | 121 | 441 |
| 3,301 to 10,000 | 2,334 | 541 | 2,875 |
| Subtotal Ground Water | 2,696 | 788 | 3,484 |
| Surface Water (and Ground Water Under the Direct Influence of Surface Water) | |||
| 500 and under | 9 | 11 | 20 |
| 501 to 3,300 | 126 | 45 | 171 |
| 3,301 to 10,000 | 1,762 | 510 | 2,272 |
| Subtotal Surface Water | 1,897 | 566 | 2,463 |
| Total of Small Water Systems | 4,593 | 1,354 | 5,947 |
The basis for the UCMR 5 RFA certification is as follows: For the 5,947 small water systems that EPA anticipates will be affected, per the planned monitoring, the average annual cost for complying with this final rule represents an average of 0.02 percent of system revenues. The average yearly cost to small systems to comply with UCMR 5 over the 5-year period of 2022-2026, is approximately $0.3 million. EPA anticipates that approximately one third of the 5,947 small PWSs will collect samples in each of three years (2023, 2024, and 2025).
PWS costs are attributed to the labor required for reading about UCMR 5 requirements, monitoring, reporting, and record keeping. The estimated average annual burden across the 5-year UCMR 5 implementation period of 2022-2026 is 1.3 hours at $52 per small system. By assuming all costs for laboratory analyses, shipping and quality control for small entities, EPA incurs the entirety of the non-labor costs associated with UCMR 5 small system monitoring, or 96 percent of total small system testing costs. Exhibit 7 and Exhibit 8 of this preamble present the estimated economic impacts in the form of a revenue test for publicly- and privately-owned systems.
| System size (number of people served) | Annual number of systems impacted 2 | Average annual hours per system | Average annual cost per system | SBREFA criteria- revenue test 3 (%) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 In the absence of appropriations to support monitoring at all PWSs serving 3,300 to 10,000 people, EPA could instead include as few as 400 PWSs serving 25 to 3,299 people and 400 PWSs serving 3,300 to 10,000 people (for a representative sample of 800 PWSs serving 25 to 10,000 people). | ||||
| 2 PWS counts were adjusted to display as whole numbers in each size category. Includes the publicly-owned portion of small systems subject to UCMR 5. | ||||
| 3 Costs are presented as a percentage of median annual revenue for each size category. | ||||
| Ground Water Systems | ||||
| 500 and under | 8 | 1.0 | $40.65 | 0.09 |
| 501 to 3,300 | 64 | 1.1 | 43.37 | 0.02 |
| 3,301 to 10,000 | 467 | 1.3 | 49.92 | 0.01 |
| Surface Water (and Ground Water Under the Direct Influence of Surface Water) Systems | ||||
| 500 and under | 2 | 1.4 | 54.39 | 0.07 |
| 501 to 3,300 | 25 | 1.4 | 56.19 | 0.02 |
| 3,301 to 10,000 | 353 | 1.5 | 57.39 | 0.004 |
| System size (number of people served) | Annual number of systems impacted 2 | Average annual hours per system | Average annual cost per system | SBREFA criteria- revenue test 3 (%) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 In the absence of appropriations to support monitoring at all PWSs serving 3,300 to 10,000 people, EPA could instead include as few as 400 PWSs serving 25 to 3,299 people and 400 PWSs serving 3,300 to 10,000 people (for a representative sample of 800 PWSs serving 25 to 10,000 people). | ||||
| 2 PWS counts were adjusted to display as whole numbers in each size category. Includes the privately-owned portion of small systems subject to UCMR 5. | ||||
| 3 Costs are presented as a percentage of median annual revenue for each size category. | ||||
| Ground Water Systems | ||||
| 500 and under | 25 | 1.0 | $40.65 | 0.48 |
| 501 to 3,300 | 24 | 1.1 | $43.37 | 0.03 |
| 3,301 to 10,000 | 108 | 1.3 | $49.92 | 0.004 |
| Surface Water (and Ground Water Under the Direct Influence of Surface Water) Systems | ||||
| 500 and under | 2 | 1.4 | $54.39 | 0.11 |
| 501 to 3,300 | 9 | 1.4 | $56.19 | 0.02 |
| 3,301 to 10,000 | 102 | 1.5 | $57.39 | 0.004 |
Up to 9.4 percent of all small systems ( i.e., up to 5,947 small PWSs serving 25 to 10,000 people) will participate in UCMR 5 if EPA receives the necessary appropriations to support its plan. EPA has determined that participating small systems will experience an average impact of 0.02 percent of revenues. This accounts for small PWSs familiarizing themselves with the regulatory requirements; reading sampling instructions; traveling to the sampling location; collecting and shipping the samples; and maintaining their records. The 5,947 small PWSs are comprised of all 5,147 systems serving between 3,300 and 10,000 people, and the representative group of 800 systems serving between 25 and 3,299 people; the remainder of small systems will not participate in UCMR 5 monitoring and will not be impacted.
I certify that this action will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the RFA. The small entities subject to the requirements of this action along with a description of the very minor impacts are previously addressed in this section. Although this final rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities, EPA has attempted to reduce impacts by assuming all costs for analyses of the samples, and for shipping the samples from small systems to laboratories contracted by EPA to analyze the UCMR 5 samples (the cost of shipping is included in the cost of each analytical method). EPA has historically set aside $2.0 million each year from the Drinking Water State Revolving Fund (DWSRF) with its authority to use DWSRF monies for the purposes of implementing this provision of SDWA. EPA anticipates drawing on these and additional funds, if available, to implement the plan and carry out the expanded UCMR monitoring approach outlined in AWIA. We have therefore concluded that this action will have no significant impact on any directly regulated small entities.
D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA)
This action does not contain an unfunded mandate of $100 million or more as described in UMRA, 2 U.S.C. 1531-1538, and does not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. The action implements mandate(s) specifically and explicitly set forth in SDWA Section 1445(a)(2), Monitoring Program for Unregulated Contaminants.
E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism
This action does not have federalism implications. It will not have substantial direct effects on the states, on the relationship between the national government and the states, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation and Coordination With Indian Tribal Governments
This action has Tribal implications. However, it will neither impose substantial direct compliance costs on federally recognized Tribal governments, nor preempt Tribal law. As described previously in this document, this final rule requires monitoring by all large PWSs. Information in the SDWIS/Fed water system inventory indicates there are approximately 27 large Tribal PWSs (serving 10,001 to 40,000 people). EPA estimates the average annual cost to each of these large PWSs, over the 5-year rule period, to be $1,783. This cost is based on a labor component (associated with the collection of samples), and a non-labor component (associated with shipping and laboratory fees). As planned, UCMR 5 is expected to also require monitoring by all small PWSs serving 3,300 to 10,000 people and a nationally representative sample of small PWSs serving 25 to 3,299 people. Information in the SDWIS/Fed water system inventory indicates there are approximately 75 small Tribal PWSs (serving 3,300 to 10,000 people). EPA estimates that less than 2 percent of small Tribal systems serving 25 to 3,299 people will be selected as part of the nationally representative sample. EPA estimates the average annual cost to small Tribal systems over the 5-year rule period to be $52. Such cost is based on the labor associated with collecting a sample and preparing it for shipping. All other small-PWS expenses (associated with shipping and laboratory fees) are paid by EPA.
EPA consulted with Tribal officials under the EPA Policy on Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribes early in the process of developing this regulation to permit them to have meaningful and timely input into its development. A summary of that consultation, titled, “Summary of the Tribal Coordination and Consultation Process for the Fifth Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) Proposal,” is provided in the electronic docket listed in the ADDRESSES section of this preamble.
As required by section 7(a), the EPA's Tribal Consultation Official has certified that the requirements of the executive order have been met in a meaningful and timely manner. A copy of the certification is included in the docket for this action.
G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of Children From Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks
EPA interprets Executive Order 13045 as applying only to those regulatory actions that concern environmental health or safety risks that EPA has reason to believe may disproportionately affect children, per the definition of “covered regulatory action” in section 2-202 of the Executive Order. This action is not subject to Executive Order 13045 because it does not concern such an environmental health risk or safety risk.
H. Executive Order 13211: Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution or Use
This action is not a “significant energy action” because it is not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution or use of energy and has not otherwise been designated by the Administrator of the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs as a significant energy action. This is a national drinking water occurrence study that was submitted to OMB for review.
I. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA)
This action involves technical standards. EPA has identified options that involve using analytical methods developed by the agency and three major voluntary consensus method organizations to support UCMR 5 monitoring. The voluntary consensus method organizations are Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, and ASTM International. EPA identified acceptable consensus method organization standards for the analysis of lithium. A summary of each method along with how the method specifically applies to UCMR 5 can be found in Section III.I of this preamble.
All of these standards are reasonably available for public use. EPA methods are free for download on the agency's website. The methods in the Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater 23rd edition are consensus standards, available for purchase from the publisher, and are commonly used by the drinking water laboratory community. The methods in the Standard Methods Online are consensus standards, available for purchase from the publisher's website, and are commonly used by the drinking water laboratory community. The methods from ASTM International are consensus standards, are available for purchase from the publisher's website, and are commonly used by the drinking water laboratory community.
J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions To Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations
EPA believes that this action is not subject to Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994) because it does not establish an environmental health or safety standard. Background information regarding EPA's consideration of Executive Order 12898 in the development of this final rule is provided in Section III.F of this preamble, and an additional supporting document, titled, “Summary of Environmental Justice Considerations for the Fifth Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) Proposal,” has been placed in the electronic docket listed in the ADDRESSES section of this preamble.
K. Congressional Review Act (CRA)
This action is subject to the CRA, and EPA will submit a rule report to each House of the Congress and to the Comptroller General of the United States. This action is not a “major rule” as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2).
VI. References
(i) ASDWA. 2013. Insufficient Resources for State Drinking Water Programs Threaten Public Health: An Analysis of State Drinking Water Programs' Resources and Needs. December 2013. Available at https://www.asdwa.org/asdwa-reports/.
(ii) ASTM. 2020. ASTM D1976-20— Standard Test Method for Elements in Water by Inductively-Coupled Plasma Atomic Emission Spectroscopy. ASTM, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA, 19428. Approved May 1, 2020. Available for purchase at https://www.astm.org/Standards/D1976.htm.
(iii) California DHS. 2002. California Department of Health Services. Determination of 1,2,3-Trichloropropane in Drinking Water by Purge and Trap Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry. Division of Drinking Water and Environmental Management, Sanitation and Radiation Laboratories Branch, Berkeley, CA. Available at https://www.waterboards.ca.gov/drinking_water/certlic/drinkingwater/documents/123-tcp/tcp_by_pt_gcms.pdf.
(iv) Settlement Agreement, Waterkeeper Alliance, Inc. v. U.S. EPA, No. 1:19-cv-00899-LJL (S.D.N.Y. Jun. 1, 2020).
(v) SM. 2017. 3120B—Metals by Plasma Emission Spectroscopy (2017): Inductively Coupled Plasma (ICP) Method. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 23rd edition. American Public Health Association, 800 I Street NW, Washington, DC 20001-3710.
(vi) SM Online. 1999. 3120B-99—Metals by Plasma Emission Spectroscopy: Inductively Coupled Plasma (ICP) Method (Editorial Revisions, 2020). Standard Methods Online. Available for purchase at http://www.standardmethods.org.
(vii) USEPA. 1989. National Primary Drinking Water Regulations; Filtration, Disinfection; Turbidity, Giardia lamblia, Viruses, Legionella, and Heterotrophic Bacteria; Final Rule. Federal Register . Vol. 54, No. 124, p. 27486, June 29, 1989.
(viii) USEPA. 1994. EPA Method 200.7—Determination of Metals and Trace Elements in Water and Wastes by Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry, Revision 4.4. Office of Research and Development, Cincinnati, OH. Available at https://www.epa.gov/esam/method-2007-determination-metals-and-trace-elements-water-and-wastes-inductively-coupled-plasma.
(ix) USEPA. 1998a. National Primary Drinking Water Regulations: Consumer Confidence Reports; Proposed Rule. Federal Register . Vol. 63, No. 30, p. 7606, February 13, 1998.
(x) USEPA. 1998b. National Primary Drinking Water Regulation: Consumer Confidence Reports; Final Rule. Federal Register . Vol. 63, No. 160, p. 44512, August 19, 1998.
(xi) USEPA. 2010. Technical Basis for the Lowest Concentration Minimum Reporting Level (LCMRL) Calculator. EPA 815-R-11-001. Office of Water. December 2010. Available at https://www.epa.gov/dwanalyticalmethods.
(xii) USEPA. 2011. Exposure Factors Handbook 2011 Edition (Final Report). U.S. EPA, Washington, DC, EPA/600/R-09/052F. Office of Research and Development, Washington, DC. September 2011. Available at https://www.epa.gov/expobox/about-exposure-factors-handbook.
(xiii) USEPA. 2012. Revisions to the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation (UCMR 3) for Public Water Systems; Final Rule. Federal Register . Vol. 77, No. 85, p. 26072, May 2, 2012.
(xiv) USEPA. 2016. Revisions to the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 4) for Public Water Systems and Announcement of Public Meeting. Federal Register . Vol. 81, No. 244, p. 92666, December 20, 2016.
(xv) USEPA. 2017. National Primary Drinking Water Regulations; Announcement of the Results of EPA's Review of Existing Drinking Water Standards and Request for Public Comment and/or Information on Related Issues. Federal Register . Vol. 82, No. 7, p. 3518, January 11, 2017.
(xvi) USEPA. 2018. Method Development for Unregulated Contaminants in Drinking Water: Public Meeting and Webinar. EPA 815-A-18-001. Office of Water. June 2018. Available at https://www.epa.gov/dwanalyticalmethods.
(xvii) USEPA. 2019a. Development of the Proposed Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule for the Fifth Monitoring Cycle (UCMR 5). Presentation Slides. EPA 815-A-19-001. Office of Water. Available at https://www.epa.gov/dwucmr/unregulated-contaminant-monitoring-rule-ucmr-meetings-and-materials.
(xviii) USEPA. 2019b. EPA Method 533—Determination of Per- and Polyfluoroalkyl Substances in Drinking Water by Isotope Dilution Anion Exchange Solid Phase Extraction and Liquid Chromatography/Tandem Mass Spectrometry. EPA 815-B-19-020. Office of Water, Cincinnati, OH. November 2019. Available at https://www.epa.gov/dwanalyticalmethods.
(xix) USEPA. 2019c. Appendix C: 1,2,3-Trichloropropane in Regulatory Determination 4 Support Document for Selected Contaminants from the Fourth Drinking Water Contaminant Candidate List (CCL 4). EPA 815-R-19-006. Docket ID EPA-HQ-OW-2019-0583. Available at https://www.regulations.gov.
(xx) USEPA. 2020. EPA Method 537.1—Determination of Selected Per- and Polyfluorinated Alkyl Substances in Drinking Water by Solid Phase Extraction and Liquid Chromatography/Tandem Mass Spectrometry (LC/MS/MS). Version 2.0. EPA/600/R-20/006. Office of Research and Development, Cincinnati, OH. March 2020. Available at https://www.epa.gov/dwanalyticalmethods.
(xxii) USEPA. 2021a. Selection of Nationally Representative Public Water Systems for the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule: 2021 Update. EPA 815-B-21-012. Office of Water. December 2021.
(xxiii) USEPA. 2021b. Information Collection Request for the Final Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5). EPA 815-B-21-008. Office of Water. December 2021.
(xxiv) USEPA. 2021c. Revisions to the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule for the Fifth Monitoring Cycle (UCMR 5): Public Meeting and Webinar. Presentation Slides. EPA 815-A-21-001. Office of Water. April 2021. Available at https://www.epa.gov/dwucmr/unregulated-contaminant-monitoring-rule-ucmr-meetings-and-materials.
(xxv) USEPA. 2021d. Drinking Water Contaminant Candidate List 5—Draft. Federal Register . Vol. 86, No. 135 p. 37948, July 19, 2021.
(xxvi) USEPA. 2021e. Information Compendium for Contaminants for the Final Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5). EPA 815-B-21-009. Office of Water. December 2021.
(xxvii) USEPA. 2021f. UCMR 5 Laboratory Approval Manual. EPA 815-B-21-010. Office of Water. December 2021.
(xxviii) USEPA. 2021g. Revisions to the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule for Public Water Systems and Announcement of Public Meeting; Proposed Rule and Notice of Public Meeting. Federal Register . Vol. 86, No. 46, p. 13846, March 11, 2021.
(xxix) USEPA. 2021h. Revisions to 40 CFR 141.35 and 141.40. EPA 815-B-21-011. Office of Water. December 2021. Available in EPA's public docket (under Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OW-2020-0530) at https://www.regulations.gov.
(xxx) USEPA. 2021i. Response to Comments on the Fifth Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) Proposal. EPA 815-R-21-008. Office of Water. December 2021.
(xxi) USEPA. 2021j. Instructions for Preparing a Ground Water Representative Monitoring Plan for the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule. EPA 815-B-21-013. Office of Water. December 2021.
List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 141
Environmental protection, Chemicals, Incorporation by reference, Indian—lands, Intergovernmental relations, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Water supply.
Michael S. Regan,
Administrator.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, EPA amends 40 CFR part 141 as follows:
PART 141—NATIONAL PRIMARY DRINKING WATER REGULATIONS
1. The authority citation for part 141 continues to read as follows:
Authority:
42 U.S.C. 300f, 300g-1, 300g-2, 300g-3, 300g-4, 300g-5, 300g-6, 300j-4, 300j-9, and 300j-11.
Subpart D—Reporting and Recordkeeping
2. Amend §141.35 as follows:
a. In paragraph (a), revise the fourth sentence;
b. In paragraph (c)(1), remove the text “December 31, 2017” and add, in its place the text “December 31, 2022”;
c. Revise paragraphs (c)(2), (c)(3)(i) through (iii), (c)(4), (c)(5)(i), and (c)(6)(ii);
d. In paragraph (d)(2), revise the first, second, and third sentences; and
f. Revise paragraph (e).
The revisions read as follows:
§141.35 Reporting for unregulated contaminant monitoring results.
(a) * * * For the purposes of this section, PWS “population served” is the retail population served directly by the PWS as reported to the Federal Safe Drinking Water Information System (SDWIS/Fed). * * *
* * * * *
(c) * * *
(2) Sampling location inventory information. You must provide your inventory information by December 31, 2022, using EPA's electronic data reporting system, as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. You must submit, verify, or update data elements 1-9 (as defined in Table 1 of paragraph (e) of this section) for each sampling location, or for each approved representative sampling location (as specified in paragraph (c)(3) of this section) regarding representative sampling locations. If this information changes, you must report updates, including new sources, and sampling locations that are put in use before or during the UCMR sampling period, to EPA's electronic data reporting system within 30 days of the change.
(3) * * *
(i) Qualifications. Large PWSs that have EPA- or State-approved representative EPTDS sampling locations from a previous UCMR cycle, or as provided for under 40 CFR 141.23(a)(1), 40 CFR 141.24(f)(1), or 40 CFR 141.24(h)(1), may submit a copy of documentation from your State or EPA that approves your representative sampling plan. PWSs that do not have an approved representative EPTDS sampling plan may submit a proposal to sample at representative EPTDS(s) rather than at each individual EPTDS if: You use ground water as a source; all of your well sources have either the same treatment or no treatment; and you have multiple EPTDSs from the same source ( i.e., same aquifer). You must submit a copy of the existing or proposed representative EPTDS sampling plan, as appropriate, at least six months prior to your scheduled sample collection, as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. If changes to your inventory that impact your representative plan occur before or during the UCMR sampling period, you must report updates within 30 days of the change.
(ii) Demonstration. If you are submitting a proposal to sample at representative EPTDS(s) rather than at each individual EPTDS, you must demonstrate that any EPTDS that you propose as representative of multiple wells is associated with a well that draws from the same aquifer as the wells it will represent. The proposed well must be representative of the highest annual volume and most consistently active wells in the representative array. If that representative well is not in use at the scheduled sampling time, you must select and sample an alternative representative well. You must submit the information defined in Table 1, paragraph (e) of this section for each proposed representative sampling location. You must also include documentation to support your proposal that the specified wells are representative of other wells. This documentation can include system-maintained well logs or construction drawings indicating that the representative well(s) is/are at a representative depth, and details of well casings and grouting; data demonstrating relative homogeneity of water quality constituents ( e.g., pH, dissolved oxygen, conductivity, iron, manganese) in samples drawn from each well; and data showing that your wells are located in a limited geographic area ( e.g., all wells within a 0.5 mile radius) and/or, if available, the hydrogeologic data indicating the ground water travel time between the representative well and each of the individual wells it represents ( e.g., all wells within a five-year time of travel delineation). Your proposal must be sent in writing to EPA, as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(iii) Approval. EPA or the State (as specified in the Partnership Agreement reached between the State and EPA) will review your proposal and coordinate any necessary changes with you. Your plan will not be final until you receive written approval from EPA, identifying the final list of EPTDSs where you will be required to monitor.
(4) Contacting EPA if your PWS has not been notified of requirements. If you believe you are subject to UCMR requirements, as defined in 40 CFR 141.40(a)(1) and (a)(2)(i), and you have not been contacted by either EPA or your State by April 26, 2022, you must send a letter to EPA, as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. The letter must be from your PWS Official and must include an explanation as to why the UCMR requirements are applicable to your system along with the appropriate contact information. A copy of the letter must also be submitted to the State as directed by the State. EPA will make an applicability determination based on your letter, and in consultation with the State when necessary and will notify you regarding your applicability status and required sampling schedule. However, if your PWS meets the applicability criteria specified in 40 CFR 141.40(a)(2)(i), you are subject to the UCMR monitoring and reporting requirements, regardless of whether you have been contacted by the State or EPA.
(5) * * *
(i) General rescheduling notification requirements. Large systems may independently change their monitoring schedules up to December 31, 2022, using EPA's electronic data reporting system, as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. After this date has passed, if your PWS cannot sample according to your assigned sampling schedule ( e.g., because of budget constraints, or if a sampling location will be closed during the scheduled month of monitoring), you must mail or email a letter to EPA, as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, prior to the scheduled sampling date. You must include an explanation of why the samples cannot be taken according to the assigned schedule, and you must provide the alternative schedule you are requesting. You must not reschedule monitoring specifically to avoid sample collection during a suspected vulnerable period. You are subject to your assigned UCMR sampling schedule or the schedule that you revised on or before December 31, 2022, unless and until you receive a letter from EPA specifying a new schedule.
* * * * *
(6) * * *
(ii) Reporting schedule. You must require your laboratory, on your behalf, to post and approve the data in EPA's electronic data reporting system, accessible at https://www.epa.gov/dwucmr, for your review within 90 days from the sample collection date (sample collection must occur as specified in 40 CFR 141.40(a)(4)). You then have 30 days from when the laboratory posts and approves your data to review, approve, and submit the data to the State and EPA via the agency's electronic data reporting system. If you do not electronically approve and submit the laboratory data to EPA within 30 days of the laboratory posting approved data, the data will be considered approved by you and available for State and EPA review.
* * * * *
(d) * * *
(2) Sampling location inventory information. You must provide your inventory information by December 31, 2022, using EPA's electronic data reporting system, as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. If this information changes, you must report updates, including new sources, and sampling locations that are put in use before or during the UCMR sampling period, to EPA's electronic data reporting system within 30 days of the change, as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. * * *
(e) Data elements. Table 1 defines the data elements that must be provided for UCMR monitoring.
| Data element | Definition |
|---|---|
| 1. Public Water System Identification (PWSID) Code | The code used to identify each PWS. The code begins with the standard 2-character postal State abbreviation or Region code; the remaining 7 numbers are unique to each PWS in the State. The same identification code must be used to represent the PWS identification for all current and future UCMR monitoring. |
| 2. Public Water System Name | Unique name, assigned once by the PWS. |
| 3. Public Water System Facility Identification Code | An identification code established by the State or, at the State's discretion, by the PWS, following the format of a 5-digit number unique within each PWS for each applicable facility (i.e., for each source of water, treatment plant, distribution system, or any other facility associated with water treatment or delivery). The same identification code must be used to represent the facility for all current and future UCMR monitoring. |
| 4. Public Water System Facility Name | Unique name, assigned once by the PWS, for every facility ID ( e.g., Treatment Plant). |
| 5. Public Water System Facility Type | That code that identifies that type of facility as either: CC = Consecutive connection. SS = Sampling station. TP = Treatment plant. OT = Other. |
| 6. Water Source Type | The type of source water that supplies a water system facility. Systems must report one of the following codes for each sampling location: |
| SW = Surface water (to be reported for water facilities that are served entirely by a surface water source during the 12-month period). | |
| GU = Ground water under the direct influence of surface water (to be reported for water facilities that are served all or in part by ground water under the direct influence of surface water at any time during the 12-month sampling period), and are not served at all by surface water during this period. | |
| MX = Mixed water (to be reported for water facilities that are served by a mix of surface water, ground water, and/or ground water under the direct influence of surface water during the 12-month period). | |
| GW = Ground water (to be reported for water facilities that are served entirely by a ground water source during the 12-month period). | |
| 7. Sampling Point Identification Code | An identification code established by the State, or at the State's discretion, by the PWS, that uniquely identifies each sampling point. Each sampling code must be unique within each applicable facility, for each applicable sampling location (i.e ., entry point to the distribution system). The same identification code must be used to represent the sampling location for all current and future UCMR monitoring. |
| 8. Sampling Point Name | Unique sample point name, assigned once by the PWS, for every sample point ID ( e.g., Entry Point). |
| 9. Sampling Point Type Code | A code that identifies the location of the sampling point as: EP = Entry point to the distribution system. |
| 10. Disinfectant Type | All of the disinfectants/oxidants that have been added prior to and at the entry point to the distribution system. Please select all that apply: |
| PEMB = Permanganate. | |
| HPXB = Hydrogen peroxide. | |
| CLGA = Gaseous chlorine. | |
| CLOF = Offsite generated hypochlorite (stored as a liquid form). | |
| CLON = Onsite generated hypochlorite. | |
| CAGC = Chloramine (formed with gaseous chlorine). | |
| CAOF = Chloramine (formed with offsite hypochlorite). | |
| CAON = Chloramine (formed with onsite hypochlorite). | |
| CLDB = Chlorine dioxide. | |
| OZON = Ozone. | |
| ULVL = Ultraviolet light. | |
| OTHD = All other types of disinfectant/oxidant. | |
| NODU = No disinfectant/oxidant used. | |
| 11. Treatment Information | Treatment information associated with the sample point. Please select all that apply. |
| CON = Conventional (non-softening, consisting of at least coagulation/sedimentation basins and filtration). | |
| SFN = Softening. | |
| RBF = River bank filtration. | |
| PSD = Pre-sedimentation. | |
| INF = In-line filtration. | |
| DFL = Direct filtration. | |
| SSF = Slow sand filtration. | |
| BIO = Biological filtration (operated with an intention of maintaining biological activity within filter). | |
| UTR = Unfiltered treatment for surface water source. | |
| GWD = Groundwater system with disinfection only. | |
| PAC = Application of powder activated carbon. | |
| GAC = Granular activated carbon adsorption (not part of filters in CON, SFN, INF, DFL, or SSF). | |
| AIR = Air stripping (packed towers, diffused gas contactors). | |
| POB = Pre-oxidation with chlorine (applied before coagulation for CON or SFN plants or before filtration for other filtration plants). | |
| MFL = Membrane filtration. | |
| IEX = Ionic exchange. | |
| DAF = Dissolved air floatation. | |
| CWL = Clear well/finished water storage without aeration. | |
| CWA = Clear well/finished water storage with aeration. | |
| ADS = Aeration in distribution system (localized treatment). | |
| OTH = All other types of treatment. | |
| NTU = No treatment used. | |
| DKN = Do not know. | |
| 12. Sample Collection Date | The date the sample is collected, reported as 4-digit year, 2-digit month, and 2-digit day (YYYYMMDD). |
| 13. Sample Identification Code | An alphanumeric value up to 30 characters assigned by the laboratory to uniquely identify containers, or groups of containers, containing water samples collected at the same sampling location for the same sampling date. |
| 14. Contaminant | The unregulated contaminant for which the sample is being analyzed. |
| 15. Analytical Method Code | The identification code of the analytical method used. |
| 16. Extraction Batch Identification Code | Laboratory assigned extraction batch ID. Must be unique for each extraction batch within the laboratory for each method. For CCC samples report the Analysis Batch Identification Code as the value for this field. For methods without an extraction batch, leave this field null. |
| 17. Extraction Date | Date for the start of the extraction batch (YYYYMMDD). For methods without an extraction batch, leave this field null. |
| 18. Analysis Batch Identification Code | Laboratory assigned analysis batch ID. Must be unique for each analysis batch within the laboratory for each method. |
| 19. Analysis Date | Date for the start of the analysis batch (YYYYMMDD). |
| 20. Sample Analysis Type | The type of sample collected and/or prepared, as well as the fortification level. Permitted values include: CCCL = MRL level continuing calibration check; a calibration standard containing the contaminant, the internal standard, and surrogate analyzed to verify the existing calibration for those contaminants. |
| CCCM = Medium level continuing calibration check; a calibration standard containing the contaminant, the internal standard, and surrogate analyzed to verify the existing calibration for those contaminants. | |
| CCCH = High level continuing calibration check; a calibration standard containing the contaminant, the internal standard, and surrogate analyzed to verify the existing calibration for those contaminants. | |
| FS = Field sample; sample collected and submitted for analysis under this final rule. | |
| LFB = Laboratory fortified blank; an aliquot of reagent water fortified with known quantities of the contaminants and all preservation compounds. | |
| LRB = Laboratory reagent blank; an aliquot of reagent water treated exactly as a field sample, including the addition of preservatives, internal standards, and surrogates to determine if interferences are present in the laboratory, reagents, or other equipment. | |
| LFSM = Laboratory fortified sample matrix; a UCMR field sample with a known amount of the contaminant of interest and all preservation compounds added. | |
| LFSMD = Laboratory fortified sample matrix duplicate; duplicate of the laboratory fortified sample matrix. | |
| QCS = Quality control sample; a sample prepared with a source external to the one used for initial calibration and CCC. The QCS is used to check calibration standard integrity. | |
| FRB = Field reagent blank; an aliquot of reagent water treated as a sample including exposure to sampling conditions to determine if interferences or contamination are present from sample collection through analysis. | |
| 21. Analytical Result—Sign | A value indicating whether the sample analysis result was: (<) “less than” means the contaminant was not detected, or was detected at a level below the Minimum Reporting Level. (=) “equal to” means the contaminant was detected at the level reported in “Analytical Result— Measured Value.” |
| 22. Analytical Result—Measured Value | The actual numeric value of the analytical results for: Field samples; laboratory fortified matrix samples; laboratory fortified sample matrix duplicates; and concentration fortified. |
| 23. Additional Value | Represents the true value or the fortified concentration for spiked samples for QC Sample Analysis Types (CCCL, CCCM, CCCH, QCS, LFB, LFSM, and LFSMD). |
| 24. Laboratory Identification Code | The code, assigned by EPA, used to identify each laboratory. The code begins with the standard two-character State postal abbreviation; the remaining five numbers are unique to each laboratory in the State. |
| 25. Sample Event Code | A code assigned by the PWS for each sample event. This will associate samples with the PWS monitoring plan to allow EPA to track compliance and completeness. Systems must assign the following codes: |
| SE1, SE2, SE3, and SE4—Represent samples collected to meet UCMR Assessment Monitoring requirements; where “SE1” and “SE2” represent the first and second sampling period for all water types; and “SE3” and “SE4” represent the third and fourth sampling period for SW, GU, and MX sources only. | |
| 26. Historical Information for Contaminant Detections and Treatment | A yes or no answer provided by the PWS for each entry point to the distribution system. Question: Have you tested for the contaminant in your drinking water in the past? YES = If yes, did you modify your treatment and if so, what types of treatment did you implement? Select all that apply. |
| PAC = Application of powder activated carbon. | |
| GAC = Granular activated carbon adsorption (not part of filters in CON, SFN, INF, DFL, or SSF). | |
| IEX = Ionic exchange. | |
| NRO = Nanofiltration and reverse osmosis. | |
| OZN = Ozone. | |
| BAC = Biologically active carbon. | |
| MFL = Membrane filtration. | |
| UVL = Ultraviolet light. | |
| OTH = Other. | |
| NMT = Not modified after testing. | |
| NO = Have never tested for the contaminant. | |
| DK = Do not know. | |
| 27. Potential PFAS Sources | A yes or no answer provided by the PWS for each entry point to the distribution system. Question: Are you aware of any potential current and/or historical sources of PFAS that may have impacted the drinking water sources at your water system? |
| YES = If yes, select all that apply: | |
| MB = Military base. | |
| FT = Firefighting training school. | |
| AO = Airport operations. | |
| CW = Car wash or industrial launderers. | |
| PS = Public safety activities ( e.g., fire and rescue services). | |
| WM = Waste management. | |
| HW = Hazardous waste collection, treatment, and disposal. | |
| UW = Underground injection well. | |
| SC = Solid waste collection, combustors, incinerators. | |
| MF = Manufacturing. | |
| FP = Food packaging. | |
| TA = Textile and apparel ( e.g., stain- and water-resistant, fiber/thread, carpet, house furnishings, leather). | |
| PP = Paper. | |
| CC = Chemical. | |
| PR = Plastics and rubber products. | |
| MM = Machinery. | |
| CE = Computer and electronic products. | |
| FM = Fabricated metal products (e.g., nonstick cookware). | |
| PC = Petroleum and coal products. | |
| FF = Furniture. | |
| OG = Oil and gas production. | |
| UT = Utilities (e.g ., sewage treatment facilities). | |
| CT = Construction (e.g ., wood floor finishing, electrostatic painting). | |
| OT = Other. | |
| NO = Not aware of any potential current and/or historical sources. | |
| DK = Do not know. |
Subpart E—Special Regulations, Including Monitoring Regulations and Prohibition on Lead Use
3. Amend §141.40 as follows:
a. In paragraph (a) introductory text, remove the text “December 31, 2015” and add in its place the text “February 1, 2021 or subsequent corrections from the State”;
b. Revise paragraphs (a)(2)(ii) introductory text, (a)(2)(ii)(A), and (a)(3);
c. In paragraph (a)(4)(i) introductory text, remove the text “December 31, 2017” and add in its place the text “December 31, 2022”;
d. Revise paragraphs (a)(4)(i)(A) through (C), (a)(4)(ii) introductory text, and the first sentence in paragraph (a)(4)(ii)(A);
e. Remove paragraph (a)(4)(iii);
f. In paragraph (a)(5)(ii), revise the fifth and sixth sentences;
g. Revise paragraph (a)(5)(iii) introductory text;
h. Remove and reserve paragraph (a)(5)(iv); and
i. Revise paragraphs (a)(5)(v) and (vi) and paragraph (c).
The revisions read as follows:
§141.40 Monitoring requirements for unregulated contaminants.
(a) * * *
(2) * * *
(ii) Small systems. EPA will provide sample containers, provide pre-paid air bills for shipping the sampling materials, conduct the laboratory analysis, and report and review monitoring results for all small systems selected to conduct monitoring under paragraphs (a)(2)(ii)(A) through (C) of this section. If you own or operate a PWS (other than a transient non-community water system) that serves a retail population of 10,000 or fewer people and you are notified of monitoring requirements by the State or EPA, you must monitor as follows:
(A) Assessment Monitoring. You must monitor for the contaminants on List 1 per table 1 to paragraph (a)(3) if you are notified by your State or EPA that you are part of the State Monitoring Plan for Assessment Monitoring.
* * * * *
(3) Analytes to be monitored. Lists 1, 2, and 3 contaminants are provided in table 1 to paragraph (a)(3):
| 1—Contaminant | 2—CASRN | 3—Analytical methods a | 4—Minimum reporting level b | 5—Sampling location c | 6—Period during which sample collection to be completed |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Column headings are: | |||||
| 1—Contaminant: The name of the contaminant to be analyzed. | |||||
| 2—CASRN (Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number) or Identification Number: A unique number identifying the chemical contaminants. | |||||
| 3—Analytical Methods: Method numbers identifying the methods that must be used to test the contaminants. | |||||
| 4—Minimum Reporting Level (MRL): The value and unit of measure at or above which the concentration of the contaminant must be measured using the approved analytical methods. If EPA determines, after the first six months of monitoring that the specified MRLs result in excessive resampling, EPA will establish alternate MRLs and will notify affected PWSs and laboratories of the new MRLs. N/A is defined as non-applicable. | |||||
| 5—Sampling Location: The locations within a PWS at which samples must be collected. | |||||
| 6—Period During Which Sample Collection to be Completed: The time period during which the sampling and testing will occur for the indicated contaminant. | |||||
| a The analytical procedures shall be performed in accordance with the documents associated with each method, see paragraph (c) of this section. | |||||
| b The MRL is the minimum concentration of each analyte that must be reported to EPA. | |||||
| c Sampling must occur at your PWS's entry points to the distribution system (EPTDSs), after treatment is applied, that represent each non-emergency water source in routine use over the 12-month period of monitoring. Systems that purchase water with multiple connections from the same wholesaler may select one representative connection from that wholesaler. The representative EPTDS must be a location within the purchaser's water system. This EPTDS sampling location must be representative of the highest annual volume connections. If the connection selected as the representative EPTDS is not available for sampling, an alternate highest volume representative connection must be sampled. See 40 CFR 141.35(c)(3) for an explanation of the requirements related to the use of representative GW EPTDSs. | |||||
| List 1: Assessment Monitoring | |||||
| Per- and Polyfluoroalkyl Substances (PFAS) | |||||
| 11-chloroeicosafluoro-3-oxaundecane-1-sulfonic acid (11Cl-PF3OUdS) | 763051-92-9 | EPA 533 | 0.005 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| 1H, 1H, 2H, 2H-perfluorodecane sulfonic acid (8:2 FTS) | 39108-34-4 | EPA 533 | 0.005 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| 1H, 1H, 2H, 2H-perfluorohexane sulfonic acid (4:2 FTS) | 757124-72-4 | EPA 533 | 0.003 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| 1H, 1H, 2H, 2H-perfluorooctane sulfonic acid (6:2 FTS) | 27619-97-2 | EPA 533 | 0.005 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| 4,8-dioxa-3H-perfluorononanoic acid (ADONA) | 919005-14-4 | EPA 533 | 0.003 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| 9-chlorohexadecafluoro-3-oxanone-1-sulfonic acid (9Cl-PF3ONS) | 756426-58-1 | EPA 533 | 0.002 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| hexafluoropropylene oxide dimer acid (HFPO-DA) (GenX) | 13252-13-6 | EPA 533 | 0.005 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| nonafluoro‐3,6‐dioxaheptanoic acid (NFDHA) | 151772-58-6 | EPA 533 | 0.02 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluoro (2‐ethoxyethane) sulfonic acid (PFEESA) | 113507-82-7 | EPA 533 | 0.003 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluoro‐3‐methoxypropanoic acid (PFMPA) | 377-73-1 | EPA 533 | 0.004 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluoro‐4‐methoxybutanoic acid (PFMBA) | 863090-89-5 | EPA 533 | 0.003 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluorobutanesulfonic acid (PFBS) | 375-73-5 | EPA 533 | 0.003 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluorobutanoic acid (PFBA) | 375-22-4 | EPA 533 | 0.005 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluorodecanoic acid (PFDA) | 335-76-2 | EPA 533 | 0.003 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluorododecanoic acid (PFDoA) | 307-55-1 | EPA 533 | 0.003 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluoroheptanesulfonic acid (PFHpS) | 375-92-8 | EPA 533 | 0.003 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluoroheptanoic acid (PFHpA) | 375-85-9 | EPA 533 | 0.003 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluorohexanesulfonic acid (PFHxS) | 355-46-4 | EPA 533 | 0.003 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluorohexanoic acid (PFHxA) | 307-24-4 | EPA 533 | 0.003 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluorononanoic acid (PFNA) | 375-95-1 | EPA 533 | 0.004 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluorooctanesulfonic acid (PFOS) | 1763-23-1 | EPA 533 | 0.004 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA) | 335-67-1 | EPA 533 | 0.004 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluoropentanesulfonic acid (PFPeS) | 2706-91-4 | EPA 533 | 0.004 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluoropentanoic acid (PFPeA) | 2706-90-3 | EPA 533 | 0.003 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluoroundecanoic acid (PFUnA) | 2058-94-8 | EPA 533 | 0.002 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| n-ethyl perfluorooctanesulfonamidoacetic acid (NEtFOSAA) | 2991-50-6 | EPA 537.1 | 0.005 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| n-methyl perfluorooctanesulfonamidoacetic acid (NMeFOSAA) | 2355-31-9 | EPA 537.1 | 0.006 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluorotetradecanoic acid (PFTA) | 376-06-7 | EPA 537.1 | 0.008 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluorotridecanoic acid (PFTrDA) | 72629-94-8 | EPA 537.1 | 0.007 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| Metal/Pharmaceutical | |||||
| Lithium | 7439-93-2 | EPA 200.7, SM 3120 B, ASTM D1976-20 | 9 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| List 2: Screening Survey | |||||
| Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved |
| List 3: Pre-Screen Testing | |||||
| Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved |
(4) * * *
(i) * * *
(A) Sample collection period. You must collect the samples in one continuous 12-month period for List 1 Assessment Monitoring, and, if applicable, for List 2 Screening Survey, or List 3 Pre-Screen Testing, during the timeframe indicated in column 6 of table 1 to paragraph (a)(3) of this section. EPA or your State will specify the month(s) and year(s) in which your monitoring must occur. As specified in 40 CFR 141.35(c)(5), you must contact EPA if you believe you cannot collect samples according to your schedule.
(B) Frequency. You must collect the samples within the timeframe and according to the frequency specified by contaminant type and water source type for each sampling location, as specified in table 2 to this paragraph (a)(4)(i)(B). For the second or subsequent round of sampling, if a sample location is non-operational for more than one month before and one month after the scheduled sampling month ( i.e., it is not possible for you to sample within the window specified in table 2), you must notify EPA as specified in 40 CFR 141.35(c)(5) to reschedule your sampling.
| Contaminant type | Water source type | Timeframe | Frequency 1 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 Systems must assign a sample event code for each contaminant listed in Table 1. Sample event codes must be assigned by the PWS for each sample event. For more information on sample event codes see 40 CFR 141.35(e) Table 1. | |||
| List 1 Contaminants | Surface water, Mixed, or GWUDI | 12 months | You must monitor for four consecutive quarters. Sample events must occur three months apart. (Example: If first monitoring is in January, the second monitoring must occur any time in April, the third any time in July, and the fourth any time in October). |
| Ground water | 12 months | You must monitor twice in a consecutive 12-month period. Sample events must occur 5-7 months apart. (Example: If the first monitoring event is in April, the second monitoring event must occur any time in September, October, or November.) | |
(C) Location. You must collect samples for each List 1 Assessment Monitoring contaminant, and, if applicable, for each List 2 Screening Survey, or List 3 Pre-Screen Testing contaminant, as specified in table 1 to paragraph (a)(3) of this section. Samples must be collected at each sample point that is specified in column 5 and footnote c of table 1 to paragraph (a)(3) of this section. If you are a GW system with multiple EPTDSs, and you request and receive approval from EPA or the State for sampling at representative EPTDS(s), as specified in 40 CFR 141.35(c)(3), you must collect your samples from the approved representative sampling location(s).
* * * * *
(ii) Small systems. If you serve a population of 10,000 or fewer people and are notified that you are part of the State Monitoring Plan, you must comply with the requirements specified in paragraphs (a)(4)(ii)(A) through (H) of this section. If EPA or the State informs you that they will be collecting your UCMR samples, you must assist them in identifying the appropriate sampling locations and in collecting the samples.
(A) Sample collection and frequency. You must collect samples at the times specified for you by the State or EPA. Your schedule must follow both the timing of monitoring specified in table 1 to paragraph (a)(3) of this section, List 1, and, if applicable, List 2, or List 3, and the frequency of monitoring in table 2 to paragraph (a)(4)(i)(B) of this section.
* * * * *
(5) * * *
(ii) * * * To participate in the UCMR Laboratory Approval Program, the laboratory must register and complete the necessary application materials by August 1, 2022. Correspondence must be addressed to: UCMR Laboratory Approval Coordinator, USEPA, Technical Support Center, 26 West Martin Luther King Drive, (MS 140), Cincinnati, Ohio 45268; or emailed to EPA at: UCMR_Lab_Approval@epa.gov.
(iii) Minimum Reporting Level. The MRL is defined by EPA as the quantitation limit achievable, with 95 percent confidence, by 75 percent of laboratories nationwide, assuming the use of good instrumentation and experienced analysts.
* * * * *
(v) Method defined quality control. You must ensure that your laboratory analyzes Laboratory Fortified Blanks and conducts Laboratory Performance Checks, as appropriate to the method's requirements, for those methods listed in column 3 in table 1 to paragraph (a)(3) of this section. Each method specifies acceptance criteria for these QC checks.
(vi) Reporting. You must require your laboratory, on your behalf, to post and approve these data in EPA's electronic data reporting system, accessible at https://www.epa.gov/dwucmr, for your review within 90 days from the sample collection date. You then have 30 days from when the laboratory posts and approves your data to review, approve, and submit the data to the State and EPA, via the agency's electronic data reporting system. If you do not electronically approve and submit the laboratory data to EPA within 30 days of the laboratory posting approved data, the data will be considered approved by you and available for State and EPA review.
* * * * *
(c) Incorporation by reference. The standards required in this section are incorporated by reference into this section with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Water Docket, EPA/DC, EPA West, Room 3334, 1301 Constitution Ave. NW, Washington, DC 20004, (202) 566-1744, email Docket-customerservice@epa.gov, or go to https://www.epa.gov/dockets/epa-docket-center-reading-room, and is available from the sources indicated elsewhere in this paragraph. The material is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, email fr.inspection@nara.gov, or go to www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations.html.
(1) U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, EPA West, Room 3334, 1301 Constitution Ave. NW, Washington, DC 20004; telephone: (202) 566-1744.
(i) Method 200.7, “Determination of Metals and Trace Elements in Water and Wastes by Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry,” Revision 4.4, EMMC Version, 1994. Available at https://www.epa.gov/esam/method-2007-determination-metals-and-trace-elements-water-and-wastes-inductively-coupled-plasma.
(ii) Method 537.1, “Determination of Selected Per- and Polyfluorinated Alkyl Substances in Drinking Water by Solid Phase Extraction and Liquid Chromatography/Tandem Mass Spectrometry,” Version 2.0, 2020. Available at https://www.epa.gov/water-research/epa-drinking-water-research-methods.
(iii) Method 533, “Determination of Per- and Polyfluoroalkyl Substances in Drinking Water by Isotope Dilution Anion Exchange Solid Phase Extraction and Liquid Chromatography/Tandem Mass Spectrometry,” November 2019, EPA 815-B-19-020. Available at https://www.epa.gov/dwanalyticalmethods.
(2) American Public Health Association, 800 I Street NW, Washington, DC 20001-3710; telephone: (202) 777-2742; email: comments@apha.org; www.apha.org.
(i) “Standard Methods for the Examination of Water & Wastewater,” 23rd edition (2017).
(A) SM 3120 B, “Metals by Plasma Emission Spectroscopy (2017): Inductively Coupled Plasma (ICP) Method.”
(B) [Reserved]
(ii) “Standard Methods Online,” approved 1999; https://www.standardmethods.org.
(A) SM 3120 B, “Metals by Plasma Emission Spectroscopy: Inductively Coupled Plasma (ICP) Method,” revised December 14, 2020.
(B) [Reserved]
(3) ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959; telephone: (610) 832-9500; email: service@astm.org; www.astm.org.
(i) ASTM D1976-20, “Standard Test Method for Elements in Water by Inductively-Coupled Plasma Atomic Emission Spectroscopy,” approved May 1, 2020.
(ii) [Reserved]
[FR Doc. 2021-27858 Filed 12-23-21; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P
NewsSafe Drinking WaterWater ProgramsEnvironmental Protection Agency (EPA)RulemakingFinal RuleEnvironmentalCWA ComplianceEnglishFocus AreaUSA
86 FR 73131 Revisions to the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) for Public Water Systems and Announcement of Public Meetings
2021-12-27T06:00:00Z
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
40 CFR Part 141
[EPA-HQ-OW-2020-0530; FRL-6791-03-OW]
RIN 2040-AF89
Revisions to the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) for Public Water Systems and Announcement of Public Meetings
AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
ACTION: Final rule and notice of public meetings.
SUMMARY: The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is finalizing a Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA) rule that requires certain public water systems (PWSs) to collect national occurrence data for 29 per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAS) and lithium. Subject to the availability of appropriations, EPA will include all systems serving 3,300 or more people and a representative sample of 800 systems serving 25 to 3,299 people. If EPA does not receive the appropriations needed for monitoring all of these systems in a given year, EPA will reduce the number of systems serving 25 to 10,000 people that will be asked to perform monitoring. This final rule is a key action to ensure science-based decision-making and prioritize protection of disadvantaged communities in accordance with EPA's PFAS Strategic Roadmap. EPA is also announcing plans for public webinars to discuss implementation of the fifth Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5).
DATES: This final rule is effective on January 26, 2022. The incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in this final rule is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as of January 26, 2022.
ADDRESSES: EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OW-2020-0530. All documents in the docket are listed on the https://www.regulations.gov website. Although listed in the index, some information is not publicly available, e.g., CBI or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Certain other material, such as copyrighted material, is not placed on the internet and will be publicly available only in hard copy form. Publicly available docket materials are available electronically through https://www.regulations.gov.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Brenda D. Bowden, Standards and Risk Management Division (SRMD), Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water (OGWDW) (MS 140), Environmental Protection Agency, 26 West Martin Luther King Drive, Cincinnati, Ohio 45268; telephone number: (513) 569-7961; email address: bowden.brenda@epa.gov; or Melissa Simic, SRMD, OGWDW (MS 140), Environmental Protection Agency, 26 West Martin Luther King Drive, Cincinnati, Ohio 45268; telephone number: (513) 569-7864; email address: simic.melissa@epa.gov. For general information, visit the Ground Water and Drinking Water web page at: https://www.epa.gov/ground-water-and-drinking-water.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Table of Contents
I. Summary Information
A. Purpose of the Regulatory Action
1. What action is EPA taking?
2. Does this action apply to me?
3. What is EPA's authority for taking this action?
4. What is the applicability date?
B. Summary of the Regulatory Action
C. Economic Analysis
1. What is the estimated cost of this action?
2. What are the benefits of this action?
II. Public Participation
A. What meetings have been held in preparation for UCMR 5?
B. How do I participate in the upcoming meetings?
1. Meeting Participation
2. Meeting Materials
III. General Information
A. How are CCL, UCMR, Regulatory Determination process, and NCOD interrelated?
B. What are the Consumer Confidence Reporting and Public Notice Reporting requirements for public water systems that are subject to UCMR?
C. What is the UCMR 5 timeline?
D. What is the role of “States” in UCMR?
E. How did EPA consider Children's Environmental Health?
F. How did EPA address Environmental Justice?
G. How did EPA coordinate with Indian Tribal Governments?
H. How are laboratories approved for UCMR 5 analyses?
1. Request To Participate
2. Registration
3. Application Package
4. EPA's Review of Application Package
5. Proficiency Testing
6. Written EPA Approval
I. What documents are being incorporated by reference?
1. Methods From the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
2. Alternative Methods From American Public Health Association—Standard Methods (SM)
3. Methods From ASTM International
IV. Description of Final Rule and Summary of Responses to Public Comments
A. What contaminants must be monitored under UCMR 5?
1. This Final Rule
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
a. Aggregate PFAS Measure
b. Legionella Pneumophila
c. Haloacetonitriles
d. 1,2,3-Trichloropropane
B. What is the UCMR 5 sampling design?
1. This Final Rule
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
C. What is the sampling frequency and timing?
1. This Final Rule
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
D. Where are the sampling locations and what is representative monitoring?
1. This Final Rule
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
E. How long do laboratories and PWSs have to report data?
1. This Final Rule
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
F. What are the reporting requirements for UCMR 5?
1. This Final Rule
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
a. Data Elements
b. Reporting State Data
G. What are the UCMR 5 Minimum Reporting Levels (MRLs) and how were they determined?
1. This Final Rule
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
H. What are the requirements for laboratory analysis of field reagent blank samples?
1. This Final Rule
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
I. How will EPA support risk communication for UCMR 5 results?
V. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews
A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review and Executive Order 13563: Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review
B. Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA)
C. Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA)
D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA)
E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism
F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation and Coordination With Indian Tribal Governments
G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of Children From Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks
H. Executive Order 13211: Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution or Use
I. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA)
J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions To Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations
K. Congressional Review Act (CRA)
VI. References
Abbreviations and Acronyms
μg/L Microgram per Liter
11Cl-PF3OUdS 11-chloroeicosafluoro-3-oxaundecane-1-sulfonic Acid
4:2 FTS 1H, 1H, 2H, 2H-perfluorohexane Sulfonic Acid
6:2 FTS 1H, 1H, 2H, 2H-perfluorooctane Sulfonic Acid
8:2 FTS 1H, 1H, 2H, 2H-perfluorodecane Sulfonic Acid
9Cl-PF3ONS 9-chlorohexadecafluoro-3-oxanone-1-sulfonic Acid
ADONA 4,8-dioxa-3H-perfluorononanoic Acid
AES Atomic Emission Spectrometry
ASDWA Association of State Drinking Water Administrators
ASTM ASTM International
AWIA America's Water Infrastructure Act of 2018
CASRN Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number
CBI Confidential Business Information
CCL Contaminant Candidate List
CCR Consumer Confidence Report
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CRA Congressional Review Act
CWS Community Water System
DBP Disinfection Byproduct
DWSRF Drinking Water State Revolving Fund
EPA United States Environmental Protection Agency
EPTDS Entry Point to the Distribution System
FR Federal Register
FRB Field Reagent Blank
GW Ground Water
GWRMP Ground Water Representative Monitoring Plan
HFPO-DA Hexafluoropropylene Oxide Dimer Acid (GenX)
HRL Health Reference Level
ICP Inductively Coupled Plasma
ICR Information Collection Request
IDC Initial Demonstration of Capability
LCMRL Lowest Concentration Minimum Reporting Level
LC/MS/MS Liquid Chromatography/Tandem Mass Spectrometry
MDBP Microbial and Disinfection Byproduct
MRL Minimum Reporting Level
NAICS North American Industry Classification System
NCOD National Contaminant Occurrence Database
NDAA National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2020
NEtFOSAA N-ethyl Perfluorooctanesulfonamidoacetic Acid
NFDHA Nonafluoro‐3,6‐dioxaheptanoic Acid
ng/L Nanogram per Liter
NMeFOSAA N-methyl Perfluorooctanesulfonamidoacetic Acid
NPDWR National Primary Drinking Water Regulation
NTNCWS Non-transient Non-community Water System
NTTAA National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act
NTWC National Tribal Water Council
OGWDW Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water
OMB Office of Management and Budget
PFAS Per- and Polyfluoroalkyl Substances
PFBA Perfluorobutanoic Acid
PFBS Perfluorobutanesulfonic Acid
PFDA Perfluorodecanoic Acid
PFDoA Perfluorododecanoic Acid
PFEESA Perfluoro (2‐ethoxyethane) Sulfonic Acid
PFHpA Perfluoroheptanoic Acid
PFHpS Perfluoroheptanesulfonic Acid
PFHxA Perfluorohexanoic Acid
PFHxS Perfluorohexanesulfonic Acid
PFMBA Perfluoro‐4‐methoxybutanoic Acid
PFMPA Perfluoro‐3‐methoxypropanoic Acid
PFNA Perfluorononanoic Acid
PFOA Perfluorooctanoic Acid
PFOS Perfluorooctanesulfonic Acid
PFPeA Perfluoropentanoic Acid
PFPeS Perfluoropentanesulfonic Acid
PFTA Perfluorotetradecanoic Acid
PFTrDA Perfluorotridecanoic Acid
PFUnA Perfluoroundecanoic Acid
PN Public Notice
PRA Paperwork Reduction Act
PT Proficiency Testing
PWS Public Water System
QC Quality Control
RFA Regulatory Flexibility Act
SBA Small Business Administration
SBREFA Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act
SDWA Safe Drinking Water Act
SDWARS Safe Drinking Water Accession and Review System
SDWIS/Fed Safe Drinking Water Information System Federal Reporting Services
SM Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater
SOP Standard Operating Procedure
SPE Solid Phase Extraction
SRMD Standards and Risk Management Division
SW Surface Water
SWTR Surface Water Treatment Rule
TNCWS Transient Non-community Water System
TOF Total Organic Fluorine
TOP Total Oxidizable Precursors
UCMR Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule
UMRA Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
U.S. United States
USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency
I. Summary Information
A. Purpose of the Regulatory Action
1. What action is EPA taking?
This final rule requires certain public water systems (PWSs), described in section I.A.2 of this preamble, to collect national occurrence data for 29 PFAS and lithium. PFAS and lithium are not currently subject to national primary drinking water regulations, and EPA is requiring collection of data under UCMR 5 to inform EPA regulatory determinations and risk-management decisions. Consistent with EPA's PFAS Strategic Roadmap, UCMR 5 will provide new data critically needed to improve EPA's understanding of the frequency that 29 PFAS (and lithium) are found in the nation's drinking water systems and at what levels. This data will ensure science-based decision-making and help prioritize protection of disadvantaged communities.
2. Does this action apply to me?
This final rule applies to PWSs described in this section. PWSs are systems that provide water for human consumption through pipes, or constructed conveyances, to at least 15 service connections or that regularly serve an average of at least 25 individuals daily at least 60 days out of the year. A community water system (CWS) is a PWS that has at least 15 service connections used by year-round residents or regularly serves at least 25 year-round residents. A non-transient non-community water system (NTNCWS) is a PWS that is not a CWS and that regularly serves at least 25 of the same people over 6 months per year. Under this final rule, all large CWSs and NTNCWSs serving more than 10,000 people are required to monitor. In addition, small CWSs and NTNCWSs serving between 3,300 and 10,000 people are required to monitor (subject to available EPA appropriations and EPA notification of such requirement) as are the PWSs included in a nationally representative sample of CWSs and NTNCWSs serving between 25 and 3,299 people (see “Selection of Nationally Representative Public Water Systems for the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule: 2021 Update” for a description of the statistical approach for EPA's selection of the nationally representative sample (USEPA, 2021a), available in the UCMR 5 public docket). EPA expects to clarify the monitoring responsibilities for affected small systems by approximately July 1 of each year preceding sample collection, based on the availability of appropriations each year.
As in previous UCMRs, transient non-community water systems (TNCWSs) ( i.e., non-community water systems that do not regularly serve at least 25 of the same people over 6 months per year) are not required to monitor under UCMR 5. EPA leads UCMR 5 monitoring as a direct-implementation program. States, Territories, and Tribes with primary enforcement responsibility (primacy) to administer the regulatory program for PWSs under SDWA (hereinafter collectively referred to in this document as “states”), can participate in the implementation of UCMR 5 through voluntary Partnership Agreements (see discussion of Partnership Agreements in Section III.D of this preamble). Under Partnership Agreements, states can choose to be involved in various aspects of UCMR 5 monitoring for PWSs they oversee; however, the PWS remains responsible for compliance with the final rule. Potentially regulated categories and entities are identified in the following table.
| Category | Examples of potentially regulated entities | NAICS * |
|---|---|---|
| * NAICS = North American Industry Classification System. | ||
| State, local, & Tribal governments | State, local, and Tribal governments that analyze water samples on behalf of PWSs required to conduct such analysis; State, local, and Tribal governments that directly operate CWSs and NTNCWSs required to monitor | 924110 |
| Industry | Private operators of CWSs and NTNCWSs required to monitor | 221310 |
| Municipalities | Municipal operators of CWSs and NTNCWSs required to monitor | 924110 |
This table is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide for readers regarding entities likely to be regulated by this action. This table lists the types of entities that EPA is aware could potentially be regulated by this action. Other types of entities not listed in the table could also be regulated. To determine whether your entity is regulated by this action, you should carefully examine the definition of PWS found in Title 40 in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) at 40 CFR 141.2 and 141.3, and the applicability criteria found in 40 CFR 141.40(a)(1) and (2). If you have questions regarding the applicability of this action to a particular entity, please consult the contacts listed in the preceding FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT section of this preamble.
3. What is EPA's authority for taking this action?
As part of EPA's responsibilities under SDWA, the agency implements section 1445(a)(2), Monitoring Program for Unregulated Contaminants. This section, as amended in 1996, requires that once every five years, beginning in August 1999, EPA issue a list of not more than 30 unregulated contaminants to be monitored by PWSs. SDWA requires that EPA enter the monitoring data into the agency's publicly available National Contaminant Occurrence Database (NCOD) at https://www.epa.gov/sdwa/national-contaminant-occurrence-database-ncod.
EPA must vary the frequency and schedule for monitoring based on the number of people served, the source of supply, and the contaminants likely to be found. EPA is using SDWA Section 1445(a)(2) authority as the basis for monitoring the unregulated contaminants under this final rule.
Section 2021 of America's Water Infrastructure Act of 2018 (AWIA) (Pub. L. 115-270) amended SDWA and specifies that, subject to the availability of EPA appropriations for such purpose and sufficient laboratory capacity, EPA's UCMR program must require all PWSs serving between 3,300 and 10,000 people to monitor for the contaminants in a particular UCMR cycle, and ensure that only a nationally representative sample of systems serving between 25 and 3,299 people are required to monitor for those contaminants. EPA has developed this final rule anticipating that necessary appropriations will become available; however, to date, Congress has not appropriated additional funding ( i.e., funding in addition to the $2.0 million that EPA has historically set aside each year from the Drinking Water State Revolving Fund, using SDWA authority, to support UCMR monitoring at small systems) to cover monitoring expenses for all PWSs serving between 3,300 and 10,000 people. Provisions in the final rule enable the agency to adjust the number of these systems that must monitor based upon available appropriations.
AWIA did not amend the original SDWA requirements for large PWSs. Therefore, PWSs serving a population larger than 10,000 people continue to be responsible for participating in UCMR.
Section 7311 of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2020 (NDAA) (Pub. L. 116-92) amended SDWA and specifies that EPA shall include all PFAS in UCMR 5 for which a drinking water method has been validated by the Administrator and that are not subject to a national primary drinking water regulation.
4. What is the applicability date?
The applicability date represents an internal milestone used by EPA to determine if a PWS is included in the UCMR program and whether it will be treated as small ( i.e., serving 25 to 10,000 people) or large ( i.e., serving more than 10,000 people). It does not represent a date by which respondents need to take any action. The determination of whether a PWS is required to monitor under UCMR 5 is based on the type of system ( e.g., CWS, NTNCWS, etc.) and its retail population served, as indicated by the Safe Drinking Water Information System Federal Reporting Services (SDWIS/Fed) inventory on February 1, 2021. SDWIS/Fed can be accessed at https://www.epa.gov/ground-water-and-drinking-water/safe-drinking-water-information-system-sdwis-federal-reporting. Examining water system type and population served as of February 1, 2021 allowed EPA to develop a draft list of PWSs tentatively subject to UCMR 5 and share that list with the states during 2021 for their review. This advance planning and review then allowed EPA to load state-reviewed PWS information into EPA's reporting system so that those PWSs can be promptly notified upon publication of this final rule. If a PWS receives such notification and believes it has been erroneously included in UCMR 5 based on an incorrect retail population, the system should contact their state authority to verify its population served as of the applicability date. If an error impacting rule applicability is identified, the state or the PWS may contact EPA to address the error. The 5-year UCMR 5 cycle spans January 2022 through December 2026, with preparations in 2022, sample collection between January 1, 2023, and December 31, 2025, and completion of data reporting in 2026. By approximately July 1 of the year prior to each year's sample collection ( i.e., by July 1, 2022 for 2023 sampling; by July 1, 2023 for 2024 sampling; and by July 1, 2024 for 2025 sampling) EPA expects to determine whether it has received necessary appropriations to support its plan to monitor at all systems serving between 3,300 and 10,000 people and at a representative group of 800 smaller systems. As EPA finalizes its small-system plan for each sample collection year, the agency will notify the small PWSs accordingly.
B. Summary of the Regulatory Action
EPA is requiring certain PWSs to collect occurrence data for 29 PFAS and lithium. This document addresses key aspects of UCMR 5, including the following: Analytical methods to measure the contaminants; laboratory approval; monitoring timeframe; sampling locations; data elements ( i.e., information required to be collected along with the occurrence data); data reporting timeframes; monitoring cost; public participation; conforming and editorial changes, such as those necessary to remove requirements solely related to UCMR 4; and EPA responses to public comments on the proposed rule. This document also discusses the implication for UCMR 5 of the AWIA Section 2021(a) requirement that EPA collect monitoring data from all systems serving more than 3,300 people “subject to the availability of appropriations.”
Regardless of whether EPA is able to carry out the small-system monitoring as planned, or instead reduces the scope of that monitoring, the small-system data collection, coupled with data collection from all systems serving more than 10,000 people under this action, will provide scientifically valid data on the national occurrence of 29 PFAS and lithium in drinking water. The UCMR data are the primary source of national occurrence data that EPA uses to inform regulatory and other risk management decisions for drinking water contaminant candidates.
EPA is required under SDWA Section 1445(a)(2)(C)(ii) to pay the “reasonable cost of such testing and laboratory analysis” for all applicable PWSs serving 25 to 10,000 people. Consistent with AWIA, EPA will require monitoring at as many systems serving 3,300 to 10,000 people as appropriations support (see Section IV.B of this preamble for more information on the agency's sampling design).
The agency received several public comments expressing concern that significant laboratory capacity will be needed to support the full scope envisioned for UCMR 5 PFAS monitoring. EPA anticipates that sufficient laboratory capacity will exist to support the expanded UCMR 5 scope. EPA's experience over the first four cycles of UCMR implementation has been that laboratory capacity quickly grows to meet UCMR demand. EPA also notes that the number of laboratories successfully participating in the early stages of the UCMR 5 laboratory approval program is a good indicator that there will be a robust national network of laboratories experienced in PFAS drinking water analysis.
By early 2022, EPA will notify all small CWSs and NTNCWSs serving between 3,300 and 10,000 people of their anticipated requirement to monitor, which EPA expects to confirm and schedule by July 1 preceding each collection year based on the availability of appropriations. The nationally representative sample of smaller PWSs described in Section I.A of this preamble will be similarly notified and advised of their schedules.
This final rule addresses the requirements of the NDAA by including all 29 PFAS that are within the scope of EPA Methods 533 and 537.1. Both of these methods have been validated by EPA for drinking water analysis.
C. Economic Analysis
1. What is the estimated cost of this action?
EPA estimates the total average national cost of this action would be $21 million per year over the 5-year effective period of the final rule (2022-2026) assuming EPA collects information from all systems serving between 3,300 and 10,000 people. All of these costs are associated with paperwork burden under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA). EPA discusses the expected costs as well as documents the assumptions and data sources used in the preparation of this estimate in the “Information Collection Request for the Final Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5)” (USEPA, 2021b). Costs are incurred by large PWSs (for sampling and analysis); small PWSs (for sampling); state regulatory agencies ( i.e., those who volunteer to assist EPA with oversight and implementation support); and EPA (for regulatory support and oversight activities, and analytical and shipping costs for samples from small PWSs). These costs are also summarized in Exhibit 1 of this preamble. EPA's estimates are based on executing the full monitoring plan for small systems ( i.e., including all systems serving 3,300 to 10,000 people and a representative group of 800 smaller systems). As such, those estimates represent an upper bound. If EPA does not receive the necessary appropriations in one or more of the collections years—and thus collects data from fewer small systems—the actual costs would be lower than those estimated here.
EPA received several comments on the cost of monitoring. EPA has accounted for the cost/burden associated with all of the PWS activities as part of the comprehensive cost/burden estimates. In order to provide the most accurate and updated cost estimate, EPA re-examined labor burden estimates for states, EPA, and PWS activities and updated costs of laboratory services for sample analysis, based on consultations with national drinking water laboratories, when developing this final rule.
The costs for a particular UCMR cycle are heavily influenced by the selection of contaminants and associated analytical methods. EPA identified three EPA-developed analytical methods (and, in the case of lithium, multiple optional alternative methods) to analyze samples for UCMR 5 contaminants. EPA's estimate of the UCMR 5 analytical cost is $740 per sample set ( i.e., $740 to analyze a set of samples from one sample point and one sample event for the 30 UCMR 5 contaminants).
Exhibit 1 of this preamble details the EPA-estimated annual average national costs (accounting for labor and non-labor expenses). Laboratory analysis and sample shipping account for approximately 65 percent of the estimated total national cost for the implementation of UCMR 5. EPA estimated laboratory costs based on consultations with multiple commercial drinking water testing laboratories. EPA's cost estimates for the laboratory methods include shipping and analysis.
EPA expects that states will incur modest labor costs associated with voluntary assistance with the implementation of UCMR 5. EPA estimated state costs using the relevant assumptions from the State Resource Model developed by the Association of State Drinking Water Administrators (ASDWA) (ASDWA, 2013) to help states forecast resource needs. Model estimates were adjusted to account for actual levels of state participation under UCMR 4. State assistance with EPA's implementation of UCMR 5 is voluntary; thus, the level of effort is expected to vary among states and will depend on their individual agreements with EPA.
EPA assumes that one-third of the systems will collect samples during each of the three sample-collection years from January 2023 through December 2025.
| Entity | Average annual cost (million) (2022-2026) 2 |
|---|---|
| 1 Based on the scope of small-system monitoring described in AWIA. | |
| 2 Totals may not equal the sum of components due to rounding. | |
| 3 Labor costs pertain to PWSs, states, and EPA. Costs include activities such as reading the final rule, notifying systems selected to participate, sample collection, data review, reporting, and record keeping. | |
| 4 Non-labor costs will be incurred primarily by EPA and by large and very large PWSs. They include the cost of shipping samples to laboratories for testing and the cost of the laboratory analyses. | |
| 5 For a typical UCMR program that involves the expanded scope prescribed by AWIA, EPA estimates an average annual cost to the agency of $17M/year (over a 5-year cycle) ($2M/year for the representative sample of 800 PWSs serving between 25 and 3,299 people and $15M/year for all PWSs serving between 3,300 and 10,000 people). The projected cost to EPA for UCMR 5 implementation is lower than for a typical UCMR program because of lower sample analysis expenses. Those lower expenses are a result of analytical method efficiencies ( i.e., being able to monitor for 30 chemicals with only three analytical methods). | |
| Small PWSs (25-10,000), including labor 3 only (non-labor costs 4 paid for by EPA) | $0.3 |
| Large PWSs (10,001-100,000), including labor and non-labor costs | 7.0 |
| Very Large PWSs (100,001 and greater), including labor and non-labor costs | 2.2 |
| States, including labor costs related to implementation coordination | 0.8 |
| EPA, including labor for implementation and non-labor for small system testing | 5 10.5 |
| Average Annual National Total | 20.8 |
Additional details regarding EPA's cost assumptions and estimates can be found in the Information Collection Request (ICR) (USEPA, 2021b), ICR Number 2040-0304, which presents estimated cost and labor hours for the 5-year UCMR 5 period of 2022-2026. Copies of the ICR may be obtained from the EPA public docket for this final rule under Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OW-2020-0530.
2. What are the benefits of this action?
The public benefits from the information about whether or not unregulated contaminants are present in their drinking water. If contaminants are not found, consumer confidence in their drinking water should improve. If contaminants are found, related health effects may be avoided when subsequent actions, such as regulations, are implemented, reducing or eliminating those contaminants.
II. Public Participation
A. What meetings have been held in preparation for UCMR 5?
EPA held three public meetings on UCMR 5 over the period of 2018 through 2021. EPA held a meeting focused on drinking water methods for unregulated contaminants on June 6, 2018, in Cincinnati, Ohio. Representatives from state agencies, laboratories, PWSs, environmental organizations, and drinking water associations joined the meeting via webinar and in person. Meeting topics included an overview of regulatory process elements (including the Contaminant Candidate List (CCL), UCMR, and Regulatory Determination), and drinking water methods under development (see USEPA, 2018 for presentation materials). EPA held a second meeting on July 16, 2019, in Cincinnati, Ohio. Representatives from State agencies, Tribes, laboratories, PWSs, environmental organizations, and drinking water associations participated in the meeting via webinar and in person. Meeting topics included the impacts of AWIA, analytical methods and contaminants being considered by EPA, potential sampling design, and other possible aspects of the UCMR 5 approach (see USEPA, 2019a for meeting materials). EPA held two identical virtual meetings on April 6 and 7, 2021, during the public comment period for the proposed rule (see USEPA, 2021c for presentation materials). Topics included the proposed UCMR 5 monitoring requirements, analyte selection and rationale, analytical methods, the laboratory approval process, and ground water representative monitoring plans (GWRMPs). Representatives of state agencies, laboratories, PWSs, environmental organizations, and drinking water associations participated in the meeting via webinar. In Section II.B of this preamble, the agency is announcing additional meetings to be held in 2022, which will assist with implementation.
B. How do I participate in the upcoming meetings?
EPA will hold multiple virtual meetings during 2022 to discuss UCMR 5 implementation planning, data reporting using Safe Drinking Water Accession and Review System (SDWARS), and best practices for sample collection. Dates and times of the upcoming meetings will be posted on EPA's website at https://www.epa.gov/dwucmr/unregulated-contaminant-monitoring-rule-ucmr-meetings-and-materials. EPA anticipates hosting the meetings focused on implementation planning in spring 2022, and the SDWARS and sample-collection meetings in fall 2022. Stakeholders who have participated in past UCMR meetings and/or those who register to use SDWARS will receive notification of these events. Other interested stakeholders are also welcome to participate.
1. Meeting Participation
Those who wish to participate in the public meetings, via webinar, can find information on how to register at https://www.epa.gov/dwucmr/unregulated-contaminant-monitoring-rule-ucmr-meetings-and-materials. The number of webinar connections available for the meetings are limited and will be available on a first-come, first-served basis. If stakeholder interest results in exceeding the maximum number of available connections for participants in upcoming webinar offerings, EPA may schedule additional webinars, with dates and times posted on EPA's Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Program Meetings and Materials web page at https://www.epa.gov/dwucmr/unregulated-contaminant-monitoring-rule-ucmr-meetings-and-materials.
2. Meeting Materials
EPA expects to send meeting materials by email to all registered participants prior to the meeting. The materials will be posted on EPA's website at https://www.epa.gov/dwucmr/unregulated-contaminant- monitoring-rule-ucmr-meetings-and-materials for people who do not participate in the webinar.
III. General Information
A. How are CCL, UCMR, Regulatory Determination process, and NCOD interrelated?
Under the 1996 amendments to SDWA, Congress established a multi-step, risk-based approach for determining which contaminants would become subject to drinking water standards. Under the first step, EPA is required to publish a CCL every five years that identifies contaminants that are not subject to any proposed or promulgated drinking water regulations, are known or anticipated to occur in PWSs, and may require future regulation under SDWA. EPA published the draft CCL 5 in the Federal Register on July 19, 2021 (86 FR 37948, July 19, 2021 (USEPA, 2021d)). Under the second step, EPA must require, every five years, monitoring of unregulated contaminants as described in this action. The third step requires EPA to determine, every five years, whether or not to regulate at least five contaminants from the CCL. Under Section 1412(b)(1)(A) of SDWA, EPA regulates a contaminant in drinking water if the Administrator determines that:
(1) The contaminant may have an adverse effect on the health of persons;
(2) The contaminant is known to occur or there is substantial likelihood that the contaminant will occur in PWSs with a frequency and at levels of public health concern; and
(3) In the sole judgment of the Administrator, regulation of such contaminant presents a meaningful opportunity for health risk reduction for persons served by PWSs.
For the contaminants that meet all three criteria, SDWA requires EPA to publish national primary drinking water regulations (NPDWRs). Information on the CCL and the regulatory determination process can be found at: https://www.epa.gov/ccl.
The data collected through the UCMR program are made available to the public through the National Contaminant Occurrence Database (NCOD) for drinking water. EPA developed the NCOD to satisfy requirements in SDWA Section 1445(g), to assemble and maintain a drinking water contaminant occurrence database for both regulated and unregulated contaminants in drinking water systems. NCOD houses data on unregulated contaminant occurrence; data from EPA's “Six-Year Review” of national drinking water regulations; and ambient and/or source water data. Section 1445(g)(3) of SDWA requires that EPA maintain UCMR data in the NCOD and use the data when evaluating the frequency and level of occurrence of contaminants in drinking water at a level of public health concern. UCMR results can be viewed by the public via NCOD ( https://www.epa.gov/sdwa/national-contaminant-occurrence-database-ncod ) or via the UCMR web page at: https://www.epa.gov/dwucmr.
B. What are the Consumer Confidence Reporting and Public Notice Reporting requirements for public water systems that are subject to UCMR?
In addition to reporting UCMR monitoring data to EPA, PWSs are responsible for presenting and addressing UCMR results in their annual Consumer Confidence Reports (CCRs) (40 CFR 141.153) and must address Public Notice (PN) requirements associated with UCMR (40 CFR 141.207). More details about the CCR and PN requirements can be viewed by the public at: https://www.epa.gov/ccr and https://www.epa.gov/dwreginfo/public-notification-rule, respectively.
C. What is the UCMR 5 timeline?
This final rule identifies a UCMR 5 sampling period of 2023 to 2025. Prior to 2023 EPA will coordinate laboratory approval, tentatively select representative small systems (USEPA, 2021a), organize Partnership Agreements, develop State Monitoring Plans (see Section III.D of this preamble), establish monitoring schedules and inventory, and conduct outreach and training. Exhibit 2 of this preamble illustrates the major activities that EPA expects will take place in preparation for and during the implementation of UCMR 5.
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P

BILLING CODE 6560-50-C
D. What is the role of “States” in UCMR?
UCMR is a direct implementation rule ( i.e., EPA has primary responsibility for its implementation) and state participation is voluntary. Under the previous UCMR cycles, specific activities that individual states agreed to carry out or assist with were identified and established exclusively through Partnership Agreements. Through Partnership Agreements, states can help EPA implement UCMR and help ensure that the UCMR data are of the highest quality possible to best support the agency decision making. Under UCMR 5, EPA will continue to use the Partnership Agreement process to determine and document the following: The process for review and revision of the State Monitoring Plans; replacing and updating PWS information, including inventory ( i.e., PWS identification codes (PWSID), facility identification code along with associated facility types and water source type, etc.); review of proposed GWRMPs; notification and instructions for systems; and compliance assistance. EPA recognizes that states often have the best information about their PWSs and encourages them to partner in the UCMR 5 program.
E. How did EPA consider Children's Environmental Health?
By monitoring for unregulated contaminants that may pose health risks via drinking water, UCMR furthers the protection of public health for all citizens, including children. Children consume more water per unit of body weight compared to adults. Moreover, formula-fed infants drink a large amount of water compared to their body weight; thus, children's exposure to contaminants in drinking water may present a disproportionate health risk (USEPA, 2011). The objective of UCMR 5 is to collect nationally representative drinking water occurrence data on unregulated contaminants for future regulatory consideration. Information on the prioritization process, as well as contaminant-specific information ( e.g., source, use, production, release, persistence, mobility, health effects, and occurrence), that EPA used to select the analyte list, is contained in “Information Compendium for Contaminants for the Final Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5)” (USEPA, 2021e), available in the UCMR 5 public docket.
Since this is a final rule to monitor for contaminants and not to reduce their presence in drinking water to an acceptable level, the rule does not concern environmental health or safety risks presenting a disproportionate risk to children that would be addressed by this action (See Section V.G Executive Order 13045 of this preamble). Therefore, Executive Order 13045 does not apply to UCMR. However, EPA's Policy on Evaluating Health Risks to Children, which ensures that the health of infants and children is explicitly considered in the agency's decision making, is applicable, see: https://www.epa.gov/children/epas-policy-evaluating-risk-children.
EPA considered children's health risks during the development of UCMR 5. This included considering public comments about candidate contaminant priorities. Many commenters supported the agency's inclusion of PFAS and lithium in UCMR 5. Some commenters requested that EPA consider children and infant health risks in its risk communication for UCMR 5.
Using quantitation data from multiple laboratories, EPA establishes statistically-based UCMR reporting levels the agency considers feasible for the national network of approved drinking water laboratories. EPA generally sets the reporting levels as low as is technologically practical for measurement by that national network of laboratories, even if that level is well below concentrations that are currently associated with known or suspected health effects. In doing so, EPA positions itself to better address contaminant risk information in the future, including that associated with unique risks to children.
F. How did EPA address Environmental Justice (EJ)?
EPA has concluded that this action is not subject to Executive Order 12898 because it does not establish an environmental health or safety standard (see Section V.J Executive Order 12898 of this preamble). EPA Administrator Regan issued a directive to all EPA staff to incorporate environmental justice (EJ) into the agency's work, including regulatory activities, such as integrating EJ considerations into the regulatory development processes and considering regulatory options to maximize benefits to communities that “continue to suffer from disproportionately high pollution levels and the resulting adverse health and environmental impacts.” In keeping with this directive, and consistent with AWIA, EPA will, subject to the availability of sufficient appropriations, expand UCMR 5 to include all PWSs serving between 3,300 and 10,000 people as described in Sections I.A.4 and IV.B of this preamble. If there are sufficient appropriations, the expansion in the number of participating PWSs will provide a more comprehensive assessment of contaminant occurrence data from small and rural communities, including disadvantaged communities.
By developing a national characterization of unregulated contaminants that may pose health risks via drinking water from PWSs, UCMR furthers the protection of public health for all citizens. If EPA receives the needed appropriations, the expansion in monitoring scope reflected in UCMR 5 ( i.e., including all PWSs serving 3,300 to 10,000 people) will better support state and regional analyses and determination of potential EJ-related issues that need to be addressed. EPA structured the UCMR 5 rulemaking process to allow for meaningful involvement and transparency. EPA organized public meetings and webinars to share information regarding the development and implementation of UCMR 5; consulted with Tribal governments; and convened a workgroup that included representatives from several states. EPA will support stakeholder interest in UCMR 5 results by making them publicly available, as described in Section III.A of this preamble, and by developing additional risk-communication materials to help individuals and communities understand the significance of contaminant occurrence.
EPA received multiple comments on environmental justice considerations. Commenters expressed support for the continued collection of U.S. Postal Service Zip Codes for each PWS's service area and requested that EPA provide multilingual UCMR materials. EPA will continue to collect Zip Codes for UCMR 5, as collected under UCMR 3 and UCMR 4, to support potential assessments of whether or not certain communities are disproportionately impacted by particular drinking water contaminants. EPA also intends to develop the sampling instructions, fact sheets, and data summaries in both English and Spanish.
G. How did EPA coordinate with Indian Tribal Governments?
EPA has concluded that this action has Tribal implications. However, it will neither impose substantial direct compliance costs on federally recognized Tribal governments, nor preempt Tribal law. (See section V.F Executive Order 13175 of this preamble).
EPA consulted with Tribal officials under the EPA Policy on Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribes early in the process of developing this action to ensure meaningful and timely input into its development. EPA initiated the Tribal consultation and coordination process before proposing the rule by mailing a “Notification of Consultation and Coordination” letter on June 26, 2019, to the Tribal leadership of the then 573 federally recognized Tribes. The letter invited Tribal leaders and representatives of Tribal governments to participate in an August 6, 2019, UCMR 5 Tribal consultation and coordination informational meeting. Presentation topics included an overview of the UCMR program, potential approaches to monitoring and implementation for UCMR 5, and the UCMR 5 contaminants and analytical methods under consideration. After the presentation, EPA provided an opportunity for input and questions on the action. Eight representatives from five Tribes attended the August meeting. Tribal representatives asked clarifying questions regarding program costs to PWSs and changes in PWS participation per AWIA. EPA addressed the questions during the meeting. Following the meeting, EPA received and addressed one additional clarifying question from a Tribal representative during the Tribal consultation process. No other Tribal representatives submitted written comments during the UCMR 5 consultation comment period that ended September 1, 2019.
Prior to the August 2019 meeting, EPA provided additional opportunities for Tribal officials to provide meaningful and timely input into the development of the proposed rule. On July 10, 2019, EPA participated in a monthly conference call with the National Tribal Water Council (NTWC). EPA shared a brief summary of UCMR statutory requirements with the Council and highlighted the upcoming official Tribal meeting. EPA also invited Tribal leaders and representatives to participate in a public meeting, held on July 16, 2019, to discuss the development of the proposed rule. Representatives from six Tribes participated in the public meeting. Following the publication of the proposal, EPA advised the Indian Health Services of the 60-day public comment period to assist with facilitating additional Tribal comments on the proposed rule. EPA received no public comments from Tribal officials.
A complete summary of the consultation, titled, “Summary of the Tribal Coordination and Consultation Process for the Fifth Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) Proposal,” is provided in the UCMR 5 public docket listed in the ADDRESSES section of this preamble.
H. How are laboratories approved for UCMR 5 analyses?
Consistent with prior UCMRs, this action maintains the requirement that PWSs use laboratories approved by EPA to analyze UCMR 5 samples. Interested laboratories are encouraged to apply for EPA approval as early as possible. The UCMR 5 laboratory approval process, which began with the publication of the UCMR 5 proposal, is designed to assess whether laboratories possess the required equipment and can meet laboratory-performance and data-reporting criteria described in this action.
EPA expects demand for laboratory support to increase significantly based on the greater number of PWSs expected to participate in UCMR 5. EPA anticipates that the number of participating small water systems will increase from the typical 800 to approximately 6,000 (see Exhibit 5 in Section IV.B of this preamble). In preparation for this increase, EPA will solicit proposals and award contracts to laboratories to support small system monitoring prior to the end of the proficiency testing (PT) program. As in previous UCMR programs, EPA expects that laboratories awarded contracts by EPA will be required to first be approved to perform all methods. The requirements for the laboratory approval process are described in steps 1 through 6 of the following paragraphs.
EPA will require laboratories seeking approval to: (1) Provide EPA with data documenting an initial demonstration of capability (IDC) as outlined in each method; (2) verify successful performance at or below the minimum reporting levels (MRLs) as specified in this action; (3) provide information about laboratory standard operating procedures (SOPs); and (4) participate in two EPA PT studies for the analytes of interest. Audits of laboratories may be conducted by EPA prior to and/or following approval, and maintaining approval is contingent on timely and accurate reporting. The “UCMR 5 Laboratory Approval Manual” (USEPA, 2021f), available in the UCMR 5 public docket, provides more specific guidance on EPA laboratory approval program and the specific method acceptance criteria. EPA has included sample-collection procedures that are specific to the methods in the “UCMR 5 Laboratory Manual,” and will address these procedures in our outreach to the PWSs that will be collecting samples.
The UCMR 5 laboratory approval program will provide an assessment of the ability of laboratories to perform analyses using the methods listed in 40 CFR 141.40(a)(3), Table 1 of this preamble. Laboratory participation in the program is voluntary. However, as in the previous UCMRs, EPA will require PWSs to exclusively use laboratories that have been approved under the program. EPA will post a list of approved UCMR 5 laboratories to https://www.epa.gov/dwucmr and will bring this to the attention of the PWSs in our outreach.
1. Request To Participate
Laboratories interested in the UCMR 5 laboratory approval program first email EPA at: UCMR_Lab_Approval@epa.gov to request registration materials. EPA began accepting requests beginning with the publication of the proposal in the Federal Register .
2. Registration
Laboratory applicants provide registration information that includes laboratory name, mailing address, shipping address, contact name, phone number, email address, and a list of the UCMR 5 methods for which the laboratory is seeking approval. This registration step provides EPA with the necessary contact information and ensures that each laboratory receives a customized application package.
3. Application Package
Laboratory applicants will complete and return a customized application package that includes the following: IDC data, including precision, accuracy, and results of MRL studies; information regarding analytical equipment and other materials; proof of current drinking water laboratory certification (for select compliance monitoring methods); method-specific SOPs; and example chromatograms for each method under review.
As a condition of receiving and maintaining approval, the laboratory must promptly post UCMR 5 monitoring results and quality control data that meet method criteria (on behalf of its PWS clients) to EPA's UCMR electronic data reporting system, SDWARS.
Based on the January 1, 2023 start for UCMR 5 sample collection, the deadline for a laboratory to submit the necessary registration and application information is August 1, 2022.
4. EPA's Review of Application Package
EPA will review the application packages and, if necessary, request follow-up information. Laboratories that successfully complete the application process become eligible to participate in the UCMR 5 PT program.
5. Proficiency Testing
A PT sample is a synthetic sample containing a concentration of an analyte or mixture of analytes that is known to EPA, but unknown to the laboratory. To be approved, a laboratory must meet specific acceptance criteria for the analysis of a UCMR 5 PT sample(s) for each analyte in each method, for which the laboratory is seeking approval. EPA offered three PT studies between publication of the proposed rule and final rule, and anticipates offering at least two additional studies. Interested laboratories must participate in and report data for at least two PT studies. This allows EPA to collect a robust dataset for PT results, and provides laboratories with extra analytical experience using UCMR 5 methods. Laboratories must pass a PT for every analyte in the method to be approved for that method and may participate in multiple PT studies in order to produce passing results for each analyte. EPA has taken this approach in UCMR 5, recognizing that EPA Method 533 contains 25 analytes. EPA does not expect to conduct additional PT studies after the start of PWS monitoring; however, EPA expects to conduct laboratory audits (remote and/or on-site) throughout the implementation of UCMR 5 on an as needed and/or random basis. Initial laboratory approval is contingent on successful completion of PT studies, which includes properly uploading the PT results to SDWARS. Continued laboratory approval is contingent on successful completion of the audit process and satisfactorily meeting all the other stated conditions.
6. Written EPA Approval
For laboratories that have already successfully completed steps 1 through 5, EPA sent the laboratory a notification letter listing the methods for which approval was “pending” ( i.e., pending promulgation of this final rule). Because no changes have been made to the final rule that impact the laboratory approval program, laboratories that received pending-approval letters will be notified of full approval without further action on their part. Approval actions for additional laboratories that successfully complete steps 1 through 5 will also be documented by EPA in writing.
I. What documents are being incorporated by reference?
The following methods are being incorporated by reference into this section for UCMR 5 monitoring. All method material is available for inspection electronically at https://www.regulations.gov (Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OW-2020-0530), or from the sources listed for each method. The methods that may be used to support monitoring under this final rule are as follows:
1. Methods From the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
The following methods are available at EPA's Docket No. EPA-HQ-OW-2020-0530.
(i) EPA Method 200.7 “Determination of Metals and Trace Elements in Water and Wastes by Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry,” Revision 4.4, 1994. Available at https://www.epa.gov/esam/method-2007-determination-metals-and-trace-elements-water-and-wastes-inductively-coupled-plasma. This is an EPA method for the analysis of metals and trace elements in water by ICP-AES and may be used to measure lithium during UCMR 5. See also the discussion of non-EPA alternative methods for lithium in this section.
(ii) EPA Method 533 “Determination of Per- and Polyfluoroalkyl Substances in Drinking Water by Isotope Dilution Anion Exchange Solid Phase Extraction and Liquid Chromatography/Tandem Mass Spectrometry,” November 2019, EPA 815-B-19-020. Available at https://www.epa.gov/dwanalyticalmethods/analytical-methods-developed-epa-analysis-unregulated-contaminants. This is an EPA method for the analysis PFAS in drinking water using SPE and LC/MS/MS and is to be used to measure 25 PFAS during UCMR 5 (11Cl-PF3OUdS, 8:2 FTS, 4:2 FTS, 6:2 FTS, ADONA, 9Cl-PF3ONS, HFPO-DA (GenX), NFDHA, PFEESA, PFMPA, PFMBA, PFBS, PFBA, PFDA, PFDoA, PFHpS, PFHpA, PFHxS, PFHxA, PFNA, PFOS, PFOA, PFPeS, PFPeA, and PFUnA).
(iii) EPA Method 537.1 “Determination of Selected Per- and Polyfluorinated Alkyl Substances in Drinking Water by Solid Phase Extraction and Liquid Chromatography/Tandem Mass Spectrometry (LC/MS/MS),” Version 2.0, March 2020, EPA/600/R-20/006. Available at https://www.epa.gov/dwanalyticalmethods/analytical-methods-developed-epa-analysis-unregulated-contaminants. This is an EPA method for the analysis of PFAS in drinking water using SPE and LC/MS/MS and is to be used to measure four PFAS during UCMR 5 (NEtFOSAA, NMeFOSAA, PFTA, and PFTrDA).
2. Alternative Methods From American Public Health Association—Standard Methods (SM)
The following methods are from American Public Health—Standard Methods (SM), 800 I Street NW, Washington, DC 20001-3710.
(i) “Standard Methods for the Examination of Water & Wastewater,” 23rd edition (2017).
(a) SM 3120 B, “Metals by Plasma Emission Spectroscopy (2017): Inductively Coupled Plasma (ICP) Method.” This is a Standard Method for the analysis of metals in water and wastewater by emission spectroscopy using ICP and may be used for the analysis of lithium.
(ii) “Standard Methods Online,” approved 1999. Available for purchase at https://www.standardmethods.org.
(a) SM 3120 B, “Metals by Plasma Emission Spectroscopy: Inductively Coupled Plasma (ICP) Method, Standard Methods Online,” revised December 14, 2020. This is a Standard Method for the analysis of metals in water and wastewater by emission spectroscopy using ICP and may be used for the analysis of lithium.
3. Methods From ASTM International
The following methods are from ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
(i) ASTM D1976-20, “Standard Test Method for Elements in Water by Inductively-Coupled Plasma Atomic Emission Spectroscopy,” approved May 1, 2020. Available for purchase at https://www.astm.org/Standards/D1976.htm. This is an ASTM method for the analysis of elements in water by ICP-AES and may be used to measure lithium.
IV. Description of Final Rule and Summary of Responses to Public Comments
EPA published “Revisions to the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) for Public Water Systems and Announcement of Public Meeting;” Proposed Rule, on March 11, 2021 (86 FR 13846, (USEPA, 2021g)). The UCMR 5 proposal identified three EPA analytical methods, and multiple alternative methods, to support water system monitoring for 30 UCMR 5 contaminants (29 PFAS and lithium) and detailed other potential changes relative to UCMR 4. Among the other changes reflected in the UCMR 5 proposal were the following: Requirement for water systems serving 3,300 to 10,000 people to monitor per AWIA requirements “subject to the availability of appropriations”; provisions for sampling frequency, timing, and locations; submission timeframe for GWRMPs; data reporting timeframes; and reporting requirements.
EPA received 75 sets of comments from 72 public commenters, including other federal agencies, state and local governments, utilities and utility stakeholder organizations, laboratories, academia, non-governmental organizations, and other interested stakeholders. After considering the comments, EPA developed the final UCMR 5 as described in Exhibit 3 of this preamble. Except as noted, the UCMR 5 final rule approach is consistent with the proposed rule. A track-changes version of the rule language, comparing UCMR 4 to UCMR 5, (“Revisions to 40 CFR 141.35 and 141.40” (USEPA, 2021h)), is included in the electronic docket listed in the ADDRESSES section of this preamble.
This section summarizes key aspects of this final rule and the associated comments received in response to the proposed rule. EPA has compiled all public comments and EPA's responses in the “Response to Comments on the Fifth Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) Proposal,” (USEPA, 2021i), which can be found in the electronic docket listed in the ADDRESSES section of this preamble.
| Number | Title | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| CFR rule section | Description of section | Corresponding preamble section | |
| Number | Title | ||
| 40 CFR 141.40(a)(3) | Contaminants in UCMR 5 | Maintains proposed list of 29 PFAS and lithium for monitoring | IV.A |
| 40 CFR 141.35(d), 40 CFR 141.40(a)(2)(ii), and 40 CFR 141.40(a)(4)(ii) | Scope of UCMR 5 applicability | Revises the scope of UCMR 5 to reflect that small CWSs and NTNCWSs serving 25 to 10,000 people will monitor (consistent with AWIA), if they are notified by the agency | IV.B |
| 40 CFR 141.40(a)(i)(B) | Sampling frequency and timing | Maintains proposed sample frequency (four sample events for SW, two sample events for GW) | IV.C |
| 40 CFR 141.35(c)(3) | Sampling locations and Ground Water Representative Monitoring Plans (GWRMPs) | Maintains proposed flexibility for PWSs to submit a GWRMP proposal to EPA | IV.D |
| 40 CFR 141.35(c)(6)(ii) and 40 CFR 141.40(a)(5)(vi) | Reporting timeframe | Maintains proposed timeframe (“within 90 days from the sample collection date”) for laboratories to post and approve analytical results in EPA's electronic data reporting system (for review by the PWS). Maintains proposed timeframe (“30 days from when the laboratory posts the data to EPA's electronic data reporting system”) for PWSs to review, approve, and submit data to the state and EPA | IV.E |
| 40 CFR 141.35(e) | Reporting requirements | Removes one proposed data element, maintains 27 proposed data elements, and clarifies the use of state data | IV.F |
| 40 CFR 141.40(a)(3) | Minimum reporting levels (MRL) | Maintains proposed MRLs for contaminants | IV.G |
A. What contaminants must be monitored under UCMR 5?
1. This Final Rule
EPA is maintaining the proposed list of UCMR 5 contaminants and the methods associated with analyzing those contaminants (see Exhibit 4 of this preamble). Further information on the prioritization process, as well as contaminant-specific information ( e.g., source, use, production, release, persistence, mobility, health effects, and occurrence), that EPA used to select the analyte list, is contained in “Information Compendium for Contaminants for the Final Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5)” (USEPA, 2021e). This Information Compendium can be found in the electronic docket listed in the ADDRESSES section of this preamble.
| 1 EPA Method 533 (Solid phase extraction (SPE) liquid chromatography/tandem mass spectrometry (LC/MS/MS)) (USEPA, 2019b). | |
| 2 EPA Method 537.1 Version 2.0 (Solid phase extraction (SPE) liquid chromatography/tandem mass spectrometry (LC/MS/MS)) (USEPA, 2020). | |
| 3 EPA Method 200.7 (Inductively coupled plasma-atomic emission spectrometry (ICP-AES)) (USEPA, 1994). | |
| 4 Standard Methods (SM) 3120 B (SM, 2017) or SM 3120 B-99 (SM Online, 1999). | |
| 5 ASTM International (ASTM) D1976-20 (ASTM, 2020). | |
| Twenty-five Per- and Polyfluoroalkyl Substances (PFAS) using EPA Method 533 (SPE LC/MS/MS): | |
| 11-chloroeicosafluoro-3-oxaundecane-1-sulfonic acid (11Cl-PF3OUdS) | perfluorodecanoic acid (PFDA). |
| 1H, 1H, 2H, 2H-perfluorodecane sulfonic acid (8:2 FTS) | perfluorododecanoic acid (PFDoA). |
| 1H, 1H, 2H, 2H-perfluorohexane sulfonic acid (4:2 FTS) | perfluoroheptanesulfonic acid (PFHpS). |
| 1H, 1H, 2H, 2H-perfluorooctane sulfonic acid (6:2 FTS) | perfluoroheptanoic acid (PFHpA). |
| 4,8-dioxa-3H-perfluorononanoic acid (ADONA) | perfluorohexanesulfonic acid (PFHxS). |
| 9-chlorohexadecafluoro-3-oxanone-1-sulfonic acid (9Cl-PF3ONS) | perfluorohexanoic acid (PFHxA). |
| hexafluoropropylene oxide dimer acid (HFPO-DA) (GenX) | perfluorononanoic acid (PFNA). |
| nonafluoro‐3,6‐dioxaheptanoic acid (NFDHA) | perfluorooctanesulfonic acid (PFOS). |
| perfluoro (2‐ethoxyethane) sulfonic acid (PFEESA) | perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA). |
| perfluoro‐3‐methoxypropanoic acid (PFMPA) | perfluoropentanesulfonic acid (PFPeS). |
| perfluoro‐4‐methoxybutanoic acid (PFMBA) | perfluoropentanoic acid (PFPeA). |
| perfluorobutanesulfonic acid (PFBS) | perfluoroundecanoic acid (PFUnA). |
| perfluorobutanoic acid (PFBA) | |
| Four Per- and Polyfluoroalkyl Substances (PFAS) using EPA Method 537.1 (SPE LC/MS/MS): | |
| n-ethyl perfluorooctanesulfonamidoacetic acid (NEtFOSAA) | perfluorotetradecanoic acid (PFTA). |
| n-methyl perfluorooctanesulfonamidoacetic acid (NMeFOSAA) | perfluorotridecanoic acid (PFTrDA). |
| One Metal/Pharmaceutical using EPA Method 200.7 (ICP-AES) or alternate SM or ASTM: | |
| lithium | |
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
Those who expressed an opinion about the proposed UCMR 5 analytes were supportive of EPA's inclusion of the 29 PFAS and lithium. Commenters expressed mixed opinions on the consideration of additional contaminants, particularly “aggregate PFAS,” Legionella pneumophilia, haloacetonitriles, and 1,2,3-trichloropropane. The major comments and EPA responses regarding these contaminants are summarized in the discussion that follows.
a. Aggregate PFAS Measure
EPA received multiple comments encouraging the agency to validate and include a total organic fluorine (TOF) and/or total oxidizable precursors (TOP) technique in UCMR 5 as a screening tool to determine “total PFAS.” EPA also received comments expressing concern for the limitations of the analytical methodologies, including a lack of sensitivity and specificity for PFAS using TOF.
EPA has not identified a complete, validated, peer-reviewed aggregate PFAS method with the appropriate specificity and sensitivity to support UCMR 5 monitoring. EPA's Office of Water and Office of Research and Development are currently developing and evaluating methodologies for broader PFAS analysis in drinking water, however, the measurement approaches are subject to significant technical challenges. The sensitivity of TOF is currently in the low μg/L range, as opposed to the low ng/L range of interest required for PFAS analysis in drinking water. TOF is also not specific to PFAS. TOP, while focusing on PFAS, is limited to measuring compounds that can be detected by LC/MS/MS and the technique requires two LC/MS/MS analyses; one before oxidation and one after oxidation. EPA is evaluating the TOP approach to understand the degree to which certain precursors are oxidized, and subsequently measurable by LC/MS/MS, as well as the degree to which PFAS that were measured in the pre-oxidation sample are still measured post-oxidation.
EPA is also monitoring progress by commercial laboratories and academia. In 2020 and 2021, EPA contacted commercial laboratories that advertised TOF capability, and these laboratories indicated that they had not yet commercialized the TOF method (see Appendix 4 in “Response to Comments on the Fifth Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) Proposal,” (USEPA, 2021i), which can be found in the electronic docket listed in the ADDRESSES section of this preamble). TOP has been more widely commercialized but is often used as an exploratory tool to estimate precursors.
In summary, there are still analytical challenges leading to uncertainties in the results using the TOF and TOP techniques. More research and method refinement are needed before a peer-reviewed validated method that meets UCMR quality control needs is available to address PFAS more broadly.
b. Legionella Pneumophila
Some comments supported EPA's proposal to not include Legionella pneumophila in UCMR 5, while others encouraged EPA to add it. EPA has decided not to include Legionella pneumophila in the final UCMR 5.
Under EPA's Surface Water Treatment Rule (SWTR), EPA established NPDWRs for Giardia, viruses, Legionella, turbidity and heterotrophic bacteria and set maximum contaminant level goals of zero for Giardia lamblia, viruses and Legionella pneumophila (54 FR 27486, June 29, 1989 (USEPA, 1989)). EPA is currently examining opportunities to enhance protection against Legionella pneumophila through revisions to the suite of Microbial and Disinfection Byproduct (MDBP) rules. In addition to the SWTR, the MDBP suite includes the Stage 1 and Stage 2 Disinfectants and Disinfection Byproduct Rules; the Interim Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule; and the Long Term 1 Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule.
As stated in the conclusions from EPA's third “Six-Year Review of Drinking Water Standards” (82 FR 3518, January 11, 2017 (USEPA, 2017)), “EPA identified the following NPDWRs under the SWTR as candidates for revision, because of the opportunity to further reduce residual risk from pathogens (including opportunistic pathogens such as Legionella ) beyond the risk addressed by the current SWTR.” In accordance with the dates in the Settlement Agreement between EPA and Waterkeeper Alliance ( Waterkeeper Alliance, Inc. v. U.S. EPA, No. 1:19-cv-00899-LJL (S.D.N.Y. Jun. 1, 2020)), the agency anticipates signing a proposal for revisions to the MDBP rules and a final action on the proposal by July 31, 2024 and September 30, 2027, respectively. EPA has concluded that UCMR 5 data collection for Legionella pneumophila would not be completed in time to meaningfully inform MDBP revision and that UCMR 5 data for Legionella pneumophila would soon lack significance because it would not reflect conditions in water systems after any regulatory revisions become effective (because water quality would be expected to change as a result of PWSs complying with such regulatory revisions).
EPA estimates that Legionella pneumophila monitoring under UCMR 5 would have added $10.5 million in new expenses for large PWSs, $20 million in new expenses for the agency for small system monitoring, and $0.5 million in new expenses for small PWSs and states over the 5-year UCMR period. Because the data would not be available in time to inform MDBP regulatory revisions and because MDBP revisions could change the presence of Legionella pneumophila in drinking water distribution systems ( Legionella occurrence may change, for example, if the required minimum disinfectant residual concentration is higher following MDBP revisions), EPA concluded that the expense of this monitoring is not warranted given the limited utility of the data.
c. Haloacetonitriles
Some commenters agreed with EPA's rationale for not including the four unregulated haloacetonitrile disinfection byproducts (DBPs) in UCMR 5, while others encouraged EPA to include them. EPA has decided not to include haloacetonitrile DBPs in the final UCMR 5.
As was the case with Legionella pneumophila, EPA has concluded that UCMR 5 data collection for haloacetonitriles would not be completed in time to meaningfully inform MDBP revision and that UCMR 5 data would not reflect conditions in water systems after any regulatory revisions become effective (haloacetonitrile occurrence may change, for example, if the required minimum disinfectant residual concentration is higher following MDBP revisions).
As with Legionella pneumophila, inclusion of haloacetonitriles in UCMR 5 would introduce significant monitoring and reporting complexity and cost compared to the sampling design for PFAS and lithium. If haloacetonitriles were to be added to UCMR 5, most of the additional expenses would be borne by large PWSs (for analysis of their samples) and EPA (for analysis of samples from small PWSs). EPA estimates this would result in $13 million in new expenses for large PWSs, $19 million in new expenses for the agency, and $0.5 million in new expenses for small PWSs and states over the 5-year UCMR period.
Because the data would not be available in time to inform MDBP regulatory revisions and because MDBP revisions could change the presence of haloacetonitriles in drinking water distribution systems, EPA concluded that the expense of this monitoring is not warranted given the limited utility of the data.
d. 1,2,3-Trichloropropane
EPA received some comments that support the agency's proposed decision to not include 1,2,3-trichloropropane (1,2,3-TCP) monitoring in UCMR 5, and others recommending that 1,2,3-TCP be included. EPA concluded that appropriate analytical methods are not currently available to support additional UCMR data collection ( i.e., above and beyond the data collection under UCMR 3 (USEPA, 2019c)).
Several commenters suggested that EPA consider analytical methods to monitor for 1,2,3-trichloropropane at lower levels. They suggested, for example, that the agency use California method SRL-524M (California DHS, 2002), which is prescribed by the state for compliance monitoring at 0.005 μg/L (5 ng/L). EPA has reviewed SRL 524M and determined that the associated quality control (QC) and IDC criteria do not meet the EPA's needs for drinking water analysis. See also EPA's “Response to Comments on the Fifth Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) Proposal,” (USEPA, 2021i), which can be found in the electronic docket listed in the ADDRESSES section of this preamble.
Occurrence data collected during UCMR 3 (77 FR 26072, May 2, 2012 (USEPA, 2012)) for 1,2,3-trichloropropane may be found at https://www.epa.gov/dwucmr/occurrence-data-unregulated-contaminant-monitoring-rule#3.
B. What is the UCMR 5 sampling design?
1. This Final Rule
EPA has utilized up to three different tiers of contaminant monitoring, associated with three different “lists” of contaminants, in past UCMRs. EPA designed the monitoring tiers to reflect the availability and complexity of analytical methods, laboratory capacity, sampling frequency, and cost. The Assessment Monitoring tier is the largest in scope and is used to collect data to determine the national occurrence of “List 1” contaminants for the purpose of estimating national population exposure. Assessment Monitoring has been used in the four previous UCMRs to collect occurrence data from all systems serving more than 10,000 people and a representative sample of 800 smaller systems. Consistent with AWIA, the Assessment Monitoring approach was redesigned for UCMR 5 and reflects the plan, subject to additional appropriations being made available for this purpose, that would require all systems serving 3,300 or more people and a representative sample of systems serving 25 to 3,299 people to perform monitoring (USEPA, 2021a). The population-weighted sampling design for the nationally representative sample of small systems (used in previous UCMR cycles to select 800 systems serving 25 to 10,000 people and used in UCMR 5 to select 800 systems serving 25 to 3,299 people) calls for the sample to be stratified by water source type (ground water or surface water), service size category, and state (where each state is allocated a minimum of two systems in its State Monitoring Plan). The allowable margin of error at the 99 percent confidence level is ±1 percent for an expected contaminant occurrence of 1 percent at the national level. Assessment Monitoring is the primary tier used for contaminants and generally relies on analytical methods that use more common techniques that are expected to be widely available. EPA has used an Assessment Monitoring tier for 72 contaminants and contaminant groups over the course of UCMR 1 through UCMR 4. The agency is exclusively requiring Assessment Monitoring in UCMR 5. This monitoring approach yields the most complete set of occurrence data to support EPA's decision making.
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
Many commenters expressed support for the increase in small system Assessment Monitoring, with no opposition to the inclusion of all PWSs serving 3,300 to 10,000 people in UCMR 5. The U.S. Small Business Administration asked that EPA clarify small-system responsibilities in the event of inadequate EPA funding to fully support the envisioned monitoring.
Recognizing the uncertainty in funding from year-to-year, the agency will implement a “monitor if notified” approach for PWSs serving 25 to 10,000 people. In 2022, EPA will notify the approximately 6,000 small PWSs tentatively selected for the expanded UCMR 5 (all PWSs serving 3,300 to 10,000 people and a statistically-based, nationally representative set of 800 PWSs serving 25 to 3,299 people) of their anticipated UCMR 5 monitoring requirements; that initial notification will specify that monitoring is conditioned on EPA having sufficient funds and will be confirmed in a second notification. Upon receiving appropriations for a particular year, EPA will determine the number of small PWSs whose monitoring is covered by the appropriations, and notify the included small PWSs of their upcoming requirements at least six months prior to their scheduled monitoring. EPA has made minor edits to 40 CFR 141.35 and 40 CFR 141.40 for consistency with this approach.
Additionally, to ensure that EPA has access to a nationally representative set of small-system data, even in the absence of sufficient appropriations to support the planned monitoring by small systems, a statistically-based nationally representative set of 800 PWSs will also be selected from among the PWSs serving 25 to 10,000 people. An updated description of the statistical approach for the nationally representative samples for UCMR 5 is available in the docket as “Selection of Nationally Representative Public Water Systems for the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule: 2021 Update” (USEPA 2021a).
To minimize the impact of the final rule on small systems (those serving 25 to 10,000 people), EPA pays for their sample kit preparation, sample shipping fees, and sample analysis. Large systems (those serving more than 10,000 people) pay for all costs associated with their monitoring. Exhibit 5 of this preamble shows a summary of the estimated number of PWSs subject to monitoring.
| List 1 chemicals | ||
|---|---|---|
| 1 EPA pays for all analytical costs associated with monitoring at small systems. | ||
| 2 Counts for small PWSs serving 3,300-10,000 people are approximate. | ||
| 3 Large system counts are approximate. | ||
| 4 In the absence of appropriations to support monitoring at all PWSs serving 3,300 to 10,000 people, EPA could instead include as few as 400 PWSs serving 25 to 3,299 people and 400 PWSs serving 3,300 to 10,000 people (for a representative sample of 800 PWSs serving 25 to 10,000 people). | ||
| System size (number of people served) | National sample: Assessment monitoring design | Total number of systems per size category |
| List 1 chemicals | ||
| Small Systems 1 (25-3,299) | 800 randomly selected systems (CWSs and NTNCWSs) | 4 800 |
| Small Systems 1 2 (3,300-10,000) | All systems (CWSs and NTNCWSs) subject to the availability of appropriations | 4 5,147 |
| Large Systems 3 (10,001 and over) | All systems (CWSs and NTNCWSs) | 4,364 |
| Total | 10,311 | |
C. What is the sampling frequency and timing?
1. This Final Rule
This final rule maintains the proposed sampling frequency and timeframe for Assessment Monitoring. On a per-system basis, the anticipated number of samples collected by each system is consistent with sample collection during prior UCMR cycles (although, as described elsewhere in this document, the number of water systems expected to participate in UCMR 5 is significantly greater under this final rule per AWIA). Water systems will be required to collect samples based on the typical UCMR sampling frequency and timeframe as follows: For surface water, ground water under the direct influence of surface water, and mixed locations, sampling will take place for four consecutive quarters over the course of 12 months (total of 4 sampling events). Sampling events will occur three months apart. For example, if the first sample is taken in January, the second will then occur anytime in April, the third will occur anytime in July, and the fourth will occur anytime in October. For ground water locations, sampling will take place twice over the course of 12 months (total of 2 sampling events). Sampling events will occur five to seven months apart. For example, if the first sample is taken in April, the second sample will then occur anytime in September, October, or November.
EPA, in conjunction with the states, will initially determine schedules (year and months of monitoring) for large water systems. Thereafter, large PWSs will have an opportunity to modify this initial schedule for planning purposes or other reasons ( e.g., to spread costs over multiple years, if a sampling location will be closed during the scheduled month of monitoring, etc.). EPA will schedule and coordinate small system monitoring (for PWSs serving 3,300 to 10,000 people and for the nationally representative sample of smaller PWSs) by working closely with partnering states. State Monitoring Plans provide an opportunity for states to review and revise the initial sampling schedules developed by EPA (see discussion of State Monitoring Plans in Section III.D of this preamble).
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
EPA received two comments recommending that the agency reduce the sampling frequency for both ground water (GW) and surface water (SW) systems, including a suggestion that UCMR 5 require only one sample per system. EPA concluded that less frequent data collection would affect the integrity of the data and result in insufficient data to fulfill the needs envisioned by the 1996 SDWA Amendments, particularly with regard to supporting the Administrator's regulatory determinations and drinking water regulation development. Maintaining the proposed sampling frequency allows the resulting contaminant data to be analyzed for temporal variability, in addition to between-system variability. These analyses are not possible with a single-sample structure. When making regulatory determinations, EPA evaluates the number of systems (and populations) with means or single measured values above health levels of concern, as both values provide important information.
EPA acknowledges that based on UCMR 3 (77 FR 26072, May 2, 2012 (USEPA, 2012)) data, the correlation between results from multiple sample events can be high; however, the approach suggested by commenters would yield less accurate data for several reasons. EPA's assessment of sampling frequency using UCMR 3 and UCMR 4 data (see Appendix 2 in “Response to Comments on the Fifth Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) Proposal,” (USEPA, 2021i), which can be found in the electronic docket listed in the ADDRESSES section of this preamble) shows that for both SW and GW systems, there are numerous cases where occurrence is notably different between sample events. Focusing first on UCMR 3 results for PWS with SW sources, the number of sample points at which PFOS was measured at or above the MRL was 108 percent greater when considering multiple sample events, versus only considering the first sample event. There were multiple occasions where the results from the first sample event were below the health-based reference concentration while subsequent results were above it. Looking at UCMR 3 results for PWSs with GW sources, PFOS was measured at or above the MRL at 26 percent more sample points in the second sample event relative to the first. Similar to the UCMR 3 results for SW systems, there were multiple occasions where the second result from a GW system exceeded the reference concentration while the first result did not.
Some commenters suggested that between-system variability is much greater for PFAS than within-system variability. While it may be less than between-system variability, within-system variability can still be important. Shifting to a single sample prevents reasonable assessments of within-system variability and limits the ability to observe between-system variability estimates. This would then drastically reduce the ability to characterize uncertainty.
Additionally, although the provisions of AWIA could include the addition of approximately 5,200 more PWSs to UCMR 5 relative to earlier cycles and thus capture more spatial variation in the resulting dataset, it is important to note that spatial variation is different than temporal or seasonal variation. Capturing more of one does not diminish the influence of the others on national occurrence data and reducing the frequency of sampling eliminates the possibility of analyzing the resulting data for temporal variation. In addition, statistical means based on two measurements have considerably less error than a single measurement per system, and provide a more robust dataset for future regulatory decisions. Having more than one sample event also greatly reduces the chance of underestimating the true proportion of occurrence of the contaminant in drinking water ( i.e., exposure).
Regarding monitoring frequency and burden, EPA notes that the agency allows large GW systems the opportunity to reduce monitoring burden by using approved representative entry points (40 CFR 141.35(c)(3)) as described in Section IV.D of this preamble. Representative monitoring plans will result in fewer samples and thus time and cost savings to the PWS. Consecutive systems with multiple connections from a particular wholesaler are also permitted to choose one entry point as representative, thus reducing burden.
D. Where are the sampling locations and what is representative monitoring?
1. This Final Rule
Consistent with past UCMR cycles, sample collection for UCMR 5 contaminants will take place at the entry point to the distribution system (EPTDS). As during past UCMRs and as described in 40 CFR 141.35(c)(3) of this preamble, this final rule will allow large ground water systems (or large surface water systems with ground water sources) that have multiple ground water EPTDSs to request approval to sample at representative monitoring locations rather than at each ground water EPTDS. GWRMPs approved under prior UCMRs may be used for UCMR 5, presuming no significant changes in the configuration of the ground water EPTDSs since the prior approval. Water systems that intend to use a previously approved plan must send EPA a copy of the approval documents received under prior UCMRs from their state (if reviewed by the state) or EPA.
Relative to the rules for prior UCMR cycles, this final rule provides greater flexibility to PWSs in submitting GWRMPs to EPA. Plans must be submitted to EPA six months prior to the PWS's scheduled sample collection, instead of by a specified date; those PWSs scheduled to collect samples in 2024 or 2025 will have significant additional time to develop and propose representative plans. PWSs, particularly those scheduled for sample collection in 2023, are encouraged to submit proposals for a new GWRMP by December 31, 2022, to allow time for review by EPA and, as appropriate, the state. EPA will work closely with the states to coordinate the review of GWRMPs in those cases where such review is part of the state's Partnership Agreement. Changes to inventory data in SDWARS that impact a PWS's representative plan before or during the UCMR sampling period must be reported within 30 days of the change. EPA will collaborate with small systems (particularly those with many ground water locations) to develop a GWRMP when warranted, recognizing that EPA pays for the analysis of samples from small systems.
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
EPA received multiple comments regarding GWRMPs and representative sampling for wholesale systems and consecutive connections. Generally, commenters supported the continued use of GWRMPS and the use of previously approved monitoring plans. An additional supporting document, titled, “Instructions for Preparing a Ground Water Representative Monitoring Plan for the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule,” (USEPA, 2021j) has been placed in the electronic docket listed in the ADDRESSES section of this preamble.
Several commenters recommended that EPA not require monitoring by consecutive systems that purchase 100 percent of their water from wholesale systems that are already subject to UCMR 5 monitoring. They requested that EPA instead require wholesalers to identify the PWSIDs of consecutive systems receiving water from the wholesaler, and that EPA rely on wholesaler monitoring in lieu of monitoring by the consecutive systems. EPA has decided to require monitoring by consecutive systems to conduct monitoring in accordance with UCMR 5. Previous UCMR data demonstrate that wholesalers and purchasers can have different analytical results (see Appendix 3 in “Response to Comments on the Fifth Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) Proposal,” (USEPA, 2021i), which can be found in the electronic docket listed in the ADDRESSES section of this preamble). For example, pairing the results from wholesaler to consecutive connections for 190 manganese results from UCMR 4 (81 FR 92666, December 20, 2016 (USEPA, 2016)), one-third of the results are higher at the wholesaler and one-third of the results are higher at the consecutive connection, with one-third of all results being comparable [±0.4 μg/L]. The agency therefore elected to maintain the proposed approach in which all eligible consecutive systems must monitor, irrespective of monitoring being conducted by the wholesale system from which they purchase drinking water.
E. How long do laboratories and PWSs have to report data?
1. This Final Rule
EPA is maintaining the revised reporting timeframes for laboratories and PWSs as proposed. For UCMR 5, laboratories have 90 days (versus 120 days in prior UCMR cycles) from the sample collection date to post and approve analytical results in SDWARS for PWS review. Large PWSs have 30 days (versus 60 days in prior UCMR cycles) to review and approve the analytical results posted to SDWARS. As with the UCMR 4 requirements, data will be considered approved and available for state and EPA review if the PWS takes no action within their allotted review period.
In the proposed rule for UCMR 5, EPA noted that multiple states have expressed an interest in earlier access to UCMR data (see Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OW-2020-0530). EPA believes that the shorter timeframes for posting and approving data are feasible and reasonable based on our experience with UCMR reporting to date.
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
Commenters generally agreed with the revised timeframes for laboratories to post and approve analytical results in SDWARS. The 90-day laboratory timeframe makes UCMR results more readily available to interested stakeholders and states. Some commenters supported the timely reporting of data by laboratories to ensure that PWSs have adequate time to reconcile QC issues, especially those that may require a PWS to resample. Some expressed concerns that the revised timeframe could be challenging for laboratories. Some suggested that the shorter timeframe be conditioned on consistent functionality and availability of SDWARS.
Commenters generally agreed with the changes in the timeframes for large PWSs to review and approve analytical results posted to SDWARS, though several requested that EPA maintain the 60-day review period.
EPA has observed that many laboratories are routinely posting data to SDWARS within 90 days of sample collection and that many large PWSs are approving and submitting data within 30 days of their laboratory posting the data. Judging by reporting for 2020 monitoring under UCMR 4 (81 FR 92666, December 20, 2016 (USEPA, 2016)), more than 75 percent of laboratories posted and approved data within 90 days, and more than 85 percent of large PWSs who chose to act on their data, did so within 30 days of the laboratory posting it. During UCMR 3 and UCMR 4, less than half of large PWSs chose to actively review and approve their data, as opposed to letting the results default to “approved” status after the review period. The many large PWSs that have routinely chosen to not review and approve their data will not be impacted by the revised timeframe for PWS data review for UCMR 5. See also Appendix 5 in “Response to Comments on the Fifth Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) Proposal,” (USEPA, 2021i), which can be found in the electronic docket listed in the ADDRESSES section of this preamble.
EPA does not anticipate functionality or availability issues with SDWARS during UCMR 5 but is prepared to make case-by-case exceptions for reporting timeframes should significant issues occur with the reporting system.
F. What are the reporting requirements for UCMR 5?
1. This Final Rule
Today's final rule removes 1 of the proposed data elements (“Direct Potable Reuse Water Information”) and maintains the 27 others described in the proposed rule. EPA has updated some of the data-element definitions for clarity and consistency in the reporting requirements. Please see Table 1 of 40 CFR 141.35(e) of this preamble for the complete list of data elements, definitions and drop-down options that will be provided in the data reporting system.
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
a. Data Elements
EPA received multiple comments on the proposed contaminant-specific data elements, with some commenters questioning the quality, reliability, and utility of some of the data that would be provided to the agency per the proposed data element requirements. Several commenters requested that EPA include rationale explaining the intended use of such data. EPA has updated the data elements for clarity ( e.g., clarifying treatment types, and abbreviations for them; adding the treatment option “NMT = not modified after testing”) and has provided additional rationale (including describing how the information could impact regulatory decision making and risk-management strategies) in the “Response to Comments on the Fifth Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) Proposal,” (USEPA, 2021i), available in the UCMR 5 public docket (see the ADDRESSES section of this preamble). EPA acknowledges the data collected will have some limitations but believes that the collection of the information is still valuable. In addition, EPA notes the modest burden associated with the collection.
b. Reporting State Data
EPA received several comments suggesting that PWSs be permitted to submit occurrence data collected under state-based monitoring, in lieu of conducting UCMR 5 monitoring, to reduce the monitoring burden. In those cases where the monitoring required by a state is aligned with the requirements of UCMR 5, PWSs may be able to conduct PFAS monitoring that meets the needs of their state and UCMR 5, with the understanding that UCMR 5 requirements must be met. This includes the requirement that PFAS samples be analyzed by a UCMR 5-approved laboratory using EPA Method 533 and Method 537.1. EPA offers flexibility for PWSs to reschedule their UCMR 5 monitoring, and PWSs may do so to coordinate it with their state-required monitoring. PWSs wishing to conduct “dual purpose” monitoring ( i.e., concurrently meeting the state and UCMR 5 needs) may contact their state or EPA, as appropriate, if there are questions about whether the state and UCMR 5 requirements are being met.
G. What are the UCMR 5 Minimum Reporting Levels (MRLs) and how were they determined?
1. This Final Rule
EPA is maintaining the proposed minimum reporting levels for the UCMR 5 contaminants. EPA establishes MRLs to ensure consistency in the quality of the information reported to the agency. As defined in 40 CFR 141.40(a)(5)(iii) of this preamble, the MRL is the minimum quantitation level that, with 95 percent confidence, can be achieved by capable analysts at 75 percent or more of the laboratories using a specified analytical method. More detailed explanation of the MRL calculation is in the “Technical Basis for the Lowest Concentration Minimum Reporting Level (LCMRL) Calculator” (USEPA, 2010), available at ( https://www.epa.gov/dwanalyticalmethods/lowest-concentration-minimum-reporting-level-lcmrl-calculator ).
EPA requires each laboratory interested in supporting UCMR analyses to demonstrate that they can reliably make quality measurements at or below the established MRL to ensure that high quality results are being reported by participating laboratories. EPA established the proposed MRLs in 40 CFR 141.40(a)(3), Table 1 of this preamble, for each analyte/method by obtaining data from at least three laboratories that performed “lowest concentration minimum reporting level” (LCMRL) studies. The results from these laboratory LCMRL studies can be found in the “UCMR 5 Laboratory Approval Manual” (USEPA, 2021f), available in the electronic docket (see the ADDRESSES section of this preamble).
The multiple laboratory LCMRLs were then processed through a statistical routine to derive an MRL that, with 95 percent confidence, is predicted to be attainable by 75 percent of laboratories using the prescribed method. EPA considers these to be the lowest reporting levels that can practically and consistently be achieved on a national basis (recognizing that individual laboratories may be able to measure at lower levels).
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
Some commenters recommended that EPA establish lower MRLs for the 29 PFAS in UCMR 5. MRLs used for the UCMR program are based on calculations that account for the ability of laboratories to report accurate and precise measurements with a specific statistical confidence. Based on the results from multiple laboratories that participated in MRL-setting studies, EPA concluded that the proposed MRLs represent the lowest feasible levels for a national MRL measure. Sensitivity ( i.e., quantitation limit) may improve with time, experience, and instrumentation advances.
H. What are the requirements for laboratory analysis of field reagent blank samples?
1. This Final Rule
EPA initially proposed that laboratories analyze all field reagent blank (FRB) samples, along with the corresponding field samples, to reduce the possibility of invalidating a positive field sample result ( i.e., a field sample result at or above the MRL) because of FRB hold times being exceeded.
2. Summary of Major Comments and EPA Responses
EPA did not receive any comments expressing concerns with the laboratory approval process; however, the agency did receive a comment on the FRB sample analysis criteria, suggesting that the agency not require analysis of every FRB sample. EPA Method 537.1 and Method 533, used for PFAS analysis, require collection of a corresponding FRB sample from each unique sampling location for each sampling event. The methods require that the FRB be analyzed if there is a positive result for a PFAS analyte in a corresponding field sample. Based on further consideration, EPA is now providing laboratories with discretion as to whether they analyze every FRB sample proactively or only those associated with positive field sample results. This is with the understanding that laboratories must analyze field samples promptly enough such that the corresponding FRB analyses, if needed, may be completed within the prescribed hold time. Compliance with the method hold-time requirements, and other provisions of the methods, is a condition of maintaining laboratory approval. EPA is studying the possibility of extending the FRB hold times for EPA Method 537.1 and Method 533, and will communicate the results of the studies with the approved laboratories.
I. How will EPA support risk communication for UCMR 5 results?
EPA received comments requesting that the agency develop and provide risk communication materials to support interpretation and characterization of UCMR 5 results. EPA intends to publish a “reference concentration” summary document with available EPA health values; provide a template for PWSs to consider using in communicating with their customers about the detection of PFAS in drinking water; and provide other supporting material as risk-related information becomes available.
V. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews
Additional information about these statutes and Executive Orders can be found at http://www2.epa.gov/laws-regulations/laws-and-executive-orders.
A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review and Executive Order 13563: Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review
This action is a significant regulatory action that was submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review. Any changes made in response to OMB recommendations have been documented in the docket. A full analysis of potential costs associated with this action, the “Information Collection Request for the Final Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5),” (USEPA, 2021b) ICR Number 2040-0304, is also available in the docket (Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OW-2020-0530). A summary of the ICR can be found in Section I.C of this preamble.
B. Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA)
The information collection activities in this final rule have been submitted for approval to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the PRA. The Information Collection Request (ICR) document (USEPA, 2021b) that EPA prepared has been assigned EPA ICR number ICR 2683.02. You can find a copy of the ICR in the docket for this final rule, and it is briefly summarized here. The information collection requirements are not enforceable until OMB approves them.
The information that EPA will collect under this final rule fulfills the statutory requirements of Section1445(a)(2) of SDWA, as amended in 1996, 2018, and 2019. The data will describe the source of the water, location, and test results for samples taken from public water systems (PWSs) as described in 40 CFR 141.35(e). The information collected will support EPA's decisions as to whether or not to regulate particular contaminants under SDWA. Reporting is mandatory. The data are not subject to confidentiality protection.
The 5-year UCMR 5 period spans 2022-2026. UCMR 5 sample collection begins in 2023 and continues through 2025. Since ICRs cannot be approved by OMB for a period longer than three years pursuant to 5 CFR 1320.10, the primary analysis in the ICR only covers the first three years of the UCMR 5 period ( i.e., 2022-2024). Prior to expiration of the initial UCMR 5 ICR, EPA will seek to extend the ICR and thus receive approval to collect information under the PRA in the remaining two years of the UCMR 5 period (2025-2026).
EPA received several comments regarding cost and burden of the proposed rule. Those comments recommended that EPA provide more accurate cost estimates. EPA's response is detailed more fully in the “Response to Comments on the Fifth Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) Proposal,” (USEPA, 2021i), which can be found in the electronic docket listed in the ADDRESSES section of this preamble.
EPA has reviewed and, as appropriate, revised the cost and burden figures for UCMR 5; this includes using updated unit cost estimates for sample analysis. The annual burden and cost estimates described in this section are based on the implementation assumptions described in Section III of this preamble, among them the inclusion of all systems serving 3,300 to 10,000 people and a representative sample of smaller systems. As such, those estimates represent an upper bound. If EPA does not receive the necessary appropriations in one or more of the collections years—and thus collects data from fewer small systems—the actual costs would be lower than those estimated here. In general, burden hours were calculated by:
1. Determining the activities that PWSs and states would complete to comply with UCMR activity;
2. Estimating the number of hours per activity;
3. Estimating the number of respondents per activity; and
4. Multiplying the hours per activity by the number of respondents for that activity.
Respondents/affected entities: The respondents/affected entities are small PWSs (those serving 25 to 10,000 people); large PWSs (those serving 10,001 to 100,000 people); very large PWSs (those serving more than 100,000 people); and states.
Respondent's obligation to respond: Mandatory (40 CFR 141.35).
Estimated number of respondents: Respondents to UCMR 5 include 5,947 small PWSs, 4,364 large PWSs, and the 56 primacy agencies (50 States, one Tribal nation, and five Territories) for a total of 10,367 respondents.
Frequency of response: The frequency of response varies across respondents and years. Across the initial 3-year ICR period for UCMR 5, small PWSs will sample an average of 2.8 times per PWS ( i.e., number of responses per PWS); large PWSs will sample and report an average of 3.2 times per PWS; and very large PWSs will sample and report an average of 3.7 times per PWS.
Total estimated burden: 48,469 hours (per year). Burden is defined at 5 CFR 1320.3(b).
Total estimated cost: $9,404,007 annualized capital or operation & maintenance costs.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. The OMB control numbers for the EPA's regulations in 40 CFR are listed in 40 CFR part 9. When OMB approves this ICR, the agency will announce that approval in the Federal Register and publish a technical amendment to 40 CFR part 9 to display the OMB control number for the approved information collection activities contained in this final rule.
C. Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA)
For purposes of assessing the impacts of this final rule on small entities, EPA considered small entities to be PWSs serving 25 to 10,000 people. As required by the RFA, EPA proposed using this alternative definition in the Federal Register (63 FR 7606, February 13, 1998 (USEPA, 1998a)), sought public comment, consulted with the Small Business Administration (SBA) Office of Advocacy, and finalized the alternative definition in the Consumer Confidence Reports rulemaking (63 FR 44512, August 19, 1998 (USEPA, 1998b)). As stated in that document, the alternative definition applies to this regulation.
| 1 In the absence of appropriations to support monitoring at all PWSs serving 3,300 to 10,000 people, EPA could instead include as few as 400 PWSs serving 25 to 3,299 people and 400 PWSs serving 3,300 to 10,000 people (for a representative sample of 800 PWSs serving 25 to 10,000 people). | |||
| 2 PWS counts were adjusted to display as whole numbers in each size category. | |||
| System size (number of people served) | Publicly-owned | Privately-owned | Total 2 |
| Ground Water | |||
| 500 and under | 42 | 126 | 168 |
| 501 to 3,300 | 320 | 121 | 441 |
| 3,301 to 10,000 | 2,334 | 541 | 2,875 |
| Subtotal Ground Water | 2,696 | 788 | 3,484 |
| Surface Water (and Ground Water Under the Direct Influence of Surface Water) | |||
| 500 and under | 9 | 11 | 20 |
| 501 to 3,300 | 126 | 45 | 171 |
| 3,301 to 10,000 | 1,762 | 510 | 2,272 |
| Subtotal Surface Water | 1,897 | 566 | 2,463 |
| Total of Small Water Systems | 4,593 | 1,354 | 5,947 |
The basis for the UCMR 5 RFA certification is as follows: For the 5,947 small water systems that EPA anticipates will be affected, per the planned monitoring, the average annual cost for complying with this final rule represents an average of 0.02 percent of system revenues. The average yearly cost to small systems to comply with UCMR 5 over the 5-year period of 2022-2026, is approximately $0.3 million. EPA anticipates that approximately one third of the 5,947 small PWSs will collect samples in each of three years (2023, 2024, and 2025).
PWS costs are attributed to the labor required for reading about UCMR 5 requirements, monitoring, reporting, and record keeping. The estimated average annual burden across the 5-year UCMR 5 implementation period of 2022-2026 is 1.3 hours at $52 per small system. By assuming all costs for laboratory analyses, shipping and quality control for small entities, EPA incurs the entirety of the non-labor costs associated with UCMR 5 small system monitoring, or 96 percent of total small system testing costs. Exhibit 7 and Exhibit 8 of this preamble present the estimated economic impacts in the form of a revenue test for publicly- and privately-owned systems.
| System size (number of people served) | Annual number of systems impacted 2 | Average annual hours per system | Average annual cost per system | SBREFA criteria- revenue test 3 (%) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 In the absence of appropriations to support monitoring at all PWSs serving 3,300 to 10,000 people, EPA could instead include as few as 400 PWSs serving 25 to 3,299 people and 400 PWSs serving 3,300 to 10,000 people (for a representative sample of 800 PWSs serving 25 to 10,000 people). | ||||
| 2 PWS counts were adjusted to display as whole numbers in each size category. Includes the publicly-owned portion of small systems subject to UCMR 5. | ||||
| 3 Costs are presented as a percentage of median annual revenue for each size category. | ||||
| Ground Water Systems | ||||
| 500 and under | 8 | 1.0 | $40.65 | 0.09 |
| 501 to 3,300 | 64 | 1.1 | 43.37 | 0.02 |
| 3,301 to 10,000 | 467 | 1.3 | 49.92 | 0.01 |
| Surface Water (and Ground Water Under the Direct Influence of Surface Water) Systems | ||||
| 500 and under | 2 | 1.4 | 54.39 | 0.07 |
| 501 to 3,300 | 25 | 1.4 | 56.19 | 0.02 |
| 3,301 to 10,000 | 353 | 1.5 | 57.39 | 0.004 |
| System size (number of people served) | Annual number of systems impacted 2 | Average annual hours per system | Average annual cost per system | SBREFA criteria- revenue test 3 (%) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 In the absence of appropriations to support monitoring at all PWSs serving 3,300 to 10,000 people, EPA could instead include as few as 400 PWSs serving 25 to 3,299 people and 400 PWSs serving 3,300 to 10,000 people (for a representative sample of 800 PWSs serving 25 to 10,000 people). | ||||
| 2 PWS counts were adjusted to display as whole numbers in each size category. Includes the privately-owned portion of small systems subject to UCMR 5. | ||||
| 3 Costs are presented as a percentage of median annual revenue for each size category. | ||||
| Ground Water Systems | ||||
| 500 and under | 25 | 1.0 | $40.65 | 0.48 |
| 501 to 3,300 | 24 | 1.1 | $43.37 | 0.03 |
| 3,301 to 10,000 | 108 | 1.3 | $49.92 | 0.004 |
| Surface Water (and Ground Water Under the Direct Influence of Surface Water) Systems | ||||
| 500 and under | 2 | 1.4 | $54.39 | 0.11 |
| 501 to 3,300 | 9 | 1.4 | $56.19 | 0.02 |
| 3,301 to 10,000 | 102 | 1.5 | $57.39 | 0.004 |
Up to 9.4 percent of all small systems ( i.e., up to 5,947 small PWSs serving 25 to 10,000 people) will participate in UCMR 5 if EPA receives the necessary appropriations to support its plan. EPA has determined that participating small systems will experience an average impact of 0.02 percent of revenues. This accounts for small PWSs familiarizing themselves with the regulatory requirements; reading sampling instructions; traveling to the sampling location; collecting and shipping the samples; and maintaining their records. The 5,947 small PWSs are comprised of all 5,147 systems serving between 3,300 and 10,000 people, and the representative group of 800 systems serving between 25 and 3,299 people; the remainder of small systems will not participate in UCMR 5 monitoring and will not be impacted.
I certify that this action will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the RFA. The small entities subject to the requirements of this action along with a description of the very minor impacts are previously addressed in this section. Although this final rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities, EPA has attempted to reduce impacts by assuming all costs for analyses of the samples, and for shipping the samples from small systems to laboratories contracted by EPA to analyze the UCMR 5 samples (the cost of shipping is included in the cost of each analytical method). EPA has historically set aside $2.0 million each year from the Drinking Water State Revolving Fund (DWSRF) with its authority to use DWSRF monies for the purposes of implementing this provision of SDWA. EPA anticipates drawing on these and additional funds, if available, to implement the plan and carry out the expanded UCMR monitoring approach outlined in AWIA. We have therefore concluded that this action will have no significant impact on any directly regulated small entities.
D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA)
This action does not contain an unfunded mandate of $100 million or more as described in UMRA, 2 U.S.C. 1531-1538, and does not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. The action implements mandate(s) specifically and explicitly set forth in SDWA Section 1445(a)(2), Monitoring Program for Unregulated Contaminants.
E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism
This action does not have federalism implications. It will not have substantial direct effects on the states, on the relationship between the national government and the states, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation and Coordination With Indian Tribal Governments
This action has Tribal implications. However, it will neither impose substantial direct compliance costs on federally recognized Tribal governments, nor preempt Tribal law. As described previously in this document, this final rule requires monitoring by all large PWSs. Information in the SDWIS/Fed water system inventory indicates there are approximately 27 large Tribal PWSs (serving 10,001 to 40,000 people). EPA estimates the average annual cost to each of these large PWSs, over the 5-year rule period, to be $1,783. This cost is based on a labor component (associated with the collection of samples), and a non-labor component (associated with shipping and laboratory fees). As planned, UCMR 5 is expected to also require monitoring by all small PWSs serving 3,300 to 10,000 people and a nationally representative sample of small PWSs serving 25 to 3,299 people. Information in the SDWIS/Fed water system inventory indicates there are approximately 75 small Tribal PWSs (serving 3,300 to 10,000 people). EPA estimates that less than 2 percent of small Tribal systems serving 25 to 3,299 people will be selected as part of the nationally representative sample. EPA estimates the average annual cost to small Tribal systems over the 5-year rule period to be $52. Such cost is based on the labor associated with collecting a sample and preparing it for shipping. All other small-PWS expenses (associated with shipping and laboratory fees) are paid by EPA.
EPA consulted with Tribal officials under the EPA Policy on Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribes early in the process of developing this regulation to permit them to have meaningful and timely input into its development. A summary of that consultation, titled, “Summary of the Tribal Coordination and Consultation Process for the Fifth Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) Proposal,” is provided in the electronic docket listed in the ADDRESSES section of this preamble.
As required by section 7(a), the EPA's Tribal Consultation Official has certified that the requirements of the executive order have been met in a meaningful and timely manner. A copy of the certification is included in the docket for this action.
G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of Children From Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks
EPA interprets Executive Order 13045 as applying only to those regulatory actions that concern environmental health or safety risks that EPA has reason to believe may disproportionately affect children, per the definition of “covered regulatory action” in section 2-202 of the Executive Order. This action is not subject to Executive Order 13045 because it does not concern such an environmental health risk or safety risk.
H. Executive Order 13211: Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution or Use
This action is not a “significant energy action” because it is not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution or use of energy and has not otherwise been designated by the Administrator of the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs as a significant energy action. This is a national drinking water occurrence study that was submitted to OMB for review.
I. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA)
This action involves technical standards. EPA has identified options that involve using analytical methods developed by the agency and three major voluntary consensus method organizations to support UCMR 5 monitoring. The voluntary consensus method organizations are Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, and ASTM International. EPA identified acceptable consensus method organization standards for the analysis of lithium. A summary of each method along with how the method specifically applies to UCMR 5 can be found in Section III.I of this preamble.
All of these standards are reasonably available for public use. EPA methods are free for download on the agency's website. The methods in the Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater 23rd edition are consensus standards, available for purchase from the publisher, and are commonly used by the drinking water laboratory community. The methods in the Standard Methods Online are consensus standards, available for purchase from the publisher's website, and are commonly used by the drinking water laboratory community. The methods from ASTM International are consensus standards, are available for purchase from the publisher's website, and are commonly used by the drinking water laboratory community.
J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions To Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations
EPA believes that this action is not subject to Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994) because it does not establish an environmental health or safety standard. Background information regarding EPA's consideration of Executive Order 12898 in the development of this final rule is provided in Section III.F of this preamble, and an additional supporting document, titled, “Summary of Environmental Justice Considerations for the Fifth Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) Proposal,” has been placed in the electronic docket listed in the ADDRESSES section of this preamble.
K. Congressional Review Act (CRA)
This action is subject to the CRA, and EPA will submit a rule report to each House of the Congress and to the Comptroller General of the United States. This action is not a “major rule” as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2).
VI. References
(i) ASDWA. 2013. Insufficient Resources for State Drinking Water Programs Threaten Public Health: An Analysis of State Drinking Water Programs' Resources and Needs. December 2013. Available at https://www.asdwa.org/asdwa-reports/.
(ii) ASTM. 2020. ASTM D1976-20— Standard Test Method for Elements in Water by Inductively-Coupled Plasma Atomic Emission Spectroscopy. ASTM, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA, 19428. Approved May 1, 2020. Available for purchase at https://www.astm.org/Standards/D1976.htm.
(iii) California DHS. 2002. California Department of Health Services. Determination of 1,2,3-Trichloropropane in Drinking Water by Purge and Trap Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry. Division of Drinking Water and Environmental Management, Sanitation and Radiation Laboratories Branch, Berkeley, CA. Available at https://www.waterboards.ca.gov/drinking_water/certlic/drinkingwater/documents/123-tcp/tcp_by_pt_gcms.pdf.
(iv) Settlement Agreement, Waterkeeper Alliance, Inc. v. U.S. EPA, No. 1:19-cv-00899-LJL (S.D.N.Y. Jun. 1, 2020).
(v) SM. 2017. 3120B—Metals by Plasma Emission Spectroscopy (2017): Inductively Coupled Plasma (ICP) Method. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 23rd edition. American Public Health Association, 800 I Street NW, Washington, DC 20001-3710.
(vi) SM Online. 1999. 3120B-99—Metals by Plasma Emission Spectroscopy: Inductively Coupled Plasma (ICP) Method (Editorial Revisions, 2020). Standard Methods Online. Available for purchase at http://www.standardmethods.org.
(vii) USEPA. 1989. National Primary Drinking Water Regulations; Filtration, Disinfection; Turbidity, Giardia lamblia, Viruses, Legionella, and Heterotrophic Bacteria; Final Rule. Federal Register . Vol. 54, No. 124, p. 27486, June 29, 1989.
(viii) USEPA. 1994. EPA Method 200.7—Determination of Metals and Trace Elements in Water and Wastes by Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry, Revision 4.4. Office of Research and Development, Cincinnati, OH. Available at https://www.epa.gov/esam/method-2007-determination-metals-and-trace-elements-water-and-wastes-inductively-coupled-plasma.
(ix) USEPA. 1998a. National Primary Drinking Water Regulations: Consumer Confidence Reports; Proposed Rule. Federal Register . Vol. 63, No. 30, p. 7606, February 13, 1998.
(x) USEPA. 1998b. National Primary Drinking Water Regulation: Consumer Confidence Reports; Final Rule. Federal Register . Vol. 63, No. 160, p. 44512, August 19, 1998.
(xi) USEPA. 2010. Technical Basis for the Lowest Concentration Minimum Reporting Level (LCMRL) Calculator. EPA 815-R-11-001. Office of Water. December 2010. Available at https://www.epa.gov/dwanalyticalmethods.
(xii) USEPA. 2011. Exposure Factors Handbook 2011 Edition (Final Report). U.S. EPA, Washington, DC, EPA/600/R-09/052F. Office of Research and Development, Washington, DC. September 2011. Available at https://www.epa.gov/expobox/about-exposure-factors-handbook.
(xiii) USEPA. 2012. Revisions to the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation (UCMR 3) for Public Water Systems; Final Rule. Federal Register . Vol. 77, No. 85, p. 26072, May 2, 2012.
(xiv) USEPA. 2016. Revisions to the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 4) for Public Water Systems and Announcement of Public Meeting. Federal Register . Vol. 81, No. 244, p. 92666, December 20, 2016.
(xv) USEPA. 2017. National Primary Drinking Water Regulations; Announcement of the Results of EPA's Review of Existing Drinking Water Standards and Request for Public Comment and/or Information on Related Issues. Federal Register . Vol. 82, No. 7, p. 3518, January 11, 2017.
(xvi) USEPA. 2018. Method Development for Unregulated Contaminants in Drinking Water: Public Meeting and Webinar. EPA 815-A-18-001. Office of Water. June 2018. Available at https://www.epa.gov/dwanalyticalmethods.
(xvii) USEPA. 2019a. Development of the Proposed Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule for the Fifth Monitoring Cycle (UCMR 5). Presentation Slides. EPA 815-A-19-001. Office of Water. Available at https://www.epa.gov/dwucmr/unregulated-contaminant-monitoring-rule-ucmr-meetings-and-materials.
(xviii) USEPA. 2019b. EPA Method 533—Determination of Per- and Polyfluoroalkyl Substances in Drinking Water by Isotope Dilution Anion Exchange Solid Phase Extraction and Liquid Chromatography/Tandem Mass Spectrometry. EPA 815-B-19-020. Office of Water, Cincinnati, OH. November 2019. Available at https://www.epa.gov/dwanalyticalmethods.
(xix) USEPA. 2019c. Appendix C: 1,2,3-Trichloropropane in Regulatory Determination 4 Support Document for Selected Contaminants from the Fourth Drinking Water Contaminant Candidate List (CCL 4). EPA 815-R-19-006. Docket ID EPA-HQ-OW-2019-0583. Available at https://www.regulations.gov.
(xx) USEPA. 2020. EPA Method 537.1—Determination of Selected Per- and Polyfluorinated Alkyl Substances in Drinking Water by Solid Phase Extraction and Liquid Chromatography/Tandem Mass Spectrometry (LC/MS/MS). Version 2.0. EPA/600/R-20/006. Office of Research and Development, Cincinnati, OH. March 2020. Available at https://www.epa.gov/dwanalyticalmethods.
(xxii) USEPA. 2021a. Selection of Nationally Representative Public Water Systems for the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule: 2021 Update. EPA 815-B-21-012. Office of Water. December 2021.
(xxiii) USEPA. 2021b. Information Collection Request for the Final Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5). EPA 815-B-21-008. Office of Water. December 2021.
(xxiv) USEPA. 2021c. Revisions to the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule for the Fifth Monitoring Cycle (UCMR 5): Public Meeting and Webinar. Presentation Slides. EPA 815-A-21-001. Office of Water. April 2021. Available at https://www.epa.gov/dwucmr/unregulated-contaminant-monitoring-rule-ucmr-meetings-and-materials.
(xxv) USEPA. 2021d. Drinking Water Contaminant Candidate List 5—Draft. Federal Register . Vol. 86, No. 135 p. 37948, July 19, 2021.
(xxvi) USEPA. 2021e. Information Compendium for Contaminants for the Final Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5). EPA 815-B-21-009. Office of Water. December 2021.
(xxvii) USEPA. 2021f. UCMR 5 Laboratory Approval Manual. EPA 815-B-21-010. Office of Water. December 2021.
(xxviii) USEPA. 2021g. Revisions to the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule for Public Water Systems and Announcement of Public Meeting; Proposed Rule and Notice of Public Meeting. Federal Register . Vol. 86, No. 46, p. 13846, March 11, 2021.
(xxix) USEPA. 2021h. Revisions to 40 CFR 141.35 and 141.40. EPA 815-B-21-011. Office of Water. December 2021. Available in EPA's public docket (under Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OW-2020-0530) at https://www.regulations.gov.
(xxx) USEPA. 2021i. Response to Comments on the Fifth Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule (UCMR 5) Proposal. EPA 815-R-21-008. Office of Water. December 2021.
(xxi) USEPA. 2021j. Instructions for Preparing a Ground Water Representative Monitoring Plan for the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule. EPA 815-B-21-013. Office of Water. December 2021.
List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 141
Environmental protection, Chemicals, Incorporation by reference, Indian—lands, Intergovernmental relations, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Water supply.
Michael S. Regan,
Administrator.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, EPA amends 40 CFR part 141 as follows:
PART 141—NATIONAL PRIMARY DRINKING WATER REGULATIONS
1. The authority citation for part 141 continues to read as follows:
Authority:
42 U.S.C. 300f, 300g-1, 300g-2, 300g-3, 300g-4, 300g-5, 300g-6, 300j-4, 300j-9, and 300j-11.
Subpart D—Reporting and Recordkeeping
2. Amend §141.35 as follows:
a. In paragraph (a), revise the fourth sentence;
b. In paragraph (c)(1), remove the text “December 31, 2017” and add, in its place the text “December 31, 2022”;
c. Revise paragraphs (c)(2), (c)(3)(i) through (iii), (c)(4), (c)(5)(i), and (c)(6)(ii);
d. In paragraph (d)(2), revise the first, second, and third sentences; and
f. Revise paragraph (e).
The revisions read as follows:
§141.35 Reporting for unregulated contaminant monitoring results.
(a) * * * For the purposes of this section, PWS “population served” is the retail population served directly by the PWS as reported to the Federal Safe Drinking Water Information System (SDWIS/Fed). * * *
* * * * *
(c) * * *
(2) Sampling location inventory information. You must provide your inventory information by December 31, 2022, using EPA's electronic data reporting system, as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. You must submit, verify, or update data elements 1-9 (as defined in Table 1 of paragraph (e) of this section) for each sampling location, or for each approved representative sampling location (as specified in paragraph (c)(3) of this section) regarding representative sampling locations. If this information changes, you must report updates, including new sources, and sampling locations that are put in use before or during the UCMR sampling period, to EPA's electronic data reporting system within 30 days of the change.
(3) * * *
(i) Qualifications. Large PWSs that have EPA- or State-approved representative EPTDS sampling locations from a previous UCMR cycle, or as provided for under 40 CFR 141.23(a)(1), 40 CFR 141.24(f)(1), or 40 CFR 141.24(h)(1), may submit a copy of documentation from your State or EPA that approves your representative sampling plan. PWSs that do not have an approved representative EPTDS sampling plan may submit a proposal to sample at representative EPTDS(s) rather than at each individual EPTDS if: You use ground water as a source; all of your well sources have either the same treatment or no treatment; and you have multiple EPTDSs from the same source ( i.e., same aquifer). You must submit a copy of the existing or proposed representative EPTDS sampling plan, as appropriate, at least six months prior to your scheduled sample collection, as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. If changes to your inventory that impact your representative plan occur before or during the UCMR sampling period, you must report updates within 30 days of the change.
(ii) Demonstration. If you are submitting a proposal to sample at representative EPTDS(s) rather than at each individual EPTDS, you must demonstrate that any EPTDS that you propose as representative of multiple wells is associated with a well that draws from the same aquifer as the wells it will represent. The proposed well must be representative of the highest annual volume and most consistently active wells in the representative array. If that representative well is not in use at the scheduled sampling time, you must select and sample an alternative representative well. You must submit the information defined in Table 1, paragraph (e) of this section for each proposed representative sampling location. You must also include documentation to support your proposal that the specified wells are representative of other wells. This documentation can include system-maintained well logs or construction drawings indicating that the representative well(s) is/are at a representative depth, and details of well casings and grouting; data demonstrating relative homogeneity of water quality constituents ( e.g., pH, dissolved oxygen, conductivity, iron, manganese) in samples drawn from each well; and data showing that your wells are located in a limited geographic area ( e.g., all wells within a 0.5 mile radius) and/or, if available, the hydrogeologic data indicating the ground water travel time between the representative well and each of the individual wells it represents ( e.g., all wells within a five-year time of travel delineation). Your proposal must be sent in writing to EPA, as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(iii) Approval. EPA or the State (as specified in the Partnership Agreement reached between the State and EPA) will review your proposal and coordinate any necessary changes with you. Your plan will not be final until you receive written approval from EPA, identifying the final list of EPTDSs where you will be required to monitor.
(4) Contacting EPA if your PWS has not been notified of requirements. If you believe you are subject to UCMR requirements, as defined in 40 CFR 141.40(a)(1) and (a)(2)(i), and you have not been contacted by either EPA or your State by April 26, 2022, you must send a letter to EPA, as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. The letter must be from your PWS Official and must include an explanation as to why the UCMR requirements are applicable to your system along with the appropriate contact information. A copy of the letter must also be submitted to the State as directed by the State. EPA will make an applicability determination based on your letter, and in consultation with the State when necessary and will notify you regarding your applicability status and required sampling schedule. However, if your PWS meets the applicability criteria specified in 40 CFR 141.40(a)(2)(i), you are subject to the UCMR monitoring and reporting requirements, regardless of whether you have been contacted by the State or EPA.
(5) * * *
(i) General rescheduling notification requirements. Large systems may independently change their monitoring schedules up to December 31, 2022, using EPA's electronic data reporting system, as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. After this date has passed, if your PWS cannot sample according to your assigned sampling schedule ( e.g., because of budget constraints, or if a sampling location will be closed during the scheduled month of monitoring), you must mail or email a letter to EPA, as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, prior to the scheduled sampling date. You must include an explanation of why the samples cannot be taken according to the assigned schedule, and you must provide the alternative schedule you are requesting. You must not reschedule monitoring specifically to avoid sample collection during a suspected vulnerable period. You are subject to your assigned UCMR sampling schedule or the schedule that you revised on or before December 31, 2022, unless and until you receive a letter from EPA specifying a new schedule.
* * * * *
(6) * * *
(ii) Reporting schedule. You must require your laboratory, on your behalf, to post and approve the data in EPA's electronic data reporting system, accessible at https://www.epa.gov/dwucmr, for your review within 90 days from the sample collection date (sample collection must occur as specified in 40 CFR 141.40(a)(4)). You then have 30 days from when the laboratory posts and approves your data to review, approve, and submit the data to the State and EPA via the agency's electronic data reporting system. If you do not electronically approve and submit the laboratory data to EPA within 30 days of the laboratory posting approved data, the data will be considered approved by you and available for State and EPA review.
* * * * *
(d) * * *
(2) Sampling location inventory information. You must provide your inventory information by December 31, 2022, using EPA's electronic data reporting system, as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. If this information changes, you must report updates, including new sources, and sampling locations that are put in use before or during the UCMR sampling period, to EPA's electronic data reporting system within 30 days of the change, as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. * * *
(e) Data elements. Table 1 defines the data elements that must be provided for UCMR monitoring.
| Data element | Definition |
|---|---|
| 1. Public Water System Identification (PWSID) Code | The code used to identify each PWS. The code begins with the standard 2-character postal State abbreviation or Region code; the remaining 7 numbers are unique to each PWS in the State. The same identification code must be used to represent the PWS identification for all current and future UCMR monitoring. |
| 2. Public Water System Name | Unique name, assigned once by the PWS. |
| 3. Public Water System Facility Identification Code | An identification code established by the State or, at the State's discretion, by the PWS, following the format of a 5-digit number unique within each PWS for each applicable facility (i.e., for each source of water, treatment plant, distribution system, or any other facility associated with water treatment or delivery). The same identification code must be used to represent the facility for all current and future UCMR monitoring. |
| 4. Public Water System Facility Name | Unique name, assigned once by the PWS, for every facility ID ( e.g., Treatment Plant). |
| 5. Public Water System Facility Type | That code that identifies that type of facility as either: CC = Consecutive connection. SS = Sampling station. TP = Treatment plant. OT = Other. |
| 6. Water Source Type | The type of source water that supplies a water system facility. Systems must report one of the following codes for each sampling location: |
| SW = Surface water (to be reported for water facilities that are served entirely by a surface water source during the 12-month period). | |
| GU = Ground water under the direct influence of surface water (to be reported for water facilities that are served all or in part by ground water under the direct influence of surface water at any time during the 12-month sampling period), and are not served at all by surface water during this period. | |
| MX = Mixed water (to be reported for water facilities that are served by a mix of surface water, ground water, and/or ground water under the direct influence of surface water during the 12-month period). | |
| GW = Ground water (to be reported for water facilities that are served entirely by a ground water source during the 12-month period). | |
| 7. Sampling Point Identification Code | An identification code established by the State, or at the State's discretion, by the PWS, that uniquely identifies each sampling point. Each sampling code must be unique within each applicable facility, for each applicable sampling location (i.e ., entry point to the distribution system). The same identification code must be used to represent the sampling location for all current and future UCMR monitoring. |
| 8. Sampling Point Name | Unique sample point name, assigned once by the PWS, for every sample point ID ( e.g., Entry Point). |
| 9. Sampling Point Type Code | A code that identifies the location of the sampling point as: EP = Entry point to the distribution system. |
| 10. Disinfectant Type | All of the disinfectants/oxidants that have been added prior to and at the entry point to the distribution system. Please select all that apply: |
| PEMB = Permanganate. | |
| HPXB = Hydrogen peroxide. | |
| CLGA = Gaseous chlorine. | |
| CLOF = Offsite generated hypochlorite (stored as a liquid form). | |
| CLON = Onsite generated hypochlorite. | |
| CAGC = Chloramine (formed with gaseous chlorine). | |
| CAOF = Chloramine (formed with offsite hypochlorite). | |
| CAON = Chloramine (formed with onsite hypochlorite). | |
| CLDB = Chlorine dioxide. | |
| OZON = Ozone. | |
| ULVL = Ultraviolet light. | |
| OTHD = All other types of disinfectant/oxidant. | |
| NODU = No disinfectant/oxidant used. | |
| 11. Treatment Information | Treatment information associated with the sample point. Please select all that apply. |
| CON = Conventional (non-softening, consisting of at least coagulation/sedimentation basins and filtration). | |
| SFN = Softening. | |
| RBF = River bank filtration. | |
| PSD = Pre-sedimentation. | |
| INF = In-line filtration. | |
| DFL = Direct filtration. | |
| SSF = Slow sand filtration. | |
| BIO = Biological filtration (operated with an intention of maintaining biological activity within filter). | |
| UTR = Unfiltered treatment for surface water source. | |
| GWD = Groundwater system with disinfection only. | |
| PAC = Application of powder activated carbon. | |
| GAC = Granular activated carbon adsorption (not part of filters in CON, SFN, INF, DFL, or SSF). | |
| AIR = Air stripping (packed towers, diffused gas contactors). | |
| POB = Pre-oxidation with chlorine (applied before coagulation for CON or SFN plants or before filtration for other filtration plants). | |
| MFL = Membrane filtration. | |
| IEX = Ionic exchange. | |
| DAF = Dissolved air floatation. | |
| CWL = Clear well/finished water storage without aeration. | |
| CWA = Clear well/finished water storage with aeration. | |
| ADS = Aeration in distribution system (localized treatment). | |
| OTH = All other types of treatment. | |
| NTU = No treatment used. | |
| DKN = Do not know. | |
| 12. Sample Collection Date | The date the sample is collected, reported as 4-digit year, 2-digit month, and 2-digit day (YYYYMMDD). |
| 13. Sample Identification Code | An alphanumeric value up to 30 characters assigned by the laboratory to uniquely identify containers, or groups of containers, containing water samples collected at the same sampling location for the same sampling date. |
| 14. Contaminant | The unregulated contaminant for which the sample is being analyzed. |
| 15. Analytical Method Code | The identification code of the analytical method used. |
| 16. Extraction Batch Identification Code | Laboratory assigned extraction batch ID. Must be unique for each extraction batch within the laboratory for each method. For CCC samples report the Analysis Batch Identification Code as the value for this field. For methods without an extraction batch, leave this field null. |
| 17. Extraction Date | Date for the start of the extraction batch (YYYYMMDD). For methods without an extraction batch, leave this field null. |
| 18. Analysis Batch Identification Code | Laboratory assigned analysis batch ID. Must be unique for each analysis batch within the laboratory for each method. |
| 19. Analysis Date | Date for the start of the analysis batch (YYYYMMDD). |
| 20. Sample Analysis Type | The type of sample collected and/or prepared, as well as the fortification level. Permitted values include: CCCL = MRL level continuing calibration check; a calibration standard containing the contaminant, the internal standard, and surrogate analyzed to verify the existing calibration for those contaminants. |
| CCCM = Medium level continuing calibration check; a calibration standard containing the contaminant, the internal standard, and surrogate analyzed to verify the existing calibration for those contaminants. | |
| CCCH = High level continuing calibration check; a calibration standard containing the contaminant, the internal standard, and surrogate analyzed to verify the existing calibration for those contaminants. | |
| FS = Field sample; sample collected and submitted for analysis under this final rule. | |
| LFB = Laboratory fortified blank; an aliquot of reagent water fortified with known quantities of the contaminants and all preservation compounds. | |
| LRB = Laboratory reagent blank; an aliquot of reagent water treated exactly as a field sample, including the addition of preservatives, internal standards, and surrogates to determine if interferences are present in the laboratory, reagents, or other equipment. | |
| LFSM = Laboratory fortified sample matrix; a UCMR field sample with a known amount of the contaminant of interest and all preservation compounds added. | |
| LFSMD = Laboratory fortified sample matrix duplicate; duplicate of the laboratory fortified sample matrix. | |
| QCS = Quality control sample; a sample prepared with a source external to the one used for initial calibration and CCC. The QCS is used to check calibration standard integrity. | |
| FRB = Field reagent blank; an aliquot of reagent water treated as a sample including exposure to sampling conditions to determine if interferences or contamination are present from sample collection through analysis. | |
| 21. Analytical Result—Sign | A value indicating whether the sample analysis result was: (<) “less than” means the contaminant was not detected, or was detected at a level below the Minimum Reporting Level. (=) “equal to” means the contaminant was detected at the level reported in “Analytical Result— Measured Value.” |
| 22. Analytical Result—Measured Value | The actual numeric value of the analytical results for: Field samples; laboratory fortified matrix samples; laboratory fortified sample matrix duplicates; and concentration fortified. |
| 23. Additional Value | Represents the true value or the fortified concentration for spiked samples for QC Sample Analysis Types (CCCL, CCCM, CCCH, QCS, LFB, LFSM, and LFSMD). |
| 24. Laboratory Identification Code | The code, assigned by EPA, used to identify each laboratory. The code begins with the standard two-character State postal abbreviation; the remaining five numbers are unique to each laboratory in the State. |
| 25. Sample Event Code | A code assigned by the PWS for each sample event. This will associate samples with the PWS monitoring plan to allow EPA to track compliance and completeness. Systems must assign the following codes: |
| SE1, SE2, SE3, and SE4—Represent samples collected to meet UCMR Assessment Monitoring requirements; where “SE1” and “SE2” represent the first and second sampling period for all water types; and “SE3” and “SE4” represent the third and fourth sampling period for SW, GU, and MX sources only. | |
| 26. Historical Information for Contaminant Detections and Treatment | A yes or no answer provided by the PWS for each entry point to the distribution system. Question: Have you tested for the contaminant in your drinking water in the past? YES = If yes, did you modify your treatment and if so, what types of treatment did you implement? Select all that apply. |
| PAC = Application of powder activated carbon. | |
| GAC = Granular activated carbon adsorption (not part of filters in CON, SFN, INF, DFL, or SSF). | |
| IEX = Ionic exchange. | |
| NRO = Nanofiltration and reverse osmosis. | |
| OZN = Ozone. | |
| BAC = Biologically active carbon. | |
| MFL = Membrane filtration. | |
| UVL = Ultraviolet light. | |
| OTH = Other. | |
| NMT = Not modified after testing. | |
| NO = Have never tested for the contaminant. | |
| DK = Do not know. | |
| 27. Potential PFAS Sources | A yes or no answer provided by the PWS for each entry point to the distribution system. Question: Are you aware of any potential current and/or historical sources of PFAS that may have impacted the drinking water sources at your water system? |
| YES = If yes, select all that apply: | |
| MB = Military base. | |
| FT = Firefighting training school. | |
| AO = Airport operations. | |
| CW = Car wash or industrial launderers. | |
| PS = Public safety activities ( e.g., fire and rescue services). | |
| WM = Waste management. | |
| HW = Hazardous waste collection, treatment, and disposal. | |
| UW = Underground injection well. | |
| SC = Solid waste collection, combustors, incinerators. | |
| MF = Manufacturing. | |
| FP = Food packaging. | |
| TA = Textile and apparel ( e.g., stain- and water-resistant, fiber/thread, carpet, house furnishings, leather). | |
| PP = Paper. | |
| CC = Chemical. | |
| PR = Plastics and rubber products. | |
| MM = Machinery. | |
| CE = Computer and electronic products. | |
| FM = Fabricated metal products (e.g., nonstick cookware). | |
| PC = Petroleum and coal products. | |
| FF = Furniture. | |
| OG = Oil and gas production. | |
| UT = Utilities (e.g ., sewage treatment facilities). | |
| CT = Construction (e.g ., wood floor finishing, electrostatic painting). | |
| OT = Other. | |
| NO = Not aware of any potential current and/or historical sources. | |
| DK = Do not know. |
Subpart E—Special Regulations, Including Monitoring Regulations and Prohibition on Lead Use
3. Amend §141.40 as follows:
a. In paragraph (a) introductory text, remove the text “December 31, 2015” and add in its place the text “February 1, 2021 or subsequent corrections from the State”;
b. Revise paragraphs (a)(2)(ii) introductory text, (a)(2)(ii)(A), and (a)(3);
c. In paragraph (a)(4)(i) introductory text, remove the text “December 31, 2017” and add in its place the text “December 31, 2022”;
d. Revise paragraphs (a)(4)(i)(A) through (C), (a)(4)(ii) introductory text, and the first sentence in paragraph (a)(4)(ii)(A);
e. Remove paragraph (a)(4)(iii);
f. In paragraph (a)(5)(ii), revise the fifth and sixth sentences;
g. Revise paragraph (a)(5)(iii) introductory text;
h. Remove and reserve paragraph (a)(5)(iv); and
i. Revise paragraphs (a)(5)(v) and (vi) and paragraph (c).
The revisions read as follows:
§141.40 Monitoring requirements for unregulated contaminants.
(a) * * *
(2) * * *
(ii) Small systems. EPA will provide sample containers, provide pre-paid air bills for shipping the sampling materials, conduct the laboratory analysis, and report and review monitoring results for all small systems selected to conduct monitoring under paragraphs (a)(2)(ii)(A) through (C) of this section. If you own or operate a PWS (other than a transient non-community water system) that serves a retail population of 10,000 or fewer people and you are notified of monitoring requirements by the State or EPA, you must monitor as follows:
(A) Assessment Monitoring. You must monitor for the contaminants on List 1 per table 1 to paragraph (a)(3) if you are notified by your State or EPA that you are part of the State Monitoring Plan for Assessment Monitoring.
* * * * *
(3) Analytes to be monitored. Lists 1, 2, and 3 contaminants are provided in table 1 to paragraph (a)(3):
| 1—Contaminant | 2—CASRN | 3—Analytical methods a | 4—Minimum reporting level b | 5—Sampling location c | 6—Period during which sample collection to be completed |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Column headings are: | |||||
| 1—Contaminant: The name of the contaminant to be analyzed. | |||||
| 2—CASRN (Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number) or Identification Number: A unique number identifying the chemical contaminants. | |||||
| 3—Analytical Methods: Method numbers identifying the methods that must be used to test the contaminants. | |||||
| 4—Minimum Reporting Level (MRL): The value and unit of measure at or above which the concentration of the contaminant must be measured using the approved analytical methods. If EPA determines, after the first six months of monitoring that the specified MRLs result in excessive resampling, EPA will establish alternate MRLs and will notify affected PWSs and laboratories of the new MRLs. N/A is defined as non-applicable. | |||||
| 5—Sampling Location: The locations within a PWS at which samples must be collected. | |||||
| 6—Period During Which Sample Collection to be Completed: The time period during which the sampling and testing will occur for the indicated contaminant. | |||||
| a The analytical procedures shall be performed in accordance with the documents associated with each method, see paragraph (c) of this section. | |||||
| b The MRL is the minimum concentration of each analyte that must be reported to EPA. | |||||
| c Sampling must occur at your PWS's entry points to the distribution system (EPTDSs), after treatment is applied, that represent each non-emergency water source in routine use over the 12-month period of monitoring. Systems that purchase water with multiple connections from the same wholesaler may select one representative connection from that wholesaler. The representative EPTDS must be a location within the purchaser's water system. This EPTDS sampling location must be representative of the highest annual volume connections. If the connection selected as the representative EPTDS is not available for sampling, an alternate highest volume representative connection must be sampled. See 40 CFR 141.35(c)(3) for an explanation of the requirements related to the use of representative GW EPTDSs. | |||||
| List 1: Assessment Monitoring | |||||
| Per- and Polyfluoroalkyl Substances (PFAS) | |||||
| 11-chloroeicosafluoro-3-oxaundecane-1-sulfonic acid (11Cl-PF3OUdS) | 763051-92-9 | EPA 533 | 0.005 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| 1H, 1H, 2H, 2H-perfluorodecane sulfonic acid (8:2 FTS) | 39108-34-4 | EPA 533 | 0.005 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| 1H, 1H, 2H, 2H-perfluorohexane sulfonic acid (4:2 FTS) | 757124-72-4 | EPA 533 | 0.003 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| 1H, 1H, 2H, 2H-perfluorooctane sulfonic acid (6:2 FTS) | 27619-97-2 | EPA 533 | 0.005 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| 4,8-dioxa-3H-perfluorononanoic acid (ADONA) | 919005-14-4 | EPA 533 | 0.003 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| 9-chlorohexadecafluoro-3-oxanone-1-sulfonic acid (9Cl-PF3ONS) | 756426-58-1 | EPA 533 | 0.002 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| hexafluoropropylene oxide dimer acid (HFPO-DA) (GenX) | 13252-13-6 | EPA 533 | 0.005 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| nonafluoro‐3,6‐dioxaheptanoic acid (NFDHA) | 151772-58-6 | EPA 533 | 0.02 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluoro (2‐ethoxyethane) sulfonic acid (PFEESA) | 113507-82-7 | EPA 533 | 0.003 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluoro‐3‐methoxypropanoic acid (PFMPA) | 377-73-1 | EPA 533 | 0.004 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluoro‐4‐methoxybutanoic acid (PFMBA) | 863090-89-5 | EPA 533 | 0.003 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluorobutanesulfonic acid (PFBS) | 375-73-5 | EPA 533 | 0.003 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluorobutanoic acid (PFBA) | 375-22-4 | EPA 533 | 0.005 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluorodecanoic acid (PFDA) | 335-76-2 | EPA 533 | 0.003 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluorododecanoic acid (PFDoA) | 307-55-1 | EPA 533 | 0.003 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluoroheptanesulfonic acid (PFHpS) | 375-92-8 | EPA 533 | 0.003 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluoroheptanoic acid (PFHpA) | 375-85-9 | EPA 533 | 0.003 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluorohexanesulfonic acid (PFHxS) | 355-46-4 | EPA 533 | 0.003 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluorohexanoic acid (PFHxA) | 307-24-4 | EPA 533 | 0.003 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluorononanoic acid (PFNA) | 375-95-1 | EPA 533 | 0.004 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluorooctanesulfonic acid (PFOS) | 1763-23-1 | EPA 533 | 0.004 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA) | 335-67-1 | EPA 533 | 0.004 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluoropentanesulfonic acid (PFPeS) | 2706-91-4 | EPA 533 | 0.004 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluoropentanoic acid (PFPeA) | 2706-90-3 | EPA 533 | 0.003 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluoroundecanoic acid (PFUnA) | 2058-94-8 | EPA 533 | 0.002 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| n-ethyl perfluorooctanesulfonamidoacetic acid (NEtFOSAA) | 2991-50-6 | EPA 537.1 | 0.005 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| n-methyl perfluorooctanesulfonamidoacetic acid (NMeFOSAA) | 2355-31-9 | EPA 537.1 | 0.006 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluorotetradecanoic acid (PFTA) | 376-06-7 | EPA 537.1 | 0.008 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| perfluorotridecanoic acid (PFTrDA) | 72629-94-8 | EPA 537.1 | 0.007 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| Metal/Pharmaceutical | |||||
| Lithium | 7439-93-2 | EPA 200.7, SM 3120 B, ASTM D1976-20 | 9 µg/L | EPTDS | 1/1/2023-12/31/2025 |
| List 2: Screening Survey | |||||
| Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved |
| List 3: Pre-Screen Testing | |||||
| Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved | Reserved |
(4) * * *
(i) * * *
(A) Sample collection period. You must collect the samples in one continuous 12-month period for List 1 Assessment Monitoring, and, if applicable, for List 2 Screening Survey, or List 3 Pre-Screen Testing, during the timeframe indicated in column 6 of table 1 to paragraph (a)(3) of this section. EPA or your State will specify the month(s) and year(s) in which your monitoring must occur. As specified in 40 CFR 141.35(c)(5), you must contact EPA if you believe you cannot collect samples according to your schedule.
(B) Frequency. You must collect the samples within the timeframe and according to the frequency specified by contaminant type and water source type for each sampling location, as specified in table 2 to this paragraph (a)(4)(i)(B). For the second or subsequent round of sampling, if a sample location is non-operational for more than one month before and one month after the scheduled sampling month ( i.e., it is not possible for you to sample within the window specified in table 2), you must notify EPA as specified in 40 CFR 141.35(c)(5) to reschedule your sampling.
| Contaminant type | Water source type | Timeframe | Frequency 1 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 Systems must assign a sample event code for each contaminant listed in Table 1. Sample event codes must be assigned by the PWS for each sample event. For more information on sample event codes see 40 CFR 141.35(e) Table 1. | |||
| List 1 Contaminants | Surface water, Mixed, or GWUDI | 12 months | You must monitor for four consecutive quarters. Sample events must occur three months apart. (Example: If first monitoring is in January, the second monitoring must occur any time in April, the third any time in July, and the fourth any time in October). |
| Ground water | 12 months | You must monitor twice in a consecutive 12-month period. Sample events must occur 5-7 months apart. (Example: If the first monitoring event is in April, the second monitoring event must occur any time in September, October, or November.) | |
(C) Location. You must collect samples for each List 1 Assessment Monitoring contaminant, and, if applicable, for each List 2 Screening Survey, or List 3 Pre-Screen Testing contaminant, as specified in table 1 to paragraph (a)(3) of this section. Samples must be collected at each sample point that is specified in column 5 and footnote c of table 1 to paragraph (a)(3) of this section. If you are a GW system with multiple EPTDSs, and you request and receive approval from EPA or the State for sampling at representative EPTDS(s), as specified in 40 CFR 141.35(c)(3), you must collect your samples from the approved representative sampling location(s).
* * * * *
(ii) Small systems. If you serve a population of 10,000 or fewer people and are notified that you are part of the State Monitoring Plan, you must comply with the requirements specified in paragraphs (a)(4)(ii)(A) through (H) of this section. If EPA or the State informs you that they will be collecting your UCMR samples, you must assist them in identifying the appropriate sampling locations and in collecting the samples.
(A) Sample collection and frequency. You must collect samples at the times specified for you by the State or EPA. Your schedule must follow both the timing of monitoring specified in table 1 to paragraph (a)(3) of this section, List 1, and, if applicable, List 2, or List 3, and the frequency of monitoring in table 2 to paragraph (a)(4)(i)(B) of this section.
* * * * *
(5) * * *
(ii) * * * To participate in the UCMR Laboratory Approval Program, the laboratory must register and complete the necessary application materials by August 1, 2022. Correspondence must be addressed to: UCMR Laboratory Approval Coordinator, USEPA, Technical Support Center, 26 West Martin Luther King Drive, (MS 140), Cincinnati, Ohio 45268; or emailed to EPA at: UCMR_Lab_Approval@epa.gov.
(iii) Minimum Reporting Level. The MRL is defined by EPA as the quantitation limit achievable, with 95 percent confidence, by 75 percent of laboratories nationwide, assuming the use of good instrumentation and experienced analysts.
* * * * *
(v) Method defined quality control. You must ensure that your laboratory analyzes Laboratory Fortified Blanks and conducts Laboratory Performance Checks, as appropriate to the method's requirements, for those methods listed in column 3 in table 1 to paragraph (a)(3) of this section. Each method specifies acceptance criteria for these QC checks.
(vi) Reporting. You must require your laboratory, on your behalf, to post and approve these data in EPA's electronic data reporting system, accessible at https://www.epa.gov/dwucmr, for your review within 90 days from the sample collection date. You then have 30 days from when the laboratory posts and approves your data to review, approve, and submit the data to the State and EPA, via the agency's electronic data reporting system. If you do not electronically approve and submit the laboratory data to EPA within 30 days of the laboratory posting approved data, the data will be considered approved by you and available for State and EPA review.
* * * * *
(c) Incorporation by reference. The standards required in this section are incorporated by reference into this section with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Water Docket, EPA/DC, EPA West, Room 3334, 1301 Constitution Ave. NW, Washington, DC 20004, (202) 566-1744, email Docket-customerservice@epa.gov, or go to https://www.epa.gov/dockets/epa-docket-center-reading-room, and is available from the sources indicated elsewhere in this paragraph. The material is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, email fr.inspection@nara.gov, or go to www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations.html.
(1) U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, EPA West, Room 3334, 1301 Constitution Ave. NW, Washington, DC 20004; telephone: (202) 566-1744.
(i) Method 200.7, “Determination of Metals and Trace Elements in Water and Wastes by Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry,” Revision 4.4, EMMC Version, 1994. Available at https://www.epa.gov/esam/method-2007-determination-metals-and-trace-elements-water-and-wastes-inductively-coupled-plasma.
(ii) Method 537.1, “Determination of Selected Per- and Polyfluorinated Alkyl Substances in Drinking Water by Solid Phase Extraction and Liquid Chromatography/Tandem Mass Spectrometry,” Version 2.0, 2020. Available at https://www.epa.gov/water-research/epa-drinking-water-research-methods.
(iii) Method 533, “Determination of Per- and Polyfluoroalkyl Substances in Drinking Water by Isotope Dilution Anion Exchange Solid Phase Extraction and Liquid Chromatography/Tandem Mass Spectrometry,” November 2019, EPA 815-B-19-020. Available at https://www.epa.gov/dwanalyticalmethods.
(2) American Public Health Association, 800 I Street NW, Washington, DC 20001-3710; telephone: (202) 777-2742; email: comments@apha.org; www.apha.org.
(i) “Standard Methods for the Examination of Water & Wastewater,” 23rd edition (2017).
(A) SM 3120 B, “Metals by Plasma Emission Spectroscopy (2017): Inductively Coupled Plasma (ICP) Method.”
(B) [Reserved]
(ii) “Standard Methods Online,” approved 1999; https://www.standardmethods.org.
(A) SM 3120 B, “Metals by Plasma Emission Spectroscopy: Inductively Coupled Plasma (ICP) Method,” revised December 14, 2020.
(B) [Reserved]
(3) ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959; telephone: (610) 832-9500; email: service@astm.org; www.astm.org.
(i) ASTM D1976-20, “Standard Test Method for Elements in Water by Inductively-Coupled Plasma Atomic Emission Spectroscopy,” approved May 1, 2020.
(ii) [Reserved]
[FR Doc. 2021-27858 Filed 12-23-21; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P
See More
RELATED NEWS

Specialized Industries
Go beyond the regulations! Visit the Institute for in-depth guidance on a wide range of compliance subjects in safety and health, transportation, environment, and human resources.
J. J. Keller® COMPLIANCE NETWORK is a premier online safety and compliance community, offering members exclusive access to timely regulatory content in workplace safety (OSHA), transportation (DOT), environment (EPA), and human resources (DOL).

Interact With Our Compliance Experts
Puzzled by a regulatory question or issue? Let our renowned experts provide the answers and get your business on track to full compliance!

Upcoming Events
Reference the Compliance Network Safety Calendar to keep track of upcoming safety and compliance events. Browse by industry or search by keyword to see relevant dates and observances, including national safety months, compliance deadlines, and more.
SAFETY & COMPLIANCE NEWS
Keep up with the latest regulatory developments from OSHA, DOT, EPA, DOL, and more.
REGSENSE® REGULATORY REFERENCE
Explore a comprehensive database of word-for-word regulations on a wide range of compliance topics, with simplified explanations and best practices advice from our experts.
THE J. J. KELLER INSTITUTE
The Institute is your destination for in-depth content on 120+ compliance subjects. Discover articles, videos, and interactive exercises that will strengthen your understanding of regulatory concepts relevant to your business.
ADD HAZMAT, ENVIRONMENTAL, & HR RESOURCES
Unlock exclusive content offering expert insights into hazmat, environmental, and human resources compliance with a COMPLIANCE NETWORK EDGE membership.
DIRECT ACCESS TO COMPLIANCE EXPERTS
Struggling with a compliance challenge? Get the solution from our in-house team of experts! You can submit a question to our experts by email, set up a phone or video call, or request a detailed research report.
EVENTS
Register to attend live online events hosted by our experts. These webcasts and virtual conferences feature engaging discussions on important compliance topics in a casual, knowledge-sharing environment.
Most Recent Highlights In Environmental
NewsGreenhouse GasesIndustry NewsIndustry NewsEnvironmental Protection Agency (EPA)Air ProgramsCAA ComplianceEnvironmentalEnglishFocus AreaAir ProgramsUSA
2026-09-17T05:00:00Z
EPA repeals most 2024 Carbon Pollution Standards for fossil fuel-fired power plants
On September 17, 2026, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) finalized a rule repealing a majority of the greenhouse gas (GHG) emission requirements established by the 2024 Carbon Pollution Standards (CPS) for fossil fuel-fired power plants. The agency also issued a supplemental proposed rule to rescind all other GHG emission standards for fossil fuel-fired power plants.
Who’s impacted?
EPA’s final rule applies to the fossil fuel-fired electric generating unit (EGU) source category, including:
- Fossil fuel-fired electric utility steam generating units, and
- Stationary combustion turbine EGUs.
The final rule specifically impacts:
- Existing fossil fuel-fired steam generating EGUs (subject to 40 CFR Part 60 Subpart UUUUb),
- Coal-fired steam generating units conducting a large modification (subject to Part 60 Subpart TTTTa), and
- New base load stationary combustion turbines (subject to Part 60 Subpart TTTTa).
Final rule: Repeal 2024 CPS regulations
The agency finalized the alternative option from its June 2025 proposed rule, repealing parts of the 2024 CPS and revising the associated best system of emission reduction (BSER) determinations.
EPA’s final rule removes most of the 2024 CPS regulations, including:
- The emission guidelines for existing coal-, oil-, and natural gas-fired steam generating units (the entirety of Part 60 Subpart UUUUb);
- The carbon capture and sequestration/storage (CCS)-based standards for coal-fired EGUs conducting a large modification; and
- The CCS-based standards for new base load stationary combustion turbines (the Phase 2 standards).
The final rule doesn’t repeal or revise the 2024 CPS efficiency-based standards for new stationary combustion turbines (the Phase 1 standards). However, EPA addresses them in the supplemental proposed rule.
Proposed rule: Repeal remaining GHG emission requirements
EPA also issued a supplemental proposed rule to rescind all remaining GHG emission requirements for fossil fuel-fired power plants, including the Phase 1 standards for new stationary combustion turbines. It would require the same regulatory changes as the June 2025 proposed rule but for different reasons.
The supplemental proposed rule would repeal all GHG emission standards in 60 Subparts TTTT and TTTTa for the fossil fuel-fired EGU source category, including the 2015 New Source Performance Standards (NSPS) and the 2024 CPS.
Specifically, EPA would repeal the:
- Partial CCS-based standards for new and efficiency-based standards for reconstructed or modified steam generating units and integrated gasification combined cycle facilities, and
- Efficiency-based standards for new or reconstructed stationary combustion turbines.
If the rule is finalized as proposed, fossil fuel-fired EGUs would no longer be required to comply with the GHG emission standards established under the 2015 NSPS or the 2024 CPS regulations.
Key to remember: EPA’s final rule repeals a majority of the greenhouse gas (GHG) emission standards established by the 2024 Carbon Pollution Standards for fossil fuel-fired power plants. The agency also proposes to remove the remaining GHG emission requirements for fossil fuel-fired power plants.
NewsIndustry NewsEnglishEnvironmental Management SystemsEMS PlanningEnvironmentalIn-Depth ArticleEMS Roles and ResponsibilitiesEnvironmental Management SystemsFocus AreaUSA
2026-09-15T05:00:00Z
Expert Insights: The hidden compliance risk of employee turnover
When environmental professionals think about compliance risks, they often focus on permits, inspections, regulatory changes, and reporting deadlines. Those are certainly important concerns. Yet one of the most significant compliance risks faced by many organizations today has little to do with regulations themselves. It's employee turnover.
Environmental compliance programs depend heavily on institutional knowledge. Over time, employees develop an understanding of permit requirements, reporting schedules, waste streams, inspection practices, agency expectations, and operational nuances that may never be fully captured in a written procedure. When those employees retire, resign, or move into different roles, valuable compliance knowledge can leave with them.
This challenge is becoming more common as organizations experience workforce transitions, retirements, organizational restructuring, and ongoing competition for skilled employees. In some cases, a facility may discover that a single individual has been managing key compliance responsibilities for years with little backup or documentation. Everything may appear to function smoothly until that person is no longer available.
The greatest risks are often not the obvious ones. A permit doesn't disappear when an employee leaves. A reporting deadline doesn't change. Hazardous waste, air emissions, and wastewater obligations continue regardless of who occupies a particular position. The risk arises when important information about those obligations exists primarily in someone's memory rather than within the organization's management system.
Consider a few common examples. An environmental manager may know that a particular production process must be included in annual emissions calculations. A maintenance supervisor may understand why certain inspection frequencies were established. An operations employee may know that a wastewater treatment unit requires additional monitoring during specific production conditions. In some cases, long-term employees have developed productive working relationships with regulatory inspectors and agency staff. They understand how the facility has historically addressed compliance challenges, what information regulators typically request, and the context behind prior inspections or permitting decisions. Experienced personnel often carry these insights with them, yet organizations frequently neglect to capture and document the information for their successors.
Organizations sometimes discover these gaps only after an audit, inspection, or missed deadline. By then, correcting the problem can be far more difficult than preventing it. Fortunately, reducing this risk doesn't necessarily require significant investment. It begins with recognizing that compliance knowledge is an organizational asset rather than an individual asset. Facilities can strengthen resiliency by documenting critical compliance activities, maintaining current procedures, developing training materials, and cross-training employees on key responsibilities. Succession planning shouldn't be limited to leadership positions. It should also include the individuals who perform essential environmental compliance functions.
Environmental management systems can play an important role in this effort. Well-documented processes help ensure that compliance activities continue consistently regardless of changes in personnel. Recordkeeping systems, compliance calendars, written procedures, and periodic reviews all contribute to preserving institutional knowledge and reducing dependence on any single employee.
Every organization experiences personnel changes. The question is whether compliance programs are prepared for them. Facilities that proactively capture knowledge and distribute responsibilities are often better positioned to maintain compliance during periods of transition. In contrast, organizations that rely heavily on individual expertise may discover that employee turnover creates risks they never anticipated.
Environmental compliance is often viewed through the lens of regulations. Increasingly, however, it may be equally important to view compliance through the lens of knowledge management. After all, one of the most valuable environmental assets a facility possesses may be what its employees know and how effectively that knowledge is shared.
NewsHazardous WasteIndustry NewsEnglishWaste ManifestsWaste HandlersWasteEnvironmental Protection Agency (EPA)EnvironmentalIn-Depth ArticleWaste/HazWasteFocus AreaUSA
2026-09-14T05:00:00Z
Hazardous waste e-Manifest report card: Tips for improving your facility’s manifests
With the school year fully underway, report cards will soon start to appear. But these performance evaluations aren’t limited to students in the classroom. A recent assessment serves as a “report card” for the federal e-Manifest system, an electronic platform that tracks hazardous waste shipments. And just like a student’s report card, the report reveals areas for improvement.
On August 11, 2026, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Office of Inspector General (OIG) published Evaluation of the EPA’s e-Manifest System. The report identifies the leading errors made by hazardous waste handlers, including:
- Generators;
- Transporters; and
- Treatment, storage, and disposal facilities (TSDFs).
The e-Manifest system’s “report card” offers hazardous waste handlers valuable lessons to help them deliver A+ manifests.
e-Manifest report card results
The OIG analyzed 2022–2024 e-Manifest system data and identified the most frequent errors:
- Incorrect EPA identification (ID) numbers, and
- Overstated shipping volumes of hazardous waste.
The report also found that more than 99 percent of manifest submissions between 2019 and 2024 were “data + image” submissions. With this submission type, all hazardous waste handlers use a paper manifest. The TSDF transcribes the data from the paper manifest into an electronic data file and then uploads a scanned image of the final paper manifest and the electronic data file to the e-Manifest system.
The OIG found that most of the errors occurred when TSDFs manually transcribed data from the final paper manifest into the electronic data file.
Incorrect EPA ID numbers
According to the report, about 40 percent of hazardous waste generator EPA ID number entries and 50 percent of TSDF EPA ID number entries were invalid. Many errors were due to entering EPA ID numbers incorrectly, but a notable number of them were connected to very small quantity generators (VSQGs) using paper manifests. VSQGs need an EPA ID number only to use electronic manifests, not paper ones. On paper manifests, VSQGs frequently leave the EPA ID number blank or enter different information to indicate that they don’t have an EPA ID number.
Overstated shipping volumes
Overall, the OIG concluded the most significant errors involved overstated shipping volumes caused by incorrect manifest entries or inaccurate transcriptions of paper manifest data into the e-Manifest system.
Common errors made when copying data from the paper manifests into electronic data files included:
- Entering incorrect units of measurement (such as using tons for volumes that were calculated in pounds on the paper manifest);
- Omitting or placing decimal points for volumes in the wrong place (e.g., 941,250 tons instead of 94.1250 tons);
- Entering data that’s incorrect on the paper manifest; and
- Duplicating data entries.
Lessons for hazardous waste handlers
Although the OIG’s report was developed for EPA, it offers valuable insights for hazardous waste handlers required to fill out manifests.
Here are some helpful tips gleaned from the report that all hazardous waste handlers can use:
- Verify that your EPA ID number is entered correctly.
- Verify that the stated volumes match the units of measurement.
- Double-check decimal places.
- If you’re filling out a paper manifest, ensure the information is legible. If you encounter illegible information on a paper manifest, confirm the data with the handler who filled it out.
- Look for unreasonable information. For example, if the volume on the manifest indicates that thousands of tons (instead of thousands of pounds) of hazardous waste are being shipped, an error likely occurred.
If you don’t have one already, consider developing a checklist for filling out hazardous waste manifests. You can add the tips above and any other parts of your organization’s manifest process to the checklist.
Benefits of electronic manifests
The OIG’s report also emphasizes that electronic manifests offer specific advantages over paper manifests, especially when all hazardous waste handlers use them.
Potential improvements include the following:
- Increased data accuracy: Because hazardous waste handlers don’t have to copy data from paper manifests into the e-Manifest system, there’s a much lower risk of entering data incorrectly. Plus, electronic manifests solve the issue of illegible entries.
- Streamlined process: Electronic manifests simplify the data-entry process by removing the need to reenter data from paper manifests into the e-Manifest system.
- Easier recordkeeping: The e-Manifest system retains all manifest records, so electronic manifest users don’t have to keep paper copies (except for generators that use hybrid manifests).
- Compliance with possible future regulations: EPA proposed a rule in March 2026 that would require the use of electronic manifests (hybrid or fully electronic) and phase out the use of paper manifests. By shifting to electronic manifests now, hazardous waste handlers would be better prepared to comply with the rule if it’s finalized.
Key to remember: A recent report evaluating EPA’s e-Manifest system offers hazardous waste handlers valuable insights into common manifest errors to avoid.
NewsWater PermittingChange NoticesChange NoticeWater ProgramsWater ReportingWater AnalysisVirginiaEnvironmentalWater MonitoringWater ProgramsEnglishFocus AreaCWA Compliance
2026-09-10T05:00:00Z
Virginia adds PFAS requirements to biosolids permit
Effective date: September 23, 2026
This applies to: Owners of sewage treatment works and other biosolids permit holders that land apply, market, or distribute treated sewage sludge (i.e., biosolids)
Description of change: The Virginia State Water Control Board’s revisions to two rules add requirements for per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAS) to biosolids permits.
Starting January 1, 2027, treatment works must test biosolids for PFAS and report concentrations of perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA), perfluorooctane sulfonate (PFOS), and all other target analytes to the Department of Environmental Quality (DEQ) and to the entities that apply the biosolids from the treatment works. The requirement also applies to out-of-state sources of biosolids that will be land applied in the state.
Starting July 1, 2027, the DEQ will limit the distribution, marketing, and land application of PFAS-containing biosolids based on concentrations of PFOA and PFOS. Additionally, companies that land apply PFAS-containing biosolids must provide landowners with PFAS monitoring results at least 2 weeks before application.
Starting July 1, 2029, the DEQ will strengthen limits on the distribution, marketing, and land application of PFAS-containing biosolids, basing them on the combined concentrations of PFOA and PFOS.
NewsGreenhouse GasesAir EmissionsChange NoticesChange NoticeWasteCaliforniaCAA ComplianceEnvironmentalLand Disposal RestrictionsFocus AreaEnglishAir ProgramsAir Programs
2026-09-10T05:00:00Z
California updates Landfill Methane Regulation
Effective date: January 1, 2027
This applies to: Owners and operators of municipal solid waste landfills
Description of change: The California Air Resources Board (CARB) updated the Landfill Methane Regulation (LMR). Major amendments include:
- Requiring inspection and repair when operators are notified of a remotely detected methane emission plume;
- Making the landfill surface and component leak monitoring procedures more stringent by removing monitoring exemptions, reducing corrective action timelines, and increasing monitoring frequency at certain landfills;
- Establishing a process to evaluate and approve emerging alternative leak detection technologies and requiring tools (e.g., drone-mounted laser scanners) to identify leaks in inaccessible areas previously excluded from monitoring;
- Requiring the earlier installation and operation of gas collection infrastructure in new waste deposition areas;
- Limiting periods of gas collection and control system downtime and mitigating the emissions from unavoidable downtime;
- Increasing wellhead monitoring parameters and analysis and requiring response actions for out-of-range values and large value changes;
- Mandating more frequent monitoring, analysis, and mitigation measures (including cover improvements) and requiring more frequent subsurface temperature, oxygen, and liquid level monitoring; and
- Managing declining gas generation at closed landfills.
The changes to the LMR set stricter requirements than the federal environmental regulations for:
- Landfill gas collection and control,
- Component leak testing, and
- Surface emissions monitoring.
Most Recent Highlights In Transportation
NewsTennesseeChange NoticeChange NoticesCAA ComplianceEnvironmentalAir PermittingFocus AreaEnglishAir ProgramsAir Programs
2026-09-10T05:00:00Z
Tennessee extends air quality construction general permit eligibility
Effective date: November 2, 2026
This applies to: Conditional major sources of emissions
Description of change: The Tennessee Air Pollution Control Board approved amendments granting eligibility for air quality construction general permit coverage to conditional major sources of emissions. The general permit must adequately limit the facility’s potential to emit and include recordkeeping requirements for demonstrating compliance.
Conditional major sources accept federally enforceable permit limitations to avoid obtaining an individual major source operating permit (i.e., complying with the Title V operating permit program).
Related state info: Clean air operating permits state comparison — Tennessee
NewsEnforcement and Audits - OSHANon-Point SourcesToxic Substances Control Act - EPASafety and Health Programs and TrainingToxic Subtances Control Act - EPATSCA ComplianceWater ProgramsWater QualityMonthly Roundup VideoMiningSafety and Health Programs and TrainingUSACWA ComplianceEnglishOSHA Emphasis ProgramsIndustry NewsWater PermittingSafety & HealthNew Source PerformanceGeneral Industry SafetySpecialized IndustriesEnvironmentalFocus AreaVideo
EHS Monthly Round Up - August 2026
In this August 2026 monthly roundup video, we'll review the most impactful environmental health and safety news.
Hi everyone! Welcome to the monthly news roundup video, where we’ll review the most impactful environmental health and safety news. Let’s take a look at what happened over the past month.
Citing elevated injury and illness rates, OSHA relaunched a National Emphasis Program, or NEP, on Warehousing and Distribution Center Operations. Retail operations are no longer targeted by this NEP, as they were previously. Inspectors will focus on common hazards in warehousing and distribution such as powered industrial vehicle operations, materials handling and storage, and fire protection. The NEP also offers OSHA greater discretion in whether to expand an inspection.
OSHA state-plan enforcement continued to gain momentum in fiscal year 2025. In an upward trend, inspection numbers, violation counts, and penalty amounts all increased. The latest data stem from the Occupational Safety and Health Plan Association’s Grassroots Worker Protection report.
OSHA’s Safe+Sound Week was held August 10 through the 16. The event gave employers an opportunity to highlight their safety and health programs and bring attention to common workplace hazards.
The Mine Safety and Health Administration reopened the comment period for proposed changes to the approval criteria for its mine roof control and ventilation plans. The new deadline for comments is September 30.
Turning to environmental news, EPA extended the compliance dates of certain Workplace Chemical Protection Program requirements for perchloroethylene and carbon tetrachloride. The revised deadlines affect facilities subject to the TSCA PCE and CTC risk management rules finalized in 2024.
And finally, EPA published a proposed 2027 general stormwater permit for construction. It applies to construction activities in areas where EPA is the NPDES permitting authority, including Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Mexico, and the District of Columbia. If finalized, the rule will replace the existing 2022 permit, which expires in early 2027.
Thanks for tuning in to the monthly news roundup. We’ll see you next month!
NewsIndustry NewsIndustry NewsAir EmissionsEnvironmental Protection Agency (EPA)Renewable and Alternative EnergyBiofuelCAA ComplianceEnvironmentalFocus AreaEnglishAir ProgramsAir ProgramsUSA
2026-09-03T05:00:00Z
EPA extends RFS annual compliance report deadline
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) issued a prepublication of a final rule extending the Renewable Fuel Standard (RFS) annual compliance reporting deadline for the 2025 compliance year from September 1 to October 1, 2026.
Who’s impacted?
The RFS annual compliance report applies to obligated parties, including:
- Refiners of gasoline or diesel fuel (transportation fuel), and
- Importers of transportation fuel.
Under the RFS program, obligated parties with renewable volume obligations (RVOs) must retire enough Renewable Identification Numbers (RINs) to meet their RVOs for the calendar year.
What’s the change?
EPA extended the 2025 RFS compliance reporting deadline to October 1, 2026, giving obligated parties additional time to comply with their 2025 RVOs and submit their annual compliance reports.
Why the change?
EPA recently released its small refinery exemption (SRE) decisions for the 2025 compliance year, exempting 1.76 billion RINs for 29 small refineries. SREs affect the cost and availability of RINs for all obligated parties. The extension gives obligated parties more time to assess the impact of the SRE decisions and adjust their strategies before completing their 2025 RFS reporting obligations.
Key to remember: EPA has extended the Renewable Fuel Standard annual compliance reporting deadline from September 1 to October 1, 2026.
NewsEnvironmental Management SystemsEMS PlanningCAA ComplianceEnvironmental Management SystemsIn-Depth ArticleCWA ComplianceWaste/HazWasteEnglishIndustry NewsEMS GoalsEMS Audits and EvaluationsEnvironmentalFocus AreaUSA
2026-09-01T05:00:00Z
10 operational changes that should trigger an environmental compliance review
Environmental compliance issues often arise not because regulations change, but because operations change.
A facility may replace equipment, begin using a new chemical, increase production, or modify a process for legitimate business reasons. However, even routine operational changes can affect permits, reporting obligations, waste generation, emissions, wastewater discharges, or stormwater exposure.
Organizations that review environmental impacts before implementing changes are better positioned to identify compliance obligations early and avoid costly surprises.
What's an environmental compliance review?
An environmental compliance review is a structured evaluation of how a proposed change could affect a facility's environmental obligations.
Many organizations incorporate environmental reviews into an environmental management system (EMS) or formal change-management process. These procedures help ensure that environmental obligations are evaluated before operational changes are implemented. The updated ISO 14001 standard places greater emphasis on managing changes that may affect environmental performance, reinforcing the need to assess environmental impacts before decisions are made.
The review doesn't need to be complicated. In many cases, it involves determining whether the change could affect air permits, wastewater discharges, stormwater permits, hazardous waste management, chemical reporting, spill prevention requirements, or other environmental programs.
The goal is to identify environmental impacts before a change is implemented rather than after a regulator, auditor, or inspector discovers a problem.
Production increases
Increasing production is often viewed as a business decision rather than an environmental one. However, greater production may increase air emissions, wastewater generation, chemical usage, and waste generation.
Facilities should evaluate whether higher throughput could affect permit limits, reporting thresholds, or compliance obligations before production levels increase.
New chemicals or raw materials
A new chemical can trigger a wide range of environmental requirements.
Changes in raw materials may affect hazardous waste determinations, emergency planning requirements, air emissions calculations, Toxics Release Inventory reporting, spill prevention planning, or wastewater characteristics.
Before purchasing or introducing a new chemical, facilities should evaluate its environmental implications and ensure required controls are in place.
Equipment replacements and upgrades
Many organizations assume replacing equipment is simply a maintenance activity. In reality, equipment changes can have environmental consequences.
Replacing a boiler, coating operation, storage tank, dust collector, scrubber, or process equipment may affect emissions, waste streams, monitoring requirements, or permit applicability. Even when equipment serves the same function, environmental impacts should be evaluated before installation.
Process modifications
Changing how a product is manufactured can create environmental consequences even when production levels stay the same.
New process steps, altered operating conditions, different fuels, or modified treatment systems can affect emissions, waste generation, water usage, and permit conditions. Process changes should be reviewed to determine whether existing permits and operating procedures remain appropriate.
Facility expansions
Building additions, new production lines, warehouse expansions, and site development projects often involve environmental considerations beyond construction activities.
Organizations should evaluate potential impacts on air permits, stormwater management, wastewater infrastructure, storage capacity, and environmental monitoring programs before expansion projects begin.
Changes in waste management practices
Facilities occasionally change waste vendors, storage practices, recycling programs, treatment methods, or waste handling procedures to improve efficiency or reduce costs.
While these changes may appear administrative, they can affect generator status, accumulation practices, recordkeeping obligations, and waste determinations. Environmental personnel should review proposed changes before implementation.
New products or services
New products often require new materials, equipment, or processes that may affect existing environmental obligations.
Contractor activities
Contractor activities involving chemicals, waste management, tank cleaning, painting, excavation, demolition, or maintenance may create environmental compliance implications that warrant review.
Property and infrastructure changes
Changes to storage areas, containment systems, drainage patterns, tanks, or utilities can affect stormwater exposure and other environmental obligations.
Acquisitions and ownership changes
Acquiring a facility or business can introduce new permits, reporting obligations, and compliance responsibilities that should be evaluated during due diligence.
Train employees to recognize when a review may be needed
Environmental departments cannot review changes they never hear about.
Engineering, maintenance, operations, purchasing, project management, and production personnel are often the first to learn about proposed changes. Providing basic awareness training can help these groups recognize situations that may have environmental implications.
Employees don't need to become environmental experts. Instead, they should know when to notify EHS and ask whether a compliance review is warranted. A simple "check with EHS before proceeding" expectation can prevent significant compliance problems and reduce the likelihood that environmental requirements will be discovered too late.
Key to remember: Many environmental compliance issues begin with an operational change. Establishing a process to identify and review changes before implementation can help organizations avoid permit problems, reporting errors, and unexpected regulatory obligations.
NewsIndustry NewsWater ProgramsWater QualityEnvironmental Protection Agency (EPA)Industrial WastewaterEnvironmentalIn-Depth ArticleCWA ComplianceEnglishFocus AreaUSA
2026-08-26T05:00:00Z
National wastewater pretreatment program: What type of industrial user is your facility?
Before the wastewater can flow from your facility into a municipal treatment plant, there’s something you need to know: What type of industrial user is your facility? The answer to this question determines the federal environmental regulations your facility must meet.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regulates wastewater discharges from industrial and commercial facilities to publicly owned treatment works (POTWs) through the National Pretreatment Program. These facilities, known as industrial users (IUs), must obtain a permit or other control mechanism to send wastewater to a POTW. However, IUs must comply with all applicable federal, state, and local pretreatment requirements, regardless of whether the facility has been issued a permit or other control mechanism.
The National Pretreatment Program applies to:
- Industrial users (IUs),
- Significant IUs (SIUs), and
- Categorical IUs (CIUs).
EPA’s regulations at 40 CFR Part 403 contain compliance requirements for all IUs as well as additional requirements for SIUs and CIUs. To know which regulations to comply with, you must identify the types of IUs that apply to your facility.
Is my facility an IU?
The first type of user is the easiest determination to make. If your industrial or commercial facility discharges wastewater to a POTW, it’s an IU.
Is my facility an SIU?
If your facility can answer “yes” to any of these four questions, it qualifies as an SIU:
- Is the facility subject to the categorical pretreatment standards under 403.6 and Subchapter N?
- Does the facility discharge an average of at least 25,000 gallons daily of process wastewater to the POTW (not including sanitary, noncontact cooling, and boiler blowdown wastewater)?
- Does the facility contribute a process waste stream that makes up at least 5 percent of the POTW’s average dry weather hydraulic or organic capacity?
- Is your facility designated as an SIU by the control authority (i.e., the POTW, state, or EPA)?
Even if the first three criteria don’t apply, the control authority may designate your facility as an SIU if it determines that there’s a reasonable potential for your facility’s wastewater discharges:
- To adversely affect the POTW’s operation, or
- To violate the pretreatment standards.
Limited exceptions allow the control authority to designate a facility as a non-significant CIU (if the facility meets specific conditions according to 403.3(v)(2)) or to determine that the facility has no reasonable potential to harm POTW operations or violate the standards (403.3(v)(3)).
Is my facility a CIU?
The National Pretreatment Program has rules that apply to specific industrial processes, known as categorical pretreatment standards. If your facility is subject to a categorical requirement in Parts 405–471, it’s considered a CIU. Examples of covered categories include:
- Metal finishing (Part 433);
- Organic chemical, plastic, and synthetic fiber manufacturing (Part 414); and
- Petroleum refining (Part 419).
Submit a category determination request
The control authority director determines whether any of the categorical standards apply to a facility through a process called “categorical determination.” IUs may submit a category determination request when a new categorical standard is established that could apply to their existing facility. Additionally, EPA requires IUs to request a determination when:
- An existing facility adds or changes an operation or process that may make it subject to an existing categorical pretreatment standard, and
- A facility becomes a new source of discharge to a POTW.
The director will issue a final decision as to whether any of the regulations in Parts 405–471 apply to the facility.
Which pretreatment regulations apply?
The control authority will include the applicable regulations in the facility’s permit or implement the requirements through other control mechanisms. These will be at least as stringent as the following federal standards.
Requirements for all IUs
General and specific prohibitions apply to all types of IUs, banning facilities from discharging pollutants and categories of pollutants that can cause pass through or interference at the POTW.
Additionally, all IUs must report specific discharges and changes to existing discharge practices to the control authority.
Requirements for SIUs
SIUs have additional compliance obligations, such as:
- Conducting self-monitoring and submitting periodic compliance reports every 6 months for SIUs not subject to categorical standards, and
- Developing and implementing a slug control plan if required.
Requirements for CIUs
CIUs also have more requirements, including (but not limited to):
- The applicable categorical pretreatment standards (Parts 405–471),
- The categorical standards at 403.6, and
- Additional reporting and notification requirements.
Understanding the types of IUs that characterize your facility can help clarify which federal wastewater rules apply.
Key to remember: The type of industrial user determines the National Pretreatment Program requirements applicable to facilities that discharge wastewater to publicly owned treatment plants.
Most Recent Highlights In Safety & Health
NewsEnglishToxic Substances Control Act - EPAChange NoticesChange NoticeTSCA ComplianceWasteToxic Substances - EPAEnvironmentalSolid WasteWaste/HazWasteNew HampshireFocus Area
2026-08-25T05:00:00Z
New Hampshire adopts PFAS product regulations
Effective date: July 17, 2026
This applies to: Any entity that manufactures or supplies specific consumer products with intentionally added per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAS)
Description of change: The New Hampshire Department of Environmental Services adopted rules to implement the Per- and Polyfluoroalkyl Substances Products Control Program, which bans certain PFAS-added consumer products from being sold, offered for sale, or distributed for sale or promotional purposes.
The regulations:
- Ban certain products with intentionally added PFAS from being sold or distributed in New Hampshire (unless specifically exempt);
- Establish the certificate of compliance (COC) process, under which manufacturers and suppliers must provide a COC upon request of the department to demonstrate compliance; and
- Establish exemptions.
The ban applies to PFAS-added products manufactured on or after January 1, 2027. Product categories include:
- Carpets and rugs;
- Cosmetics;
- Feminine hygiene products;
- Food packaging and containers;
- Juvenile products;
- Textile furnishings;
- Textile treatments;
- Upholstered furniture; and
- Waxes for use on boats; skis; surfboards; bodyboards; and skimboards.
Examples of exempted products include all products manufactured before January 1, 2027; secondhand products; and products with at least 85 percent recycled content.
NewsWater PermittingChange NoticesChange NoticeWater ProgramsWater QualityEnvironmentalWater ProgramsEnglishNew HampshireFocus AreaCWA Compliance
2026-08-25T05:00:00Z
New Hampshire requires electronic applications for AOT permits
Effective date: August 6, 2026
This applies to: Projects that will disturb more than 100,000 square feet of terrain (or 50,000 square feet if it’s within the protected shoreline) and projects that will disturb any area with a 25 percent or steeper land slope that’s within 50 feet of surface water
Description of change: The New Hampshire Department of Environmental Services amended the regulations for Alteration of Terrain (AOT) permitting, requiring applicants to submit all permit applications and permits by notification online through its new e-permitting system, NHEnviro.
The department also made other changes, such as:
- Expanding the general permit rule to cover specific steep slope projects, and
- Exempting excavation and mining projects from the 5-acre open area disturbance limit.
NewsIndustry NewsEnglishEnvironmental Management SystemsSustainabilityIn-Depth ArticleEnvironmentalEMS Roles and ResponsibilitiesEnvironmental Management SystemsFocus AreaUSA
2026-08-21T05:00:00Z
Maintenance and environmental compliance go hand in hand
Environmental compliance is often viewed as the responsibility of the environmental, health, and safety (EHS) department. In reality, many compliance successes and failures occur on the plant floor, in maintenance shops, and around equipment managed by maintenance personnel.
Maintenance employees regularly handle used oil, inspect tanks, repair air pollution control equipment, respond to spills, and maintain secondary containment systems. Their daily decisions can directly affect compliance with federal, state, and local environmental requirements. As facilities face increased scrutiny of air emissions, waste management, and spill prevention programs, coordination between environmental and maintenance personnel has become increasingly important. That's why one of the most valuable members of an environmental compliance team is often someone from maintenance.
Used oil management starts in the shop
Many maintenance departments generate used oil from equipment servicing, vehicle maintenance, and hydraulic system repairs. While used oil can often be managed under streamlined regulations, improper handling can quickly create compliance problems.
Common issues include storing used oil in unlabeled containers, mixing used oil with hazardous waste, and failing to address leaks from storage containers. Even small mistakes can increase disposal costs or change how the waste must be managed.
Maintenance personnel can help reduce these risks by ensuring used oil containers remain closed when not in use, are properly labeled, and are routinely inspected for signs of leakage or deterioration.
Spill response depends on employees closest to the release
When a spill occurs, maintenance staff members are often among the first employees on scene.
Their actions during the first few minutes can affect both environmental impacts and regulatory obligations. Quickly stopping the source of a release, protecting drains, and containing spilled material can prevent a minor incident from becoming a reportable event.
Facilities should ensure maintenance personnel understand spill response procedures, know where response equipment is located, and recognize when environmental staff or emergency responders must be notified.
Even facilities with formal spill response plans depend on maintenance employees to implement many of the initial response actions.
Air compliance requires reliable equipment
Many facilities rely on air pollution control devices such as baghouses, scrubbers, thermal oxidizers, and dust collection systems to comply with permit requirements.
Environmental managers may be responsible for reporting emissions and maintaining permit records, but maintenance staff members are often responsible for keeping control equipment operating properly.
A failed pressure gauge, malfunctioning fan, broken duct connection, or neglected preventive maintenance task can affect emissions performance and potentially result in permit deviations.
Facilities should ensure maintenance programs include environmental control equipment and that maintenance personnel understand which equipment has environmental significance.
Tanks and containment need routine attention
Storage tanks and secondary containment systems are another area where maintenance and environmental responsibilities overlap.
Maintenance personnel may also maintain stormwater controls, drainage structures, and outdoor storage areas that affect permit compliance.
Routine inspections can identify corrosion, damaged coatings, leaking fittings, deteriorated hoses, and cracks before they become larger problems. These conditions may not seem urgent from an operational perspective, but they can increase the risk of releases and regulatory violations.
Facilities should establish inspection procedures, clearly define responsibilities, and document findings. A simple inspection program can often identify problems early, reducing both environmental risk and repair costs.
Communication helps prevent violations
Many environmental compliance issues occur when operational changes are made without considering environmental impacts.
New equipment, replacement tanks, process modifications, and maintenance projects can affect air emissions, waste generation, chemical storage, and spill prevention requirements. Environmental staff may not become aware of these changes until after installation.
Regular communication between maintenance and environmental personnel can help identify potential compliance concerns before work begins. In many cases, a short conversation during project planning can prevent significant compliance challenges later.
Building a partnership between maintenance and environmental teams
Environmental compliance is most effective when it's integrated into daily operations. Maintenance teams often have the best understanding of equipment conditions, storage systems, and operational changes occurring throughout a facility.
Environmental awareness training, maintenance involvement in inspections, and regular communication can strengthen compliance programs and identify problems sooner.
Environmental managers bring regulatory expertise. Maintenance personnel bring operational knowledge. Together, they create a stronger foundation for compliance than either group can achieve alone.
Key to remember: Environmental compliance isn't solely an EHS responsibility. Maintenance staff members play a critical role in preventing spills, managing used oil, maintaining compliance equipment, and identifying problems before they become violations.
NewsNon-Point SourcesPublicly Owned Treatment WorksMunicipal WastewaterChange NoticesChange NoticeWater ProgramsIndustrial WastewaterVirginiaEnvironmentalWater MonitoringCWA ComplianceEnglishFocus Area
2026-08-14T05:00:00Z
Virginia requires PFAS monitoring for wastewater
Effective date: September 9, 2026
This applies to: Publicly owned treatment works (POTW)
Description of change: The Virginia State Water Control Board adopted amendments to the Virginia Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (VPDES) Permit regulation. The updated regulations:
- Require POTWs to mandate quarterly discharge monitoring for per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAS) for certain industrial user categories,
- Establish a 30-day reporting deadline for monitoring results, and
- Specify acceptable test methods.
Covered industrial categories include:
- PFAS manufacturing facilities;
- Electroplating and metal finishing facilities using PFAS;
- Semiconductor and circuit board facilities using PFAS;
- Paper and packaging manufacturing facilities using PFAS;
- Textile mills and tanneries using PFAS and leather, fabric, and carpet treaters using PFAS;
- Centralized waste treatment industrial facilities;
- Industrial launderers; and
- Any other facility or site that’s a source of PFAS (such as landfills).
The POTWs must report results quarterly to the Virginia Department of Environmental Quality. Additionally, industrial users must report monitoring results within 30 days of receiving the laboratory results.
Related state info: Industrial water permitting — Virginia
NewsGroundwaterChange NoticesChange NoticeWater ProgramsWater ReportingVirginiaEnvironmentalWater ProgramsEnglishFocus AreaCWA Compliance
2026-08-14T05:00:00Z
Virginia amends water withdrawal reporting requirements
Effective date: September 9, 2026
This applies to: Water users providing water to another person off-site
Description of the change: The Virginia State Water Control Board amended water withdrawal reporting requirements for water users providing water to another person off-site. These users are now required to report monthly (or quarterly if applicable) the total volumes of potable water and reclaimed water that they provided:
- To a data center with an air permit from the Virginia Department of Environmental Quality; and
- For domestic, commercial, industrial, and all other non-categorized purposes.
The reporting requirement takes effect on January 1, 2027.
Most Recent Highlights In Human Resources
NewsIndustry NewsToxic Substances Control Act - EPAToxic Subtances Control Act - EPATSCA ComplianceToxic Substances - EPAEnvironmental Protection Agency (EPA)EnvironmentalIn-Depth ArticleEnglishFocus AreaUSA
2026-08-14T05:00:00Z
TSCA Exposure Control Plan: 5 FAQs answered
Do you have a toxic work environment — literally? For facilities that handle chemicals, the answer is likely yes. And for specific chemicals, federal environmental regulations require facilities to protect workers by controlling their exposure to these substances.
The Workplace Chemical Protection Program (WCPP) is one way the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) protects potentially exposed workers from hazardous chemicals in the workplace. And at the core of the WCPP is the Exposure Control Plan (ECP); it’s the roadmap documenting how a facility will keep its employees safe. If your business manufactures (including imports), processes, distributes, uses, or disposes of a chemical substance subject to risk management regulations under Section 6 of the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA), an ECP may be required.
Consider these FAQs to help you implement an effective ECP that guards your workers against a “toxic work environment."
What’s an ECP?
An ECP is a strategic document explaining:
- What exposure controls the facility takes to reduce occupational exposure to a regulated chemical to or below EPA’s exposure limits; and
- How the facility will implement the other WCPP requirements (such as implementing exposure controls, establishing regulated areas, and providing training).
Any time a facility uses a TSCA Section 6 chemical that’s subject to the WCPP regulations (40 CFR Part 751), an ECP is required. This applies even if exposure monitoring determines that the concentration of a regulated chemical substance is below the existing chemical exposure limit or action level.
How do you develop an ECP?
Owners or operators must establish an ECP using the hierarchy of controls framework, following a sequence of actions to identify the control measures that will best reduce hazardous workplace exposures. The hierarchy of controls is ordered from the most to the least effective methods:
- Elimination stops the use of the chemical.
- Substitution replaces the chemical with a safer alternative.
- Engineering controls prevent people from coming into contact with the chemical (e.g., local exhaust ventilation and protective barriers).
- Administrative controls establish work practices that reduce the duration, frequency, or intensity of chemical exposure (like limiting access to exposure areas).
- Personal protective equipment (PPE), such as respirators, reduces or mitigates exposure.
EPA requires owners or operators to consider every level of the hierarchy. PPE should be a last resort and used only when other controls aren’t possible or when other methods don’t sufficiently reduce hazardous exposure to safe levels.
What’s in an ECP?
Generally, an ECP must include the following:
- The exposure control measures that were considered using the hierarchy of controls;
- The reason why each control measure was selected or not selected based on feasibility, effectiveness, or other relevant information;
- The actions required to implement the selected controls (e.g., installation, maintenance, training);
- The regulated areas (workplace locations where worker exposure may exceed exposure limits), how they’re identified, and the people authorized to enter them;
- The process for reviewing and updating the ECP to ensure that the exposure controls are effective, updated when needed, and properly implemented; and
- The procedures for responding to new sources of or increases in exposure to the regulated chemical, including taking corrective actions.
Owners or operators must review and update ECPs when making major changes to the WCPP. However, EPA’s chemical-specific rules limit the length of time between reviews. The review frequency in the chemical-specific rule is the minimum requirement.
For example, the perchloroethylene rule (751.607) requires facilities to review and update the ECP at least every 5 years, while the chrysotile asbestos rule (751.511) requires facilities to review and update the ECP at least annually.
Can an ECP be added to an existing safety program?
Yes! Owners or operators can either:
- Incorporate the ECP into an existing industrial hygiene or chemical management program (like a chemical hygiene plan) if the ECP contains all the required components, or
- Develop an individual document for the ECP.
Can one ECP be used for multiple regulated chemicals?
EPA allows owners or operators to develop one standalone ECP that covers multiple chemicals subject to TSCA Section 6 regulations if the plan complies with each chemical’s specific requirements.
Key to remember: The Exposure Control Plan explains how a facility will implement the Workplace Chemical Protection Program and the exposure controls needed to protect workers from hazardous chemical exposures.
NewsIndustry NewsCERCLA, SARA, EPCRA CERCLA, SARA, EPCRATSCA ComplianceWaste/HazWasteCAA ComplianceEnvironmentalIn-Depth ArticleCWA ComplianceEnglishSARA ComplianceFocus AreaUSA
2026-08-13T05:00:00Z
The environmental compliance program hiding in your chemical inventory
Environmental programs may appear unrelated, but most rely on accurate information about the chemicals a facility uses, stores, or generates. Air permits, hazardous waste determinations, emergency planning, chemical reporting, and spill response programs all depend on knowing what chemicals are on site.
Yet chemical inventory management is often divided among multiple departments. Purchasing tracks what comes in, operations tracks what is used, maintenance stores products for later use, and environmental staff may only become involved when reporting deadlines approach. When inventories are incomplete or outdated, compliance problems can quickly follow.
A single source of truth supports multiple programs
Before a facility can determine its environmental obligations, it must first understand what chemicals are present on site.
The information contained in a chemical inventory supports numerous environmental programs, and different inventory data serve different purposes. Product quantities may affect EPCRA reporting. Chemical constituents help identify TRI chemicals and estimate releases. Usage data support air emissions calculations, while information about spent materials can help determine whether hazardous waste rules apply. Storage quantities, container types, and locations may also affect spill prevention and emergency response planning.
Consider a facility that introduces a new solvent for equipment cleaning. Purchasing may view it as a routine substitution, but the environmental implications may be much broader. The solvent may contain volatile organic compounds (VOCs) that affect air permits, TRI-listed constituents, or chemicals subject to EPCRA. If the spent solvent is discarded, hazardous waste regulations may also come into play. A complete inventory and chemical review process can identify these issues before the product enters service.
When departments maintain separate inventories using different data sources, inconsistencies can develop. One database may show a product as active while another indicates it is no longer used. A chemical stored in a maintenance room may never make its way into environmental records. These gaps can create reporting errors and complicate inspections.
Small changes can have large compliance impacts
Chemical inventories are not static. New products are introduced, suppliers change formulations, production processes evolve, and maintenance departments purchase materials to address operational needs.
Even seemingly minor changes can affect compliance programs. A reformulated product may contain a reportable constituent that it did not contain previously. A new coating operation may increase air emissions. Additional chemical storage may trigger emergency planning requirements or affect secondary containment needs.
Without a chemical review process involving environmental, safety, operations, and purchasing personnel, facilities may not recognize these implications until well after a change has occurred. This approach helps identify regulatory concerns before products are ordered, stored, or put into use.
Inspections often begin with inventory questions
Environmental inspectors often compare records against actual site conditions. Chemical inventories frequently become a focal point because they intersect with multiple regulatory programs.
Inspectors may compare inventory records with container labels, safety data sheets (SDSs), storage areas, waste accumulation locations, or reported chemical quantities. Discrepancies can raise questions about reporting accuracy and program oversight.
A well-maintained inventory shows that a facility has systems to manage compliance and allows personnel to quickly answer questions about chemical storage and use.
Building a stronger inventory program
The challenge is deciding what information to track and how to keep it current. An effective chemical inventory program does not need to be complicated, but it should be consistent.
At a minimum, facilities should track product names, storage locations, quantities on site, usage rates, SDS information, and key chemical constituents. Different data elements support different programs. Storage quantities may affect EPCRA reporting, chemical constituents may drive TRI evaluations, and usage rates often provide critical data for air emissions calculations. Some organizations also identify whether a product contains TRI chemicals, hazardous air pollutants (HAPs), VOCs, PFAS, or other substances subject to reporting or permitting requirements. Centralizing this information can simplify environmental evaluations throughout the year.
Facilities should establish clear ownership of inventory data, periodically verify inventory accuracy in the field, review new chemicals before purchase, and ensure information is shared across departments. Environmental staff should also periodically compare inventory data against reporting submissions, air permits, waste records, and emergency planning documentation. The goal is not simply to maintain a list of chemicals, but to create a reliable foundation for environmental decision making. A well-managed inventory supports air permitting, chemical reporting, emergency planning, spill prevention, and hazardous waste programs. When inventory data is accurate and readily available, environmental professionals spend less time chasing information and more time managing compliance risks.
Key to remember: Chemical inventory management is more than a recordkeeping exercise. A complete and accurate inventory provides the information needed to support air, waste, emergency planning, spill prevention, and chemical reporting programs, helping facilities identify compliance obligations before problems arise.
NewsHazardous WasteSARA ComplianceCommunity Right to KnowPesticidesMine SafetyPesticide Registration and LabelingTSCA ComplianceWater ProgramsBenzeneWater QualitySafety Data Sheet ReportingMiningWaste/HazWasteTier II Inventory ReportingEnforcement and Audits - OSHASafety & HealthToxic and Hazardous Substances - OSHAEnvironmentalAir ProgramsToxic and Hazardous Substances - OSHAVideoAir QualityEnforcement and Audits - OSHACERCLA, SARA, EPCRAToxic Substances Control Act - EPAAir EmissionsMonthly Roundup VideoCAA ComplianceCWA ComplianceEnglishIndustry News
EHS Monthly Round Up - July 2026
In this July 2026 monthly roundup video, we'll review the most impactful environmental health and safety news.
Hi everyone! Welcome to the monthly news roundup video, where we’ll review the most impactful environmental health and safety news. Let’s take a look at what happened over the past month.
OSHA published its 2026 regulatory agenda on July 3. Of note, the agency projects an April 2027 date for the Emergency Response final rule, and the Heat Illness proposal is slated to be finalized in October 2027. In November 2026, OSHA also expects to publish a final rule addressing the use of subpoenas during investigations.
OSHA reopened the comment period for 14 chemical-specific proposals. This allows the public 30 days to comment on recommendations made by OSHA’s Advisory Committee on Construction Safety and Health.
OSHA updated its Voluntary Protection Programs, which recognize workplaces with strong safety and health programs and low injury rates. The changes align with the seven core elements in the agency’s Recommended Practices for Safety and Health Programs.
The Mine Safety and Health Administration withdrew 4 regulations that it says address outdated effective dates and requirements for various industry equipment and procedures. These relate to conveyor belts, blacksmith shops, diesel emission limits, and permissible flame safety lamps.
Turning to environmental news, EPA released detailed instructions and deadlines for pesticide registrants to begin compliance with the bilingual labeling requirements in the My PeST application. The first compliance deadline was July 31.
EPA aligned regulations under EPCRA Sections 311 and 312 with OSHA’s Hazard Communication amendments for hazardous chemical reporting requirements. Facilities must use OSHA’s hazard classes with their categories for safety data sheet submissions and hazardous chemical inventory reports required under EPCRA Sections 311 and 312.
And finally, EPA published its 2026 regulatory agenda on July 3. Many of the proposed and final rules support the agency’s continued deregulatory efforts and may impact regulatory compliance with air, land, and water rules.
Thanks for tuning in to the monthly news roundup. We’ll see you next month!
NewsGreenhouse GasesEnforcement and Audits - OSHAMonthly Roundup VideoWalking Working SurfacesCAA ComplianceUSAInjury and Illness RecordkeepingLaddersEnglishIndustry NewsEnforcement and Audits - OSHAOSHA InspectionsSafety & HealthInjury and Illness Recording CriteriaGeneral Industry SafetyEnvironmentalFocus AreaAir ProgramsVideo
EHS Monthly Round Up - February 2026
In this Februrary 2026 roundup video, we'll discuss the most impactful environmental health and safety news.
Hi everyone! Welcome to the monthly news roundup video, where we’ll review the most impactful environmental health and safety news. Let’s take a look at what happened over the past month.
Fatal work injuries fell 4 percent in 2024, largely due to a decline in workplace drug- and alcohol-related overdoses. According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, overdose fatalities fell from 512 in 2023 to 410 in 2024. Across all types of workplace incidents, there were 5,070 fatal work injuries in 2024, compared to 5,283 in 2023. Transportation incidents continue to be the most frequent type of fatal event, accounting for over 38 percent of all occupational fatalities in 2024.
OSHA is fast-tracking a proposal to remove the 2036 obligation to upgrade fall protection systems on fixed ladders that extend over 24 feet. This follows an industry petition from major chemical and petroleum industry groups, which argue the provision is unjustified, costly, and not supported by the rulemaking record. OSHA frames the upcoming proposed action as deregulatory, allowing employers to update fixed ladders at the end of their service lives. We’ll provide updates as more information becomes available.
As OSHA leans into “deregulatory” actions, lawmakers are moving to pressure the agency to issue “regulatory” rulemaking to protect American workers. The latest legislative wave of bills aims to fill regulatory gaps, tackle emerging hazards, expand OSHA authority, and raise penalties. Topics addressed by these bills include musculoskeletal disorders, heat stress, infectious diseases, wildfire smoke, and workplace violence.
In a recently issued letter of interpretation, OSHA states that a burn injury caused by a personal lithium-ion battery fire is work related if it occurs in the workplace during assigned working hours. The letter details an incident where an employee was burned when their rechargeable lithium-ion batteries for e-cigarettes sparked a fire after coming into contact with a key used for work.
A new report from the Department of Labor Office of Inspector General concludes that OSHA struggles to meet its mission, particularly in high-risk industries like healthcare, construction, and manufacturing. Several pages point to OSHA’s difficulties in effectively enforcing annual injury and illness reporting requirements, reaching the nation’s high-risk worksites for inspection, and addressing workplace violence by regulatory or other action.
Turning to environmental news, EPA extended the deadlines for Facility Evaluation Reports and related requirements for coal combustion residuals facilities. In most instances, the deadlines have been moved one or two years out.
And finally, EPA announced a final rule eliminating the 2009 Endangerment Finding and related greenhouse gas emission requirements for on-highway vehicles and vehicle engines. When the final rule takes effect, manufacturers and importers of new motor vehicles and motor vehicle engines will no longer have to measure, report, certify, or comply with federal greenhouse gas emission standards.
Thanks for tuning in to the monthly news roundup. We’ll see you next month!
NewsGreenhouse GasesToxic Substances Control Act - EPAToxic Subtances Control Act - EPATSCA ComplianceMonthly Roundup VideoCAA ComplianceUSAHazard CommunicationEnglishIndustry NewsSafety & HealthConstruction SafetyGeneral Industry SafetyMaritime SafetyEnvironmentalFocus AreaHazard CommunicationAir ProgramsVideo
EHS Monthly Round Up - May 2026
In this May 2026 roundup video, we’ll review the most impactful environmental health and safety news.
Hi everyone! Welcome to the monthly news roundup video, where we’ll review the most impactful environmental health and safety news. Let’s take a look at what happened over the past month.
The first compliance date for the revised HazCom standard took effect May 19. Employers who work with chemical substances that are aerosols, desensitized explosives, or flammable gases should start to see updated safety data sheets and labels. On a related note, OSHA revised its HazCom directive for inspectors. It instructs OSHA officers on how to conduct inspections and issue citations under the standard. However, it also provides chemical manufacturers, importers, distributors, and employers with insight into what officers will be assessing.
OSHA revoked a standard that prohibited open fires and fires in drums or similar containers in marine terminals. The agency stated that since this is no longer typical practice, removing the standard would lessen the compliance burden without compromising worker safety.
OSHA received the backing of an advisory committee as it advances a comprehensive Tree Care Operations proposal. During the Advisory Committee on Construction Safety and Health meeting, the group unanimously voted in favor of moving ahead. This clears the path for OSHA to publish its long-awaited proposal.
Turning to environmental news, EPA extended the submission date for the TSCA Section 8(d) Health and Safety Data Reporting Rule one-time report from May 22, 2026, to May 21, 2027.
EPA published the first round of expiring confidential business information claims for information submitted under TSCA. The list covers claims that expire from June 22 to July 31, 2026. Businesses must submit extension requests to keep the information protected.
EPA postponed the effective compliance date for trichloroethylene users with TSCA Section 6(g) exemptions until pending judicial review is concluded. The agency has yet to establish a new compliance date.
And finally, EPA revised HFC use restrictions for certain subsectors. This applies to entities that are subject to the 2023 Technology Transition Rule requirements. The agency also proposed a rule that would exempt transportation refrigeration units from leak repair requirements regardless of charge size.
Thanks for tuning in to the monthly news roundup. We’ll see you next month!
New Network Poll
Most Popular Highlights In Environmental
NewsIndustry NewsIndustry NewsToxic Substances Control Act - EPAToxic Subtances Control Act - EPATSCA ComplianceToxic Substances - EPAEnvironmental Protection Agency (EPA)EnvironmentalEnglishFocus AreaUSA
2026-04-13T05:00:00Z
EPA delays TSCA Section 8(a)(7) PFAS reporting timeline again
On April 13, 2026, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) published a final rule that further delays the submission period for the one-time report required of manufacturers on per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAS) by the PFAS Reporting and Recordkeeping Rule (PFAS Reporting Rule).
This final rule pushes the starting submission period to either 60 days after the effective date of a future final rule updating the PFAS Reporting Rule or January 31, 2027, whichever is earlier.
Who’s impacted?
Established under Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) Section 8(a)(7), the PFAS Reporting Rule (40 CFR Part 705) requires any business that manufactured (including imported) any PFAS or PFAS-containing article between 2011 and 2022 to report. Covered manufacturers and importers must submit information on:
- Chemical identity, uses, and volumes made and processed;
- Byproducts;
- Environmental and health effects;
- Worker exposure; and
- Disposal.
What’s the new timeline?
The opening submission period was moved from April 13, 2026, to either 60 days after the effective date of a future final PFAS Reporting Rule or January 31, 2027, whichever is earlier.
Most manufacturers have 6 months to submit the report. Small manufacturers reporting only as importers of PFAS-containing articles have 1 year.
| TSCA Section 8(a)(7) PFAS Reporting Rule submission period | ||
|---|---|---|
| Start date | End date | |
| Most manufacturers | 60 days from effective date of final PFAS Reporting Rule or January 31, 2027 (whichever is earlier) | 6 months from start date or July 31, 2027 (whichever is earlier) |
| Small manufacturers reporting solely as PFAS article importers | 60 days from effective date of final PFAS Reporting Rule or January 31, 2027 (whichever is earlier) | 1 year from start date or January 31, 2028 (whichever is earlier) |
Why the delay?
In November 2025, the agency proposed updates to the PFAS Reporting Rule. EPA has delayed the reporting period to give the agency time to issue a final rule (expected later this year).
Key to remember: EPA has delayed the starting submission deadline for the TSCA Section 8(a)(7) PFAS Reporting Rule from April 2026 to no later than January 2027.
NewsGreenhouse GasesIndustry NewsIndustry NewsEnvironmental Protection Agency (EPA)Air ProgramsCAA ComplianceEnvironmentalEnglishFocus AreaAir ProgramsUSA
2026-09-17T05:00:00Z
EPA repeals most 2024 Carbon Pollution Standards for fossil fuel-fired power plants
On September 17, 2026, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) finalized a rule repealing a majority of the greenhouse gas (GHG) emission requirements established by the 2024 Carbon Pollution Standards (CPS) for fossil fuel-fired power plants. The agency also issued a supplemental proposed rule to rescind all other GHG emission standards for fossil fuel-fired power plants.
Who’s impacted?
EPA’s final rule applies to the fossil fuel-fired electric generating unit (EGU) source category, including:
- Fossil fuel-fired electric utility steam generating units, and
- Stationary combustion turbine EGUs.
The final rule specifically impacts:
- Existing fossil fuel-fired steam generating EGUs (subject to 40 CFR Part 60 Subpart UUUUb),
- Coal-fired steam generating units conducting a large modification (subject to Part 60 Subpart TTTTa), and
- New base load stationary combustion turbines (subject to Part 60 Subpart TTTTa).
Final rule: Repeal 2024 CPS regulations
The agency finalized the alternative option from its June 2025 proposed rule, repealing parts of the 2024 CPS and revising the associated best system of emission reduction (BSER) determinations.
EPA’s final rule removes most of the 2024 CPS regulations, including:
- The emission guidelines for existing coal-, oil-, and natural gas-fired steam generating units (the entirety of Part 60 Subpart UUUUb);
- The carbon capture and sequestration/storage (CCS)-based standards for coal-fired EGUs conducting a large modification; and
- The CCS-based standards for new base load stationary combustion turbines (the Phase 2 standards).
The final rule doesn’t repeal or revise the 2024 CPS efficiency-based standards for new stationary combustion turbines (the Phase 1 standards). However, EPA addresses them in the supplemental proposed rule.
Proposed rule: Repeal remaining GHG emission requirements
EPA also issued a supplemental proposed rule to rescind all remaining GHG emission requirements for fossil fuel-fired power plants, including the Phase 1 standards for new stationary combustion turbines. It would require the same regulatory changes as the June 2025 proposed rule but for different reasons.
The supplemental proposed rule would repeal all GHG emission standards in 60 Subparts TTTT and TTTTa for the fossil fuel-fired EGU source category, including the 2015 New Source Performance Standards (NSPS) and the 2024 CPS.
Specifically, EPA would repeal the:
- Partial CCS-based standards for new and efficiency-based standards for reconstructed or modified steam generating units and integrated gasification combined cycle facilities, and
- Efficiency-based standards for new or reconstructed stationary combustion turbines.
If the rule is finalized as proposed, fossil fuel-fired EGUs would no longer be required to comply with the GHG emission standards established under the 2015 NSPS or the 2024 CPS regulations.
Key to remember: EPA’s final rule repeals a majority of the greenhouse gas (GHG) emission standards established by the 2024 Carbon Pollution Standards for fossil fuel-fired power plants. The agency also proposes to remove the remaining GHG emission requirements for fossil fuel-fired power plants.
NewsEnforcement and Audits - OSHANon-Point SourcesToxic Substances Control Act - EPASafety and Health Programs and TrainingToxic Subtances Control Act - EPATSCA ComplianceWater ProgramsWater QualityMonthly Roundup VideoMiningSafety and Health Programs and TrainingUSACWA ComplianceEnglishOSHA Emphasis ProgramsIndustry NewsWater PermittingSafety & HealthNew Source PerformanceGeneral Industry SafetySpecialized IndustriesEnvironmentalFocus AreaVideo
EHS Monthly Round Up - August 2026
In this August 2026 monthly roundup video, we'll review the most impactful environmental health and safety news.
Hi everyone! Welcome to the monthly news roundup video, where we’ll review the most impactful environmental health and safety news. Let’s take a look at what happened over the past month.
Citing elevated injury and illness rates, OSHA relaunched a National Emphasis Program, or NEP, on Warehousing and Distribution Center Operations. Retail operations are no longer targeted by this NEP, as they were previously. Inspectors will focus on common hazards in warehousing and distribution such as powered industrial vehicle operations, materials handling and storage, and fire protection. The NEP also offers OSHA greater discretion in whether to expand an inspection.
OSHA state-plan enforcement continued to gain momentum in fiscal year 2025. In an upward trend, inspection numbers, violation counts, and penalty amounts all increased. The latest data stem from the Occupational Safety and Health Plan Association’s Grassroots Worker Protection report.
OSHA’s Safe+Sound Week was held August 10 through the 16. The event gave employers an opportunity to highlight their safety and health programs and bring attention to common workplace hazards.
The Mine Safety and Health Administration reopened the comment period for proposed changes to the approval criteria for its mine roof control and ventilation plans. The new deadline for comments is September 30.
Turning to environmental news, EPA extended the compliance dates of certain Workplace Chemical Protection Program requirements for perchloroethylene and carbon tetrachloride. The revised deadlines affect facilities subject to the TSCA PCE and CTC risk management rules finalized in 2024.
And finally, EPA published a proposed 2027 general stormwater permit for construction. It applies to construction activities in areas where EPA is the NPDES permitting authority, including Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Mexico, and the District of Columbia. If finalized, the rule will replace the existing 2022 permit, which expires in early 2027.
Thanks for tuning in to the monthly news roundup. We’ll see you next month!
NewsIndustry NewsIndustry NewsWaste/HazWasteWasteEnvironmental Protection Agency (EPA)Waste ManagementEnvironmentalSolid WasteLand Disposal RestrictionsEnglishFocus AreaUSA
2025-09-05T05:00:00Z
Update: EPA withdraws direct rule, keeps proposed rule for alternative CCR reporting option
On September 4, 2025, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) withdrew a direct final rule it issued on July 22, 2025, that offered active and inactive coal combustion residuals (CCR) facilities an alternative reporting option and delayed corresponding compliance obligations for CCR management units (CCRMUs). However, the parallel proposed rule that was published with the direct final rule remains in place, and EPA has extended the comment period through September 15, 2025.
Who does this affect?
The direct and proposed rules impact (a) active CCR facilities and (b) inactive CCR facilities with inactive surface impoundments (called legacy CCR surface impoundments) that are regulated by the 2024 Legacy Rule.
What does this mean?
Because the direct rule was withdrawn, the alternative reporting option for the Facility Evaluation Report (FER) Part 1 doesn’t apply, and the compliance deadlines for the related CCRMU requirements revert to the previous timelines.
The parallel proposed rule remains active and contains the same changes as the withdrawn direct final rule, including:
- Adding an alternative option for active CCR facilities and legacy CCR surface impoundments to submit FER Parts 1 and 2 together by February 8, 2027; and
- Extending the related compliance deadlines for facilities with CCRMUs.
Further, the proposed rule seeks public input on potentially delaying both FER reporting deadlines and adjusting the CCRMU compliance timelines accordingly. The proposed additional extension would give CCR facilities the option to:
- Submit FER Part 1 by February 8, 2027, and FER Part 2 by February 8, 2028; or
- Submit FER Parts 1 and 2 together by February 8, 2028.
You can submit comments to Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OLEM-2020-0107.
Please see the original Industry News article ("EPA offers CCR facilities delayed reporting option and extends compliance deadlines") for more information about the withdrawn direct rule and the active proposed rule.
Key to remember: EPA has withdrawn a direct final rule that offered active and inactive coal combustion facilities an alternative reporting option, but the agency has kept the corresponding proposed rule in place.
NewsHazardous WasteIndustry NewsIndustry NewsWaste ManifestsWaste/HazWasteTSCA ComplianceWasteEnvironmental Protection Agency (EPA)EnvironmentalEnglishFocus AreaUSA
2024-08-02T05:00:00Z
Hazardous waste export manifests join e-Manifest system
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) published the final Third Rule on July 26, 2024, revising hazard waste export manifest regulations under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA). All hazardous waste shipments (regardless of destination) and manifest-related reports will be managed electronically through the e-Manifest program, EPA’s national system that tracks hazardous waste shipments electronically.
What are the changes?
Hazardous waste export manifests
Export manifests track hazardous waste that’s shipped out of the country for treatment, storage, and disposal. The final rule integrates hazardous waste export manifests into the e-Manifest system and designates the exporter as the entity responsible for submitting the manifest and paying the requisite user fee.
EPA’s Third Rule also:
- Expands the international shipment data elements on the manifest form,
- Updates the requirements for the document that tracks hazardous waste movement to better connect the manifest information with the movement document information (assisting with the integration of EPA’s Waste Import Export Tracking System with RCRAInfo), and
- Requires the last transporter (which transports hazardous waste export shipments out of the U.S.) to send a signed copy of the manifest and continuation sheet to the exporter instead of the generator.
Manifest-related reports
The final rule integrates other reports into the e-Manifest system, including:
- Discrepancy Reports for mismatches in the amount of waste,
- Exception Reports for shipment problems, and
- Unmanifested Waste Reports for waste found without proper tracking documents.
Further, small and large quantity generators must register for e-Manifest access to obtain their final signed manifest copies from the system.
Other changes
The final rule aligns the manifest requirements for polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) under the Toxic Substances Control Act with the RCRA manifest regulations. It also removes outdated requirements, fixes typographical errors, provides clear definitions, and ensures better alignment with the e-Manifest program.
What are the compliance deadlines?
The final Third Rule takes effect on January 22, 2025. However, these requirements don’t take effect until December 1, 2025:
- Exporters must submit hazardous waste export manifests to the e-Manifest system and pay the user fee.
- Entities must submit Discrepancy, Exception, and Unmanifested Waste Reports to the e-Manifest system.
- The last transporters must provide the export manifests and continuation sheets to the exporters.
Meanwhile, organizations must comply with existing hazardous waste manifest requirements through November 30, 2025.
Key to remember: EPA’s final Third Rule combines hazardous waste export manifests and related reports into the e-Manifest system. All hazardous waste shipments (regardless of destination) and manifest-related reports will be managed electronically.
NewsIndustry NewsEnglishEnvironmental Management SystemsEMS PlanningEnvironmentalIn-Depth ArticleEMS Roles and ResponsibilitiesEnvironmental Management SystemsFocus AreaUSA
2026-09-15T05:00:00Z
Expert Insights: The hidden compliance risk of employee turnover
When environmental professionals think about compliance risks, they often focus on permits, inspections, regulatory changes, and reporting deadlines. Those are certainly important concerns. Yet one of the most significant compliance risks faced by many organizations today has little to do with regulations themselves. It's employee turnover.
Environmental compliance programs depend heavily on institutional knowledge. Over time, employees develop an understanding of permit requirements, reporting schedules, waste streams, inspection practices, agency expectations, and operational nuances that may never be fully captured in a written procedure. When those employees retire, resign, or move into different roles, valuable compliance knowledge can leave with them.
This challenge is becoming more common as organizations experience workforce transitions, retirements, organizational restructuring, and ongoing competition for skilled employees. In some cases, a facility may discover that a single individual has been managing key compliance responsibilities for years with little backup or documentation. Everything may appear to function smoothly until that person is no longer available.
The greatest risks are often not the obvious ones. A permit doesn't disappear when an employee leaves. A reporting deadline doesn't change. Hazardous waste, air emissions, and wastewater obligations continue regardless of who occupies a particular position. The risk arises when important information about those obligations exists primarily in someone's memory rather than within the organization's management system.
Consider a few common examples. An environmental manager may know that a particular production process must be included in annual emissions calculations. A maintenance supervisor may understand why certain inspection frequencies were established. An operations employee may know that a wastewater treatment unit requires additional monitoring during specific production conditions. In some cases, long-term employees have developed productive working relationships with regulatory inspectors and agency staff. They understand how the facility has historically addressed compliance challenges, what information regulators typically request, and the context behind prior inspections or permitting decisions. Experienced personnel often carry these insights with them, yet organizations frequently neglect to capture and document the information for their successors.
Organizations sometimes discover these gaps only after an audit, inspection, or missed deadline. By then, correcting the problem can be far more difficult than preventing it. Fortunately, reducing this risk doesn't necessarily require significant investment. It begins with recognizing that compliance knowledge is an organizational asset rather than an individual asset. Facilities can strengthen resiliency by documenting critical compliance activities, maintaining current procedures, developing training materials, and cross-training employees on key responsibilities. Succession planning shouldn't be limited to leadership positions. It should also include the individuals who perform essential environmental compliance functions.
Environmental management systems can play an important role in this effort. Well-documented processes help ensure that compliance activities continue consistently regardless of changes in personnel. Recordkeeping systems, compliance calendars, written procedures, and periodic reviews all contribute to preserving institutional knowledge and reducing dependence on any single employee.
Every organization experiences personnel changes. The question is whether compliance programs are prepared for them. Facilities that proactively capture knowledge and distribute responsibilities are often better positioned to maintain compliance during periods of transition. In contrast, organizations that rely heavily on individual expertise may discover that employee turnover creates risks they never anticipated.
Environmental compliance is often viewed through the lens of regulations. Increasingly, however, it may be equally important to view compliance through the lens of knowledge management. After all, one of the most valuable environmental assets a facility possesses may be what its employees know and how effectively that knowledge is shared.
Most Popular Highlights In Transportation
NewsIndustry NewsEnglishFleet SafetyDriver qualificationsDriver qualification and hiringFocus AreaIn-Depth ArticleEnforcement - DOTTransportationUSA
2026-09-10T05:00:00Z
Driver qualification issues during roadside inspections in 2026 — Most common (and most preventable) violations
When driver qualification violations show up during roadside inspections, they fall into familiar areas: licensing, medical qualification, and English language proficiency. In fact, of the top 10 driver qualification violations issued so far this year, they all fall into one of these categories. That may not be surprising, but it’s a useful reminder that some of the most common issues are also the easiest to prevent.
This matters for motor carriers of every size. The Driver Fitness BASIC is a sensitive Compliance, Safety, Accountability (CSA) category. Even one violation can significantly affect a carrier’s CSA score, as well as overall visibility and compliance.
Licensing issues
Under the minimum Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSR) requirement, carriers must obtain a driver’s motor vehicle record (MVR) from each state the driver has held a license in prior 3 years within 30 days of hire and at least once every 12 months after that. For commercial driver’s license (CDL) drivers, the MVR must be obtained and used to verify DOT medical certification status before the driver operates a commercial motor vehicle (CMV).
Even though the regulations allow up to 30 days to complete the new-hire MVR inquiry, it’s a best practice to review an MVR before allowing any driver to operate a CMV. That review helps confirm the:
- License class,
- Endorsements,
- Restrictions,
- Expiration date, and
- Any disqualifying information.
Endorsements and restrictions deserve close attention. If a driver has a corrective lens restriction, for example, the driver must wear corrective lenses whenever operating.
Carrier policies should also set clear expectations for drivers to report license changes, convictions, suspensions, restrictions, medical-certification issues, or anything else that could affect their qualification.
Because the minimum MVR schedule leaves time for status changes to go unnoticed, MVR monitoring or more frequent reviews throughout the year can help prevent a carrier from being blindsided by a disqualified driver.
Medical qualification
Medical qualification violations often come from simple oversights, such as:
- Expired certificates,
- Missing documentation, or
- Errors in the transmission process from the medical examiner to state driver’s licensing agency.
Carriers should track expiration dates far enough in advance to allow for exams, follow-up, short-term certifications, and state processing time. Waiting until the last minute to schedule a driver for their exam, can easily leave a carrier with an unqualified driver.
With the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration’s exemption allowing CDL drivers to use a DOT medical card as proof of certification for 60 days expiring on October 11, it’s even more critical to schedule drivers for their DOT medical exams well in advance of expiration. After October 11, if a CDL driver is stopped and their medical information is expired on their record, a violation may be issued.
English language proficiency
English language proficiency isn’t new, but enforcement focus has made it an immediate concern. CDL drivers must be able to read and speak English well enough to:
- Converse with the public,
- Understand highway signs and signals,
- Respond to official inquiries, and
- Make required entries on reports and records.
When hiring new drivers, carriers should consider conducting interviews in English, even if the interviewer (or applicant) is fluent in another language.
The interviewer could ask a job candidate practical questions that the driver might face during a roadside inspection, such as:
- “Where are you coming from?”
- ”Where are you going?”
- “What are you hauling?”
- “Where are the required documents located?”
Carriers may also use a consistent pre-employment knowledge assessment, such as reviewing common highway signs and asking the applicant to explain their meaning.
Whatever process is used to help prevent noncompliance with some of the most common violations, carriers should document how each driver met (or didn’t meet) the requirements. Review processes should include all potential drivers, as well as current drivers to assess their ability to meet the standards and help pass roadside inspections.
Key to remember: Driver qualification violations are often preventable when carriers have clear, easy-to-follow policies and procedures in place. Making sure everyone involved understands their role and responsibilities – and taking action when deficiencies are found – can help ensure drivers are qualified before they’re placed behind the wheel.
NewsIndustry NewsVehicle inspector requirementsFleet SafetyAnnual inspections - Motor CarrierFocus AreaIn-Depth ArticleUSAEnglishTransportationCMV Inspections
2026-09-21T05:00:00Z
Bringing annual inspections in-house: A smart option for motor carriers
Many motor carriers rely on outside repair facilities to perform their required annual vehicle inspections. However, federal regulations allow carriers to conduct these inspections in their own maintenance facilities, provided they use properly qualified inspectors and maintain the required documentation. For fleets with an established shop operation, bringing annual inspections in-house can improve compliance, reduce costs, and provide greater control over vehicle maintenance programs.
Under Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) regulations, most commercial motor vehicles must undergo a periodic inspection at least once every 12 months. These inspections must meet the requirements found in 49 CFR 396.17 and the inspection criteria established in Part 393 and Appendix A to Part 396. Carriers are not required to outsource this process. Qualified employees can perform annual inspections in the carrier's own shop.
Key benefits of internal inspection programs
One of the primary benefits of conducting annual inspections internally is scheduling flexibility. Instead of waiting for service appointments at outside facilities, carriers can inspect vehicles as they become due, reducing downtime and helping prevent expiration-related violations. In-house inspections can also reduce inspection expenses, improve maintenance oversight, and allow fleets to identify defects before they become costly roadside violations or out-of-service conditions.
How do I choose the right inspector?
We often get questions about what certifications a mechanic must have to perform annual inspections. The FMCSA does not outline or require any specific certifications. To perform annual inspections, carriers must ensure inspectors meet the qualification requirements outlined in 49 CFR 396.19. Qualified inspectors must:
- Understand the inspection criteria contained in Part 393 and Appendix A;
- Be knowledgeable in the methods, tools, procedures, and equipment used during inspections; and
- Qualify through either a federal or state-sponsored training program, a state-issued inspection certification, or a combination of training and experience totaling at least one year.
Recordkeeping
Inspector qualification documentation is often overlooked. FMCSA requires carriers to retain evidence of an inspector's qualifications for the period the individual performs annual inspections and for one additional year after they stop performing inspections. Training certificates, resumes, employment records, and experience documentation are commonly used to demonstrate compliance. This documentation can be stored separately from the mechanic’s employment file. During a compliance review, audit, or investigation, this documentation will likely be requested.
Tracking inspection due dates and records
Carriers should also establish a reliable process for tracking inspection due dates and inspector qualification records. Many fleets use maintenance management software or electronic compliance systems that automatically generate reminders before annual inspections expire. Others maintain spreadsheets that track inspection dates and inspector credentials. Regardless of the method used, proactive tracking helps prevent lapses that can result in violations during audits or roadside inspections.
Annual inspection reports must also be retained. Under 49 CFR 396.21, carriers must keep the inspection report for at least 14 months from the date of inspection. The report must be available upon request and maintained where the vehicle is housed or maintained.
Key to remember: With the proper foundation in place, in-house annual inspections can become an efficient and cost-effective component of a carrier's overall maintenance and compliance strategy.
NewsIndustry NewsHazmat SafetyHazmat: HighwayFocus AreaIn-Depth ArticleHazmat EnforcementEnglishTransportationUSA
2022-12-27T06:00:00Z
Placarding responsibility – Whose is it?
Many shippers are unaware of their responsibility to provide placards to drivers, but the responsibility shifts as soon as the driver hits the road.
Check the regulations
According to Section 172.506 of the Hazardous Materials Regulations (HMR), a shipper offering a hazardous material for transportation by highway must provide the motor carrier with the required placards for the material being offered. The shipper must offer the placards to the carrier prior to, or at the same time as, the material is offered for transportation — unless the vehicle is already placarded for the hazmat.
Section 172.506 also states that no motor carrier may transport a hazardous material in a motor vehicle unless the required placards for the hazmat are affixed to the vehicle. Before transport, the driver is responsible for displaying the required placards for all the hazmat that is on the vehicle.
Avoid issues with shippers
Many trailers are equipped with flip placards that represent most classes of hazardous materials but without adequate training, shippers may not understand their responsibility to provide the driver with the required placards. If a driver arrives and the shipper fails to provide placards, the driver should contact dispatch for additional instructions or drive to a truck stop to secure the necessary placards. The driver becomes responsible for placards as soon as the trailer enters a public highway, so train your drivers to temporarily refuse the shipment until the proper placards can be obtained. If necessary, the driver must bobtail or leave empty before driving to pick up placards.
Another common placarding question with shippers involves combination loads. If a driver arrives at a shipper’s location and is already transporting a hazardous material below the placarding threshold, is the shipper required to provide placards for the combination load on the trailer? In this scenario, the driver already has 600 pounds of a Class 8 corrosive material on the trailer, and the shipper is offering an additional 500 pounds of the same commodity. The regulations state that the shipper is only required to provide placards for the commodity that is being offered, not for the aggregate weight of both shipments. In this scenario, the driver is responsible for providing placards since it involves a combination load.
The Hazardous Materials Regulations are complex, especially for newer employees. Drivers that can speak “hazmat” to shippers often secure additional business, so be sure to train your drivers and give them the confidence to have impactful conversations with shippers.
Key to remember: Carry extra placards in case a shipper is unable to supply the required placards or a combination of hazmat on the vehicle requires different placards.
NewsIndustry NewsFleet SafetyDrug and Alcohol Testing - DOTFocus AreaIn-Depth ArticleUSAEnglishDrug and alcohol recordkeeping - Motor CarrierTransportationDrug and Alcohol Clearinghouse - Motor Carrier
2026-09-17T05:00:00Z
Clearinghouse data challenges have their limits
Commercial drivers who disagree with information on their Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse record can dispute the data in most cases. However, not everything can be challenged.
Reported failed test results: Unchangeable
The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) states that a test result can’t be challenged.
Drug tests. Split specimen procedures already provide a rebuttal process for the driver. During the collection process, the specimen is divided into two samples. If the primary specimen is found to be positive for drugs, substituted, or adulterated, the driver is offered the opportunity to question the lab result. This occurs when the medical review officer (MRO) contacts the driver during the verification process.
The driver has 72 hours to request that the other half of the specimen be sent to a different lab for processing. If the driver fails to request the analysis, or the split specimen result confirms the original result, the violation stands. If the split specimen is found to be negative, the MRO will remove the violation from the driver’s Clearinghouse record.
Alcohol tests. A driver is given due process through the alcohol-testing procedures, so there is no opportunity to challenge the actual test result. An alcohol screening test resulting in a BAC of 0.02 or greater is followed by a confirmation test. If the confirmation test is 0.04 or greater, the employer reports it to the Clearinghouse.
Employer’s actual knowledge: A debatable matter
Drivers are permitted to challenge an employer’s report of actual knowledge of drug or alcohol use in violation of DOT testing rules. Actual knowledge encompasses several scenarios, including:
- An employer’s direct observation of drug or alcohol use,
- A driver’s admission of drug or alcohol use to the employer (aside from a self-admission policy),
- Information provided by previous employers indicating a DOT testing violation, or
- A traffic citation for driving a CDL CMV while under the influence of drugs or alcohol.
A driver may challenge a report of actual knowledge when incorrectly classified by the employer. In addition, a driver whose DUI didn’t result in a conviction may petition FMCSA to add documentary evidence of the non-conviction to their Clearinghouse record.
This documentation may, for example, include a certificate of disposition from the court, a letter from a prosecutor stating that the charge has been dropped, or a screenshot from a court online docket system displaying the disposition. A statement from the driver, even if provided in the form of an affidavit, will not be considered unless it’s accompanied by documentary evidence as described above.
Refusals to test: Events that don’t qualify
As noted, an MRO’s refusal-to-test determination based on a substituted or adulterated specimen can’t be challenged. However, when the designated employer representative (DER) makes a refusal-to-test determination, the driver may only challenge the violation if it doesn’t meet the criteria for reporting. For example, if a driver fails to appear for a pre-employment drug test, it doesn’t fall within the scope of what constitutes a refusal to test. It shouldn’t have been reported to the Clearinghouse by the DER, and the driver can ask that it be removed from their record.
False statements: More than a misunderstanding
Although rare, there may be occasions when an employer or service agent knowingly submits false information about a driver to the Clearinghouse.
Drivers may challenge actual knowledge or refusal-to-test incidents that were maliciously reported. If FMCSA determines the information was false, it will be removed from the driver’s record. In addition, responsible parties may be subject to criminal and/or civil penalties.
Administrative errors: Simple fixes
There may be instances in which information on a driver’s record contains errors that are not the result of misunderstandings of the rule or malicious intent. Drivers may request that FMCSA correct administrative errors, such as data-entry mistakes or duplicate reports.
How to remove incorrect Clearinghouse data
A driver may use DataQs to file concerns about their Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse information through a request for data review (RDR). DataQs is designed to help motor carriers, drivers, and service providers request a review of records. Before submitting an RDR, individuals must register with DataQs by creating a free user account.
To be successful, the submissions require documentation to support the claims. Within 45 days of receiving a complete petition, FMCSA will inform the driver, in writing (by email or letter), of its decision to retain, remove, or correct the information and provide the basis for the decision.
Key to remember: Drivers may use DataQs to challenge information on their Clearinghouse record with the exception of actual test results.
NewsIndustry NewsFleet SafetyDriver qualificationsDriving RecordsEnforcement - DOTFocus AreaIn-Depth ArticleEnglishRoadside InspectionsTransportationUSA
2024-01-12T06:00:00Z
Answers to 3 key questions to keep commercial drivers compliant after vision surgery
Options for corrective vision surgery have significantly increased over the past 25 years. Commercial drivers who meet vision standards post-surgery must update their licensing and medical certifications. They must also understand the consequences of inaction.
During a roadside inspection after vision surgery, if the driver's license or medical card states that corrective lenses are required, the driver must prove they are wearing them. If the driver is not wearing glasses or contacts, but the driver's license or medical card still lists them as required, the driver will be cited and placed out of service.
Three key questions
Below are three questions and the answers to which can help avoid citations and out-of-service orders relating to vision requirements.
1. What must a driver do after vision surgery if they no longer require corrective lenses?
Answer: The driver must:
- Take a vision test at the motor vehicle department to have the corrective lenses restriction removed from their license, and
- Contact a certified medical examiner (CME) from the National Registry for an exam to remove the corrective lenses requirement from their medical certification.
The driver may also need to undergo an eye exam from an optometrist or ophthalmologist if requested by the CME.
2. If a medical certification says corrective lenses are required, but the license does not, or vice versa, is this a violation in a roadside inspection?
Answer: Yes. If the driver is not wearing corrective lenses, it is a medical qualification violation per Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration Regulations (FMCSRs) §391.11(b)(4), and the driver must be placed out of service.
Alternatively, if the license says corrective lenses are required, and the driver is not wearing them, then the citation is written as a licensing violation (§391.11(b)(5) or §383.21(a)(2)), and the driver must also be placed out of service.
3. Is the discrepancy a violation if the driver wears corrective lenses as specified by their medical certification but not on their license?
Answer: No. The violation only exists if the license or the medical certification requires corrective lenses and the driver is not wearing them.
Some states do not use the same criteria for requiring corrective lenses as are specified in the FMCSRs vision standard in §391.41(b)(10), so there's a difference it's not a violation. In many states, it is possible to have a license without the corrective lens restriction and not be able to pass the federal vision standard.
Drivers are usually licensed for more than five years. Vision can change during periods far longer than the maximum two-year medical certification.
Keep in mind, a medical qualification violation cannot be challenged in the FMCSA's DataQs system because "the driver didn't need corrective lenses anymore." Post-surgery, the medical certification, and license must reflect that no corrective lenses are needed, or the driver will face consequences.
Key to remember: Educate drivers on the requirement to update their license and medical certification after corrective vision surgery to keep them compliant.
NewsIndustry NewsHazmat SafetyHazmatIn-Depth ArticleFocus AreaUSAEnglishTransportationHazmat Rulemaking procedures
2023-12-22T06:00:00Z
Navigating change: Key updates to 2024 IATA DGR take effect
Every year the International Air Transport Association (IATA) updates its Dangerous Goods Regulations (DGR) to ensure the safe and secure handling of dangerous goods that are shipped or transported by air. While changes to the 2024 IATA DGR (65th edition) are not as plentiful as they were in previous years, they are no less important.
Mandatory compliance with the 2024 IATA DGR begins on January 1, 2024, and will be valid until the 2025 IATA DGR comes into effect. Let’s look at the key updates, listed by Section, for the 65th edition of the IATA DGR:
Need additional information for IATA? Check out this ezExplanation.
Limitations
- Dangerous Goods Carried by Passengers or Crew (2.3)— Provisions for battery-powered mobility aids have been revised to include reference to the guidance on the end-to-end processes associated with the carriage of mobility aids.
Packing
The following packing instructions have been updated:
- 5.2.0.9 - Added a water capacity limit for non-refillable cylinders containing a flammable gas, limited to a water capacity not exceeding 1.25 L.
- PI 952 - Revised to include reference to "equipment."
- PI 954 - Clarified the rules for marking overpacks containing dry ice. The total net quantity of dry ice in the overpack must be marked on the outside of the overpack.
Packaging specifications and performance tests
- 6.0.3 - Clarified the requirements and formatting for UN specification marks on packages.
Documentation
- 8.1.6.9.2, Step 6 – Added a note to "reinforce that there is no requirement for the type, number and net quantity in inner packagings within the outer packaging of a combination packaging to be shown" on the shipping papers (Shippers Declaration for Dangerous Goods).
Radioactive materials
- 10.8.3.9.1—Added an additional example of the description for the first sequence of information on the Shipper's Declaration to address where a radioactive material has a subsidiary hazard, and the proper shipping name must be supplemented by the technical or chemical name.
- 10.8.6—Added two examples to show how radioactive materials with a subsidiary hazard should be described and how packages in an overpack should be shown.
Appendices
IATA has added a new appendix to the list of appendices in the DGR. Appendix H includes a list of changes IATA will make to the 2025 IATA DGR. IATA added Appendix H so that shippers and carriers have time to prepare for the substantial updates that are coming for 2025. Some of the changes include:
- Adding an exception for data loggers and cargo trackers with installed lithium batteries.
- Modifying the exception for COVID-19 vaccines to now apply to all pharmaceutical products.
- Adding a new classification for sodium ion batteries.
- Updating the list of dangerous goods and special provisions.
- Amending and adding several packing instructions.
- Revising the "lithium battery mark", which will be known as the "battery mark" in the future.
Making sure you are keeping up with these regulatory changes and preparing for future updates is extremely important if you want to avoid costly delays, fines, and lost revenue. Keep your hazmat employees up to speed and inform them of any changes they need to be aware of.
Key to Remember: IATA updates their DGR every year and changes to the 2024 IATA DGR become effective on January 1, 2024.
Most Popular Highlights In Human Resources
NewsIndustry NewsIndustry NewsHR GeneralistFamily and Medical Leave Act (FMLA)Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA)USAHR ManagementEnglishFocus AreaHuman Resources
2023-09-06T05:00:00Z
Appellate court sided with employee's (almost) 3-year-delayed FMLA claim
Back in October 2018, Laffon had a medical emergency and needed some time off under the federal Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA).
Her leave lasted until November 15. Ten days after she returned to work, on November 26, her employer terminated her.
She sued, arguing that the employer retaliated against her because of her FMLA leave.
The catch? She didn't bring the suit until almost three years later.
No link between leave and termination
In court, the employer argued that there was no causal link between Laffon taking FMLA leave and her termination. Although the court documents aren't robust, they do reveal that the employer indicated that Laffon's allegations didn't show that her taking FMLA leave was a factor in the decision to terminate her. The documents showed only that the termination chronologically followed her leave.
The court agreed with the employer. It also agreed that Laffon failed to allege a willful violation of the FMLA, which would allow her to benefit from the FMLA's three-year statute of limitations.
Laffon appealed the case to the Ninth Circuit.
Statute of limitations
Under the FMLA, employees have two years from the date of the last event constituting the alleged violation for which they can bring a claim.
Those two years are extended to three years if the employer's actions were "willful." This means that an employee must show that the employer either knew or showed reckless disregard for whether its conduct violated the FMLA.
Ruling overturned
Fast forward to August 2023, when the Ninth Circuit reversed the lower court's decision. It indicated that, based on Laffon's amended complaint and liberally construing the law, her allegations establish that her leave was causally connected to her termination and that the employer's action (her termination) was willful.
Glymph v. CT Corporation Systems, No. 22-35735, Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals, August 22, 2023.
Key to remember: Terminating an employee soon after returning from FMLA leave is risky, unless there is a clear, well-documented, non-leave-related reason. Case documents did not show such a clear reason, which can also increase the risk of a willful finding. Employees have time to file claims, even years.
NewsIn-Depth ArticleUSAHR ManagementEnglishMental Health ParityAssociate Benefits & CompensationIndustry NewsEmployee BenefitsEmployee BenefitsBenefits communicationHR GeneralistFlexible BenefitsAssociate RelationsFocus AreaHuman Resources
2026-09-02T05:00:00Z
How to accommodate your anxious employee — Tapping into benefits, resources
Everyone experiences some level of anxiety during their life; that’s normal. What isn’t “normal” is when the anxiety becomes so severe it affects a person’s day-to-day tasks. In the workplace, that could look like:
- Increased absences
- Tardies
- Conflicts with coworkers
- Missed deadlines
When an employer notices these types of behaviors (or an employee says they’re struggling), the employer should address it, but not jump to conclusions or diagnose an employee with an anxiety disorder.
The employer should start with a private conversation and ask, “What can we do to help?” Focus on problem-solving solutions, which could mean tapping into company benefits/programs, connecting the employee with community resources, or finding a workplace accommodation.
Where to start?
If an employee is missing work or needs time off due to their anxiety disorder or stress-related condition, employers should start thinking of the federal Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA).
The FMLA provides job-protected, unpaid leave for physical and mental health conditions, among other reasons. An FMLA-eligible employee may take up to 12 workweeks of leave in a 12-month period for qualifying reasons. The time off could be for therapy appointments or to manage their symptoms.
The employer can ask that the employee support the leave with a certification, which can help the employer know what time off is needed and approximately when. The certification also lets an employer know if the condition qualifies for FMLA leave. Not everyone with anxiety will need (or qualify for) FMLA leave.
The FMLA mandates that employers continue group health care benefits during an employee’s leave. Other benefits may still be offered, and employees may have certain rights governing those benefits.
There might also be state-related leave laws that could come into play that would protect an employee’s time off to treat their anxiety.
What about workplace accommodations?
The federal Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) somewhat picks up where the FMLA leaves off; however, the two laws can run together or be separate.
The ADA requires employers to reasonably accommodate the known physical or mental limitations of an otherwise qualified applicant or employee with a disability, unless doing so would impose an undue hardship on the operation of the employer's business.
Time off could be seen as a workplace accommodation for an employee with an anxiety disorder, but there could be other ideas, such as:
- Flexible scheduling
- Remote work
- Additional break times
- Adjustments to company policies
Employers determine accommodations on a case-by-case basis through an interactive process with the employee or applicant. Ultimately, though, the employer has the final say in what type of accommodation they will implement.
What else should employers do?
Beyond the FMLA, ADA, and state laws, when employees are mentally struggling, employers should tap into other resources that the company offers, such as an employee assistance program.
Many communities also have various support systems in place that could provide additional help. Employers should keep a list of their available options handy for when an employee shows signs that they’re struggling or if they walk in and say, “I’m not okay.”
Key to remember: Having a plan in place and knowing what steps to follow can help employers support employees dealing with anxiety disorders or stress-related conditions.
NewsIndustry NewsIn-Depth ArticleFamily and Medical Leave Act (FMLA)Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA)USAHR ManagementEnglishFocus AreaHuman Resources
2023-07-20T05:00:00Z
Dealing with FMLA Monday/Friday absences
The federal Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA) allows eligible employees to take job-protected leave for certain qualifying reasons. Over the years, employees have gotten creative when scheduling such leave, including taking it on Mondays and/or Fridays to extend a weekend.
Employers trying to oversee schedules and meet other business needs might get frustrated when employees take leave. When employees take leave in suspicious patterns, the frustration swells.
It doesn’t help that the FMLA restricts when and how employers may obtain information on the reasons behind leave.
Employers, however, do have some resources available to them when determining whether a Monday/Friday absence pattern is valid, or if the employee is abusing leave.
Recertifying FMLA leave
Once employers have a certification supporting the need for a leave, they may not request recertification more often than every 30 days, or until the minimum duration of the condition listed on the certification has expired.
Employers may, however, request recertification more often if:
- The employee requests an extension of leave,
- Circumstances described by the initial certification have changed significantly, or
- They receive information that casts doubt upon the reason for leave or the continuing validity of the certification.
When employers suspect FMLA abuse, they should review the information contained in the certification to see if the absences match. If not, they may investigate the situation further.
Asking about absence patterns
To help with this investigation, when requesting a recertification, employers may include a record of the employee’s absences and ask the health care provider if the pattern is consistent with the serious health condition.
It’s true that employers may not generally contact the employee’s health care provider directly for this information, but they may add this type of question to the medical recertification form, and direct the employee to have it completed.
Tracking absences
In such situations, employers might want to review the absence patterns of employees in question and be on the lookout for suspicious absences in the future.
Effectively tracking all leave is a must to identify patterns that could indicate FMLA leave abuse. If employers learn that an absence is not for a valid FMLA-qualifying reason, the employee is not entitled to the protections of the law for such an absence.
Key to remember: If employees are suspiciously taking FMLA leave such as on Mondays and Fridays, employers may request a recertification supporting the leave pattern.
NewsNational Labor Relations Board (NLRB)Employee RelationsIn-Depth ArticleDress codesUnions/Labor RelationsEnglishHR ManagementUSAIndustry NewsHR GeneralistUnions/Labor RelationsAssociate RelationsFocus AreaHuman Resources
2026-09-11T05:00:00Z
Understanding dress code limits can be a tall order for employers
Between a more casual approach to work attire and the increase in remote work, dress code policies have been on HR’s back burner. A recent case, however, returns dress codes to the limelight.
The case
In early September, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit rejected the National Labor Relations Board’s (NLRB) view of employer dress code policies adopted in 2022.
In the case, a union representing workers in a New York City location of a national coffeehouse chain challenged these three parts of the company’s dress code policy:
- In addition to company-approved or issued pins, cafe employees may wear on their apron “one reasonably sized and placed button or pin that identifies a particular labor organization or a partner’s support for that organization, except if it interferes with safety or threatens to harm customer relations or otherwise unreasonably interferes with the company’s public image.”
- Employees are “not permitted to wear buttons or pins that advocate a political, religious or personal issue.”
- While employee shirts may have a small manufacturer logo, they may not have “other colors, designs, logos or writings” other than those pre-approved by the company.
The Second Circuit refused to enforce the NLRB’s findings that these policies were unlawful, reasoning that the NLRB’s reliance on its decision in Tesla, Inc., 371 NLRB No. 131 (Aug. 29, 2022), misapplies precedent and rests on “erroneous legal foundations.”
Finding the right balance
In Tesla, the NLRB adopted the presumption that all employer dress code policies that limit an employee’s right to display union insignia are presumed to be unlawful. The Second Circuit now joins the Fifth Circuit in refusing to enforce Tesla. The Second Circuit said that Tesla was inconsistent with precedent.
Referencing U.S. Supreme Court precedent from Republic Aviation, 324 U.S. 793 (1945), the Second Circuit urged a return to the balancing test between “the undisputed right of self-organization assured to employees … and the equally undisputed right of employers to maintain discipline in their establishments.”
The court added that employees have the right to wear items that relate to unionization and other protected matters at work, but employers aren’t prevented from making and enforcing reasonable rules covering the conduct of employees on company time, because “working time is for work.”
The Second Circuit sent the case back to the NLRB asking the board to “apply a more evenly measured balancing test” and suggested what to consider in its analysis, including:
- How much the rule limits employees’ Section 7 rights (i.e., whether the employer enforces a full or partial ban on union insignia during working time);
- Whether the employer’s policy is neutral on its face, nondiscriminatory, and consistently enforced; and
- The context, or legitimate business reasons underlying the rule.
The Second Circuit also addressed how much weight courts must give NLRB decisions. Under the U.S. Supreme Court’s 2024 decision in Loper Bright Enterprises v. Raimondo, courts aren't required to defer to a federal agency’s interpretation of the law it administers.
Takeaways for employers
The decision gives employers in the Second and Fifth Circuits more leeway to draft neutral dress code policies that limit union insignia.
Employers should also be aware that the legal standard may continue to change. In August, the NLRB’s General Counsel listed dress codes and a possible reversal of Tesla as future priorities. Employers should, therefore, review appearance policies carefully, document the reasons for restrictions, and consult counsel before limiting union-related clothing or insignia.
Key to remember: A federal appeals court rejected the NLRB’s presumption that dress-code limits on union insignia are automatically unlawful.
Starbucks Reserve Roastery v. National Labor Relations Board, No. 24-3168 (2nd Cir. September 2, 2026)
NewsIndustry NewsIndustry NewsAssociate Benefits & CompensationHR GeneralistFamily and Medical Leave Act (FMLA)Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA)Associate RelationsEnglishHR ManagementFocus AreaHuman ResourcesUSA
2026-09-10T05:00:00Z
DOL releases latest FMLA forms and notices
The federal Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA) requires employers to give employees certain notices regarding their eligibility to take job-protected leave and whether they’ll count an absence as FMLA leave. Employers may also ask employees to give them a certification supporting the need for leave for most situations.
The U.S. Department of Labor (DOL) has models of these notices and forms, and they had an expiration date of 6/30/26. Recently, the DOL released the latest versions of those notices and forms, with a new expiration date of 8/31/29.
The forms don’t really expire. The date is an internal government check-and-balance date. The DOL has to review the documents every 3 years, even if they make no changes, and it appears this time around no changes were made.
Key to remember: The DOL published its latest FMLA notices and forms, but employers may continue to use the ones with the 6/30/26 expiration date.
NewsIndustry NewsHome workersEmployee RelationsEmployee RelationsHR GeneralistIn-Depth ArticleUSAHR ManagementEnglishFocus AreaHuman Resources
2023-03-13T05:00:00Z
Hybrid workers feel connected to company culture; managers don’t
As more employees adopt hybrid working arrangements, employers may be questioning the effect on company culture.
According to a 2022 Gallup poll, hybrid workers are doing better when it comes to feeling connected to their organization’s culture than those who are either 100 percent remote or in the office full time.
An organization’s culture is the way its employees and management interact in the work environment to achieve its mission and values. It is how people work together.
Gallup’s poll analysis revealed that 23 percent of U.S. hybrid workers strongly agree that they feel connected to their organization, compared with 20 percent of employees overall.
These results fly in the face of the oft-made assumption that when employees are physically together, they develop important social bonds that cannot be replaced by email or virtual meetings.
Why feeling connected matters
The Gallup analysis further explained that employees who strongly agree that they feel connected to their culture are:
- 3.7 times as likely to be engaged at work
- 5.2 times as likely to recommend their organization as a great place to work
- 37 percent more likely to be thriving
- 68 percent less likely to feel burned out at work always or very often
- 55 percent less likely to be looking for a job
Hybrid workers might feel more strongly that their organization cares about them as an individual, which makes them feel more connected to the organization’s values, mission, and purpose.
That all sounds like good news for hybrid organizations. There is one exception, however: managers. Gallup’s analysis found that hybrid managers feel less connected to their company culture.
Why hybrid managers feel less connected
Much of remote and hybrid work planning has focused on helping the individual employee. Early in the pandemic, managers were busy ensuring their teams had everything they needed to be productive, from equipment to schedule flexibility to communications from leadership.
Now that employees have settled into this new arrangement, managers are challenged with interpreting company values and culture in a different type of workplace.
While individual team members may benefit from fewer office distractions, managers might be struggling to create an equitable and engaging work environment for everyone on their teams.
In the past, managers often leaned on other managers in their peer group to help them navigate challenges, but those peers may not be as available as they were when everyone was in the office every day. Managers might feel less connected to company culture because they are missing peer and organizational support, even as they support their teams to thrive in a hybrid workplace.
What can you do to support hybrid managers
It’s possible your organization lost manager-to-manager conversations in the transition to hybrid work. These conversations might have provided managers with innovative ideas, ways to improve efficiency, and social bonding.
To fill that gap, leaders should consider intentional ways of bringing managers together for culture building.
Key to remember: Hybrid work arrangements leave employees and managers feeling different about company culture. Encourage managers to communicate with each other in addition to their team members to help build that connection to company culture for everyone.
Most Popular Highlights In Safety & Health
NewsIndustry NewsSafety & HealthConstruction SafetyGeneral Industry SafetyMaritime SafetyOccupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), DOLIn-Depth ArticleHazard CommunicationHazard CommunicationEnglishFocus AreaUSA
2026-09-17T05:00:00Z
Heads up! HazCom employer compliance deadline approaching fast
OSHA’s revised Hazard Communication (HazCom) standard contains multiple compliance dates at 29 CFR 1910.1200 paragraph (j) for chemical manufacturers, importers, distributors, and employers. In fact, the next compliance date is for employers, and it’s just over two months away! The November 20, 2026, employer deadline is driven by changes to chemical hazard classifications for aerosols, desensitized explosives, and flammable gases.
Reclassification impacts downstream chemical users
According to 1910.1200(j), chemical manufacturers, importers, and distributors evaluating substances (see the definition in 1910.1200(c)) based on the new classifications had until May 19, 2026, to:
- Reclassify the substances under revised criteria,
- Update their safety data sheets (SDSs) and shipping labels for these substances, and
- Otherwise be in compliance with all the modified provisions of the standard for those substances.
Hazard classification is the process of identifying a chemical’s hazards and determining how severe those hazards are. Chemical manufacturers and importers use 1910.1200(d), along with Appendix A (for health hazards) and Appendix B (for physical hazards) to make these determinations. When OSHA aligned HazCom with Revision 7 of the Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labeling of Chemicals (GHS) in 2024, the agency revised its classification categories for aerosols, desensitized explosives, and flammable gases.
Once a classification is determined, it dictates the warnings, pictograms, hazard statements, and other safety and health information that must appear on SDSs and shipping labels. OSHA explains that the classification should provide downstream users with sufficient information to perform a hazard assessment specific to their own workplace and to understand how employees must use the chemical product there.
How the November 20 deadline impacts employers
Employers who purchase substances that are aerosols, desensitized explosives, and flammable gases will receive (or may already have received) revised SDSs and see updated container labels with their shipments.
In addition, according to 1910.1200(j), all employers must, as necessary:
- Update any alternative workplace (in-house) labeling per 1910.1200(f)(6);
- Update their HazCom training program required by 1910.1200(h)(1); and
- Provide additional employee training in line with 1910.1200(h)(3) for newly identified physical, health, or other hazards covered by the standard.
Employers will also need to retain any new SDSs they receive. However, if they have not purchased new inventory, they’re not required to contact the manufacturer, importer, or distributor for a new SDS. Still, an employer may proactively request new ones from their suppliers anyway.
Further HazCom compliance dates in paragraph (j)
Chemical manufacturers, importers, and distributors evaluating mixtures (as defined in 1910.1200(c)) based on the new classifications have until November 19, 2027, to reclassify them based on the new criteria, update their SDSs and shipping labels, and otherwise be in compliance with all the modified provisions of the standard for those mixtures.
Also, for mixtures, employers have until May 19, 2028, to update any alternative workplace labeling, update their HazCom training program, and provide additional employee training for newly identified physical, health, or other hazards.
Key to remember: OSHA paragraph (j) to 1910.1200 has several compliance dates for chemical manufacturers, importers, distributors, and employers. One date has already passed, and the next one (November 20, 2026) applies to employers. Two more are slated for November 19, 2027, and May 19, 2028.
NewsAccident Investigation Preparation and ResponseAccident Corrective and Preventative ActionsIn-Depth ArticleEnglishIndustry NewsAccident Investigation - OSHAAccident Investigation - OSHASafety & HealthConstruction SafetyGeneral Industry SafetyAgriculture SafetyAccident responseFocus AreaUSA
2026-09-21T05:00:00Z
ASTM guidance on SIFs has updated; it’s time to update too!
What if your safety program is hitting its target, but is still missing the one condition that could kill or seriously harm someone if unchanged? Shifting from a safety scoreboard to a risk spotlight could be the solution that takes you from responding to incidents to preventing them.
A change in perspective
For decades, safety performance has been measured using metrics such as TRIR and LTIR. While those measures remain valuable, they primarily tell us what happened yesterday. They don't always reveal the hazards that could cause a serious injury or fatality (SIF) tomorrow.
That's the thinking behind ASTM International’s updates to ASTM-E2920-26, which encourages organizations to look beyond injury counts and focus on identifying, prioritizing, and controlling high-consequence risks before tragedy occurs. In other words, moving from looking at incidents in the rearview mirror to looking through the windshield at what’s headed their way.
A new way to look at safety
ASTM’s hope is to change the lens through which risk is evaluated from hindsight to foresight and from injury tracking to risk recognition and hazard prevention. In addition to broadening the scope of “what” is evaluated, they’ve expanded serious injuries and fatalities (SIF) to include operational risks and system conditions.
Prioritizing what matters most
A key change in ASTM E2920 26 encourages employers to prioritize incidents in levels:
- Level 1: Actual SIFs (aSIF) (life-ending, life-threatening, or life-altering injuries/illnesses),
- Level 2: Priority injuries/illnesses with significant impact that call for a closer look,
- Level 3: Regulatory recordables that don’t meet Level 1 or Level 2 criteria, and
- Level 4: Minor injuries and near misses such as first aid incidents or low-risk events.
Somewhere between Levels 2 and 4 lies the potential SIF (pSIF) where incidents could have had significant impact or severe consequences. It shifts the focus from "What happened?" to "What could have happened?" Consider a forklift backing out of an aisle with a raised load. As the operator turns, the load shifts and falls from the forks, landing a few feet from a nearby employee. No injuries occurred.
In many organizations, this would have been classified as a near miss triggering a safety refresher about safe forklift operation, then closed out. The ASTM E2920-26 challenges employers to new thinking by asking:
- What if the employee had been one step closer?
- What if the load had fallen directly onto them?
- Would the result have been life-altering or fatal?
If the answers to these questions is “yes,” the near miss shifts to a pSIF and changes the response. Rather than a simple safety reminder, an investigation would be launched to determine contributing factors or conditions allowing the event to occur (load stability, operator visibility, travel routes, and pedestrian controls). Afterward, stronger safeguards would be implemented, creating even more employee protection.
Organizations that focus on pSIFs learn from close calls before they become life-changing incidents, allowing them to direct resources where they can have the biggest impact: preventing serious injuries and saving lives.
Shifting focus to controls
ASTM E2920 26 also challenges employers to emphasize hazard controls, moving from reaction to proaction. Training, policies, procedures, and signage are important, but they rely on infallible human behavior and workers consistently making the right decisions. Higher levels of control, such as elimination, substitution, and engineering controls, remove or reduce exposure to hazards regardless of human behavior.
Here’s how to shift into gear:
- Reframing injury prevention to a focus on risk rather than just rates.
- Adding pertinent investigation questions when incidents have the potential to cause a fatal or life-altering outcome.
- Flagging incidents or near misses involves high energy or line-of-fire exposures.
- Escalating identified pSIF events for formal review and corrective action.
- Tracking incident trends involving energy sources, failed or missing safeguards, and potential worst-case outcomes.
- Evaluating controls realistically. Initially, you may see higher SIF numbers, which is expected and is a good thing!
- Ensuring adequate resources are available for incident investigations and training.
- Updating reporting tools that can track pSIF trends and tie them directly to effective controls.
- Communicating program goals with workers so employees understand the purpose of pSIF reporting is prevention, not blame.
Key to remember: ASTM E2920 26 reframes safety in a powerful way, encouraging employers to shift focus from reactive assessments to proactive controls. By looking not just at what happened, but what could have happened, employers move beyond measuring injuries and start identifying the events that could have resulted in serious injury or death.
NewsIndustry NewsSafety & HealthHand and Other Portable Powered ToolsGeneral Industry SafetyTool SafetyAir Compressor SystemsIn-Depth ArticleTool SafetyEnglishFocus AreaUSA
2022-06-13T05:00:00Z
Cleaning with compressed air: Making sense of the OSHA regulation
It is a common sight in many workplaces to see employees using compressed air to clean parts, equipment, and even clothing. What many workers and some employers do not realize is that compressed air can be deadly. That is why OSHA has a regulation prohibiting the use of compressed air for cleaning unless the dead-end pressure is reduced to below 30 psi, and then only with effective chip guarding and PPE.
The regulation Federal OSHA’s requirement for cleaning with compressed air is in 1910.242(b):
- “Compressed air used for cleaning. Compressed air shall not be used for cleaning purposes except where reduced to less than 30 psi and then only with effective chip guarding and personal protective equipment.” Because the regulation is short and somewhat vague, OSHA has clarified the issue in a compliance directive and letters of interpretation.
What is “chip guarding”?
“Effective chip guarding” means any method or equipment which will prevent a chip or particle (of whatever size) from being blown into the eyes or unbroken skin of the operator or other workers.
Effective chip guarding may be separate from the air nozzle as in the case where screens or barriers are used. The use of protective cone air nozzles are acceptable in general for protection of the operator, but barriers, baffles or screens may be required to protect other workers if they are exposed to flying chips or particles.
What about the psi requirement?
The regulation requires the psi at the nozzle to be less than 30 when using compressed air for cleaning.
However, OSHA has said in interpretive guidance that the use of compressed air for cleaning purposes at pressures at or greater than 30 psi is permissible if the outlet or source is fitted with a relief device or air ports that drop the pressure to less than 30 psi if the flow is dead-ended.
What about cleaning clothing/bodies?
While the regulation does not specifically address the issue, in a letter of interpretation OSHA said that employers should not allow employees to use compressed air for cleaning themselves or their clothing in general industry situations. The eyes and other body parts, such as the respiratory system, may be damaged as the result of inadequate personal protective equipment, lack of chip guards, and/or uncontrolled release of compressed air.
The dangers
There are numerous dangers of improperly using compressed air:
- Embolism: If compressed air enters the bloodstream through a body opening or skin break, it can create an embolism (air bubble) that can be life threatening.
- Eye damage: Particles that are being blown can “blow back” and strike the eyes. The air itself can also cause injury if it is pointed toward the eyes.
- Hearing loss: Some compressed air equipment can be loud enough to damage hearing. Always wear proper PPE.
- Combustible dust: If compressed air is used to blow certain dusts, it can create a suspension in the air that could ignite if there is an ignition source.
- Respiratory: Particles or air can enter the respiratory system, posing deadly hazards.
- Whips: If not properly secured, hoses can whip and cause severe injury.
Workers must be trained that even extremely low pressures, such as 5 or 10 psi, can still cause severe damage if pointed toward the body, particularly the mouth, eyes, ears, or open areas in the skin.
Employers should train employees on the dangers of compressed air, and ensure the equipment is equipped with the necessary safety features and is properly maintained.
Supervisors should watch for improper use, particularly horseplay, and initiate corrective action. In addition, for many applications, a broom or shop vacuum may be just as effective at cleaning, and much safer. Compressed air may seem harmless, but if strict safeguards and practices are not utilized it can be deadly.
NewsIndustry NewsAccident Investigation - OSHAAccident Investigation - OSHASafety & HealthConstruction SafetyGeneral Industry SafetyAgriculture SafetyIn-Depth ArticleEnglishFocus AreaUSA
2024-10-11T05:00:00Z
Peer pressure and workplace incidents: A dangerous combination
Negative peer pressure can jeopardize workplace safety, leading to risky behavior and neglect of safety protocols. It's crucial for safety professionals to recognize and address the impact of peer pressure when investigating incidents and implementing preventive measures.
Detecting the presence of negative peer pressure
Peer pressure can impact workplace safety in both positive and negative ways, but the negative effects can have serious consequences if not addressed. To prevent this, it's essential to recognize the signs of negative peer pressure in your organization including:
- Ignoring company safety policies: Peer pressure can lead employees to disregard safety rules, such as not wearing protective gear or taking shortcuts. The desire to fit in or avoid being seen as weak can override common sense.
- Encouraging risky behavior: Coworkers may encourage or even mock employees for being overly cautious. This can lead to increased risk-taking behaviors, such as operating machinery without proper training or exceeding speed limits.
- Underreporting injuries: Employees may be reluctant to report injuries due to fear of being seen as weak or incompetent. This can prevent necessary medical attention and create a culture of silence around safety concerns.
- Covering up mistakes: To avoid blame or disciplinary action, employees may conceal the circumstances surrounding an accident. This can hinder investigations and prevent effective safety measures from being implemented.
- Contributing to groupthink: Peer pressure can contribute to groupthink, where individuals conform to the opinions or actions of the majority without critically evaluating the safety implications. This can prevent the identification of potential hazards or alternative safe practices.
- Creating stress and anxiety: Constant pressure to conform can create stress and anxiety. Employees may worry about fitting in, meeting expectations, or facing backlash if they prioritize safety over social norms.
Beating back the negative effects of peer pressure
To counter the negative effects of peer pressure, workplaces must cultivate a strong safety culture. Encouraging positive peer pressure is key, and this can be achieved through initiatives such as:
- Strong leadership: Leaders must set a clear example by consistently following safety protocols and emphasizing the importance of a safe work environment.
- Open communication: Creating an open and supportive atmosphere where employees feel comfortable reporting safety concerns or near-miss incidents is crucial.
- Employee empowerment: Empowering employees to take ownership of their safety by providing safety training and encouraging participation in safety committees and other initiatives.
- Peer recognition: Recognizing and rewarding employees for safe, positive behaviors can help shift the focus from negative attitudes towards safety.
- Known consequences: Implementing clear, objective consequences for safety violations can deter risky behavior and reinforce the importance of safety.
- Focused prevention: Focus workers on preventative initiatives for safety, not past results.
Key to remember: Peer pressure can play a significant role in workplace incidents, but by building a strong safety culture and directly addressing its influence, organizations can greatly reduce injury risks and create a safer environment for everyone. Safety is a shared responsibility, not a competition.
NewsIndustry NewsSafety & HealthLockout/Tagout Affected WorkersLockout/Tagout Authorized WorkersLockout/TagoutGeneral Industry SafetyLockout/TagoutIn-Depth ArticleEnglishFocus AreaUSA
2023-02-20T06:00:00Z
Why is lockout/tagout so important?
Many accidents occur when an employee is servicing equipment. Suddenly, the controls are bumped, the equipment starts, and the gears of the machine catch and pull the employee’s arm into them. Another example is a worker cleaning a process tank, someone opens the hot water valve to the tank, and the hot water scalds the worker. Can these injuries be avoided?
When servicing or performing maintenance on equipment or machinery, employers must be sure that the equipment cannot unexpectedly start up or release stored energy. How is this done? The procedure for isolating the energy sources is called lockout/tagout and OSHA regulates it at 29 CFR 1910.147.
Employee types
You may have employees who:
- Service and perform maintenance on equipment in your facility (authorized),
- Operate or use machines to which lockout/tagout devices are applied (affected), or
- Work in an area where lockout/tagout is performed (other).
They all need to know how to avoid the dangers involved when hazardous energy sources are not locked out and/or tagged out.
Authorized employees need the most detailed training. Train them to recognize hazardous energy sources, the type and magnitude of the energy available in the workplace, and they must know how to isolate equipment from its energy sources.
Affected employees must be trained to recognize a machine malfunction and know how to report the problem to authorized employees.
Other employees are those whose work activities are in the area where lock/out tag/tagout is being used. Train them on lockout/tagout procedures, and about the prohibition relating to attempts to restart or re-energize machines or equipment which are locked or tagged out.
Know the requirements
OSHA establishes requirements that employers must follow when employees are exposed to hazardous energy while servicing and maintaining equipment and machinery. Some of the most critical requirements from the standard are outlined below:
- Develop, implement, and enforce an energy control program.
- Use lockout devices for equipment that can be locked out. Tagout devices may be used instead of lockout devices only if the tagout program provides employee protection equivalent to that provided through a lockout program.
- Ensure that new or overhauled equipment is capable of being locked out.
- Develop, implement, and enforce an effective tagout program if machines or equipment are not capable of being locked out.
- Develop, document, implement, and enforce energy control procedures.
- Use only lockout/tagout devices authorized for the particular equipment or machinery and ensure that they are durable, standardized, and substantial.
- Ensure that lockout/tagout devices identify the employee who applied the devices.
- Establish a policy that permits only the employee who applied a lockout/tagout device to remove it.
- Inspect energy control procedures at least annually.
- Provide effective training as required for all covered employees.
- Comply with the additional energy control provisions in OSHA standards when machines or equipment must be tested or repositioned, when outside contractors work at the site, in group lockout situations, and during shift or personnel changes.
Key to remember
Implementing proper lockout/tagout procedures and training is necessary to protect your authorized, affected, and other employees from injury and death.
NewsIndustry NewsConfined SpacesConfined Space HazardsSafety & HealthConstruction SafetyGeneral Industry SafetyPermit-Required Confined SpacesConfined SpacesConfined Space Entry PermitIn-Depth ArticleEnglishFocus AreaUSA
2022-11-07T06:00:00Z
Alternate entry procedures: When can they be used?
The Agency regularly publishes OSHA news about citations or injuries stemming from confined space entry incidents. Many employers fail to establish proper entry procedures for entrants. The confined space standard includes alternate entry procedures under 1910.146(c)(5) that allow for entry without a permit under certain conditions. These procedures allow an employer to avoid the need for a permit system, rescue services, and certain other requirements if:
- An employer can demonstrate that the only hazard posed by the permit space is an actual or potentially hazardous atmosphere,
- An employer can demonstrate that continuous forced air ventilation alone is sufficient to maintain that permit space safe for entry,
- An employer develops monitoring and inspection data that support these demonstrations (if an initial entry of the permit space is needed to obtain this data, that entry must follow the program and entry permit requirements),
- The determination and supporting data are documented and made available to each employee who enters the space or to each employee’s authorized representative, and
- Entry into the permit space follows the requirements of paragraph (c)(5)(ii) as outlined below.
The requirements for entering a space under the alternate entry procedures of paragraph (c)(5)(ii) are as follows:
- Any conditions making it unsafe to remove an entrance cover must be eliminated before the cover is removed.
- When entrance covers are removed, the opening must be promptly guarded by a railing, temporary cover, or other temporary barriers that will prevent an accidental fall through the opening and protect each employee working in the space from foreign objects entering the space.
- Before anyone enters, the internal atmosphere must be tested with a calibrated direct-reading instrument for oxygen content, flammable gases and vapors, and potential toxic air contaminants, in that order. Any employee who enters, or that employee’s authorized representative, must be allowed to observe this pre-entry testing.
- There may be no hazardous atmosphere within the space whenever any employee is inside the space.
- As necessary, entrants must periodically test the atmosphere within the space to ensure that the ventilation prevents the buildup of a hazardous atmosphere. Any employee who enters, or that employee’s authorized representative, must be allowed to observe this periodic testing.
Use continuous forced air ventilation as follows:
- An employee may not enter the space until the forced air ventilation has eliminated any hazardous atmosphere;
- The forced air ventilation must be directed to ventilate the immediate areas where an employee is or will be present within the space and must continue until all employees have left the space; and
- The air supply for the forced air ventilation must be from a clean source and may not increase the hazards in the space.
If a hazardous atmosphere is detected during entry:
- Each employee must leave the space immediately;
- A competent person must evaluate the space to determine how the hazardous atmosphere developed; and
- Employers must protect employees from the hazardous atmosphere before any subsequent entry.
The employer must verify that the space is safe for entry and that the above pre-entry measures have been taken through a written certification that contains the date, the location of the space, and the signature of the person providing the certification. The certification must be made before entry and available to each employee entering the space or to that employee’s authorized representative.
In order to use alternate entry procedures, the data must demonstrate that there are no non-atmospheric hazards and that the ventilation will keep the air inside the permit space safe for entry. This should include the following:
- Volume of the space to be entered;
- Capacity and configuration of the ventilation equipment to be used; • Identified atmospheric hazards and potential hazards;
- The sampling results from routine testing of the space from the time ventilating began through the final determination of acceptable entry conditions; and
- Atmospheric hazards created by work in the space.
Employers must ensure that entrants are adequately trained in confined space entry procedures. Identify a competent person with whom workers can speak about their questions or assist with assessing hazards and implementing controls.
Key to remember
The confined space standard includes alternate entry procedures under 1910.146(c)(5) that allow for entry without a permit under certain conditions. These procedures allow an employer to avoid the need for a permit system, rescue services, and certain other requirements.
Saved to my EVENT CALENDAR!
View your saved links by clicking the arrow next to your profile picture located in the header. Then, click “My Activity” to view the Event Calendar on your Activity page.
OK
J. J. Keller is the trusted source for DOT / Transportation, OSHA / Workplace Safety, Human Resources, Construction Safety and Hazmat / Hazardous Materials regulation compliance products and services. J. J. Keller helps you increase safety awareness, reduce risk, follow best practices, improve safety training, and stay current with changing regulations.
Copyright 2026 J. J. Keller & Associate, Inc. For re-use options please contact copyright@jjkeller.com or call 800-558-5011.




















































